AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE CO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
485APOS, 1996-08-16
Previous: SECURITY EQUITY FUND, 485APOS, 1996-08-16
Next: CONSOLIDATED TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD, 10-Q/A, 1996-08-16



                                                    Registration Nos. 33-43390
                                                                      811-2441

   
                As filed with the Commission on August 16, 1996
                -----------------------------------------------
    

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-4

   
           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                       Pre-Effective  Amendment No. ___  [ ]
                       Post-Effective Amendment No.  9   [X]
    

                                    and/or

       REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                            Amendment No. 54   [X]

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (Name of Depositor)

                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                           Houston, Texas 77019-2191
       (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Officers) (Zip Code)
                                (713) 831-3632
              (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                            Steven A. Glover, Esq.
               Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
                    American General Life Insurance Company
                  2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas 77019
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

   
                        Copies of all communications to
                       Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                           1050 Connecticut Avenue,
                                N.W., Suite 825
                            Washington, D.C. 20036
                        Attention: Gary O. Cohen, Esq.
    

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  Continuous

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

|_| Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
|_| On (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
|_| 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485


<PAGE>

   
|X| On November 4, 1996 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
    


If appropriate, check the following:

|_| This  post-effective  amendment  designates  a new  effective  date  for a
    previously filed post-effective amendment

Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, Registrant has elected to register an indefinite number or amount of its
securities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933.  That election was  previously
filed in Registrant's  Form N-4  registration  statement  (File No.  2-49805).
Registrant filed a Rule 24f-2 Notice on February 21, 1996, for its most recent
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.


<PAGE>


              AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF DELAWARE
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                   FORM N-4

                             Cross Reference Sheet
                            Pursuant to Rule 495(a)
                       Under the Securities Act of 1933

                                    PART A
<TABLE>
               Showing Location of Information in Prospectuses(1)

Form N-4
Item No.                                                         Prospectus Caption
- --------                                                         ------------------

<S>                                                              <C>
 1.  Cover Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

 2.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

 3.  Synopsis or Highlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions

 4.  Condensed Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions - Financial
                                                                 and Performance Information; Cover Page;
                                                                 Selected Accumulation Unit Data(2); Financial
                                                                 Information(3)

 5.  General Description of Registrant,
     Depositor and Portfolio Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . AG Life; Separate Account D; The Funds(3);
                                                                 Cover Page

 6.  Deductions and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges Under the Contracts; Long-Term
                                                                 Care, Catastrophic Medical Expenses and
                                                                 Terminal Illness

 7.  General Description of Variable
     Annuity Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions - Communi-
                                                                 cations to Us; Owner Account Value; Transfer,
                                                                 Automatic Rebalancing, Surrender and Partial
                                                                 Withdrawal of Owner Account Value(2); Transfer,
                                                                 Automatic Rebalancing, Surrender and Partial
                                                                 Withdrawal of Owner Account Value(3), Owners,
                                                                 Annuitants and Beneficiaries; Assignments;
                                                                 Rights Reserved by Us
- --------
<FN>
(1)  This  registration  statement  contains two  prospectuses  that relate to
     successive  versions of the same form of variable annuity contract.  Each
     successive  version generally  reflects  enhancements made to the form of
     contract over time.  Except as otherwise noted, the information  required
     by Part A of Form N-4 is located under the captions  identified  below in
     each prospectus contained herein.

(2)  Contained  in the  Prospectus  relating  to Contract  Form No.  93020 and
     Contract Form No. 93021 (See Part C, Item 24. 4(f)(i) and (f)(ii)).
</FN>
   
<FN>
(3)  Contained in the  Prospectus  relating to Contract Form No. 95020 Rev 896
     and  Contract  Form No.  95021 Rev 896 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(g)(i) and
     (g)(ii)).
</FN>
    
</TABLE>


                                       i

<PAGE>


                                    PART A

<TABLE>
Form N-4
Item No.                                                         Prospectus Caption
- --------                                                         ------------------

<S>                                                              <C>
 8.  Annuity Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annuity Period and Annuity
                                                                 Payment Options

 9.  Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Death Proceeds

10.  Purchases and Contract Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contract Issuance and Pur-
                                                                 chase Payments; Variable Ac-
                                                                 count Value; Distribution
                                                                 Arrangements; One-Time Re-
                                                                 instatement Privilege

11.  Redemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer, Surrender and Partial
                                                                 Withdrawal of Owner Account
                                                                 Value(2); Transfer, Automatic
                                                                 Rebalancing, Surrender and
                                                                 Partial Withdrawal of Owner
                                                                 Account Value(3); Annuity
                                                                 Payment Options; Contract
                                                                 Issuance and Purchase
                                                                 Payments; Synopsis of
                                                                 Contract Provisions -
                                                                 Surrenders, Withdrawals and
                                                                 Cancellations; Payment and
                                                                 Deferment

12.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal Income Tax Matters;
                                                                 Synopsis of Contract
                                                                 Provisions - Limitations
                                                                 Imposed by Retirement Plans
                                                                 and Employers

13.  Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

14.  Table of Contents of Statement
     of Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents of Statement of
                                                                 Additional Information

- --------

<FN>
(2)  Contained  in the  Prospectus  relating  to Contract  Form No.  93020 and
     Contract Form No. 93021 (See Part C, Item 24. 4(f)(i) and (f)(ii)).
</FN>
   
<FN>
(3)  Contained in the  Prospectus  relating to Contract Form No. 95020 Rev 896
     and  Contract  Form No.  95021 Rev 896 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(g)(i) and
     (g)(ii)).
</FN>
    
</TABLE>


                                      ii

<PAGE>


                                    PART B
<TABLE>
    Showing Location of Information in Statement of Additional Information(4)

<CAPTION>
                                                                 Caption in
Form N-4                                                         Statement of
Item No.                                                         Additional Information
- --------                                                         ----------------------
<S>                                                              <C>
15.  Cover Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

16.  Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

17.  General Information and
     History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information; Regula-
                                                                 tion and Reserves

18.  Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent
                                                                 Auditors; Services

19.  Purchase of Securities
     Being Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable(5)

20.  Underwriters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Underwriters

   
21.  Calculation of Performance
     Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Data for the Divi-
                                                                 sions; Effect of Tax-Deferred
                                                                 Accumulation
    

22.  Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable(5)

23.  Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements


                                    PART C

Information  required  to be  set  forth  in  Part C is set  forth  under  the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of the Registration Statement.
- --------
<FN>
(4)  This  registration   statement  contains  two  statements  of  additional
     information  that  relate  to  successive  versions  of the same  form of
     variable annuity contract.  Each successive  version  generally  reflects
     enhancements  made to the contract over time.  Except as otherwise noted,
     the  information  required  by Part B of Form N-4 is  located  under  the
     captions  identified  below in each  statement of additional  information
     contained herein.

(5)  All required information is included in Prospectus.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>


   
     Registrant  is  filing  this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  9  for  the
principal  purpose of adding to the Registration  Statement a prospectus and a
statement of additional information with respect to an enhanced version of the
Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract offered by American General Life Insurance
Company.

     Registrant  does not intend for this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 9 to
delete,  from  the  Registration  Statement,  any  document  included  in  the
Registration   Statement,   including  any  currently  effective   prospectus,
supplement thereto, or statement of additional information.
    


                                      iv

<PAGE>


               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                  OFFERED BY
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT
                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401
                          1-800-247-6584 713/831-3505

American  General Life Insurance  Company ("AG Life") is offering the flexible
payment deferred  individual annuity contracts (the "Contracts")  described in
this Prospectus.

   
You may use AG Life's  Separate  Account D for a  variable  investment  return
under the Contracts based on: one or more of the following  mutual fund series
of the Van Kampen  American  Capital  Life  Investment  Trust  ("Trust") - the
Emerging  Growth Fund, the  Enterprise  Fund, the Global Equity Fund, the Real
Estate Securities Fund, the Growth and Income Fund, the Asset Allocation Fund,
the Domestic Income Fund, the Government  Fund, and the Money Market Fund; and
one or  more  of the  following  mutual  fund  series  of the  Morgan  Stanley
Universal Funds,  Inc.  ("Fund") - the  International  Magnum  Portfolio,  the
Emerging Markets Portfolio, and the High Yield Portfolio.
    

You may also use AG  Life's  guaranteed  interest  accumulation  option.  This
option has five  different  guarantee  periods,  each with its own  guaranteed
interest rate.

   
This  Prospectus is designed to provide  information  about the Contracts that
you should know before  investing.  Please read it  carefully  and keep it for
future  reference.  Information  about certain  aspects of the  Contracts,  in
addition to that found in this Prospectus,  has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  in the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  (the
"Statement").  The  Statement,  dated  November 4, 1996,  is  incorporated  by
reference  into this  Prospectus.  The "Table of  Contents"  of the  Statement
appears  at page ___ of this  Prospectus.  You may  obtain a free  copy of the
Statement  upon  written or oral request to AG Life's  Annuity  Administration
Department  in our Home  Office,  which is  located at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,
Houston,  Texas 77019-2191.  The mailing address and telephone numbers are set
forth above.
    

NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED
STATEMENT (OR ANY SALES LITERATURE APPROVED BY AG LIFE) IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFER CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THE
CONTRACTS  ARE NOT  AVAILABLE  IN ALL  STATES  AND  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM SUCH OFFER WOULD
BE UNLAWFUL THEREIN.

   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY CURRENT  PROSPECTUSES OF THE
VAN KAMPEN  AMERICAN  CAPITAL  LIFE  INVESTMENT  TRUST AND THE MORGAN  STANLEY
UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.

                       Prospectus dated November 4, 1996
    

<PAGE>


                                   CONTENTS

   
Glossary...............................................................
Fee Table..............................................................
Synopsis of Contract Provisions........................................
Financial Information..................................................
AG Life................................................................
Separate Account D.....................................................
The Series.............................................................
The Fixed Account......................................................
Contract Issuance and Purchase Payments................................
Owner Account Value....................................................
  Variable Account Value...............................................
  Fixed Account Value..................................................
Transfer, Automatic Rebalancing, Surrender and Partial
  Withdrawal of Owner Account Value....................................
  Transfers............................................................
  Automatic Rebalancing................................................
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals...................................
Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options.............................
  Annuity Commencement Date............................................
  Application of Owner Account Value...................................
  Fixed and Variable Annuity Payments..................................
  Annuity Payment Options..............................................
  Transfers............................................................
Death Proceeds.........................................................
  Death Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date................
  Death Proceeds After the Annuity Commencement Date...................
  Proof of Death.......................................................
Charges Under the Contracts............................................
  Premium Taxes........................................................
  Surrender Charge.....................................................
  Transfer Charges.....................................................
  Annual Contract Fee..................................................
  Charge to Separate Account D.........................................
  Miscellaneous........................................................
  Systematic Withdrawal Plan ..........................................
  One-Time Reinstatement Privilege.....................................
  Reduction in Surrender Charges and Administrative Charges............
Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness....................................
  Long-Term Care.......................................................
  Terminal Illness.....................................................
Other Aspects of the Contracts.........................................
  Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries; Assignments....................
  Reports..............................................................
  Rights Reserved by Us................................................
  Payment and Deferment................................................
    


                                       2

<PAGE>

Federal Income Tax Matters.............................................
  General..............................................................
  Non-Qualified Contracts..............................................
  Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs").............................
  Simplified Employee Pension Plans....................................
  Other Qualified Plans................................................
  Private Employer Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plans................
  Excess Distributions - 15% Tax.......................................
  Federal Income Tax Withholding and Reporting.........................
  Taxes Payable by AG Life and Separate Account D......................
Distribution Arrangements..............................................
Legal Matters..........................................................
Other Information on File..............................................
Contents of Statement of Additional Information........................


                                       3

<PAGE>


                                   GLOSSARY


WE, OUR AND US - American General Life Insurance Company ("AG Life").

YOU  AND  YOUR - a  reader  of this  Prospectus  who is  contemplating  making
purchase  payments or taking any other action in  connection  with a Contract.
This would generally be the Owner.
   
ACCOUNT  VALUE - the sum of your  Fixed  Account  Value and  Variable  Account
Value after deduction of any fees.
    
ACCUMULATION  UNIT - a measuring unit used in  calculating  your interest in a
Division of Separate Account D prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

ANNUITANT - the person named as such in the  application for a Contract and on
whose life annuity payments may be based.

ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE - the date on which we begin making payments under
an Annuity Payment Option, unless a lump-sum distribution is elected instead.

ANNUITY  PAYMENT OPTION - one of the several forms in which you can request us
to make annuity payments.

ANNUITY  PERIOD - the period  during which we make annuity  payments  under an
Annuity Payment Option.

ANNUITY  UNIT - a measuring  unit used in  calculating  the amount of Variable
Annuity Payments.

BENEFICIARY  - the person that you designate to receive any proceeds due under
a Contract following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant.

CODE - the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

CONTINGENT  ANNUITANT  - a person  that you  designate  under a  Non-Qualified
Contract  to become the  Annuitant  if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity
Commencement Date and the Contingent Annuitant survives the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT  BENEFICIARY  - a person that you designate to receive any proceeds
due under a Contract  following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant,  if the
Beneficiary has died but the Contingent  Beneficiary survives at the time such
proceeds become payable.

CONTRACT - an individual annuity Contract offered by this Prospectus.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - each anniversary of the date of issue of the Contract.

CONTRACT YEAR - each year beginning with the date of issue of the Contract.

DIVISION - one of the several different investment options into which Separate
Account D is divided.


                                       4

<PAGE>


FIXED ACCOUNT - the name of the  investment  alternative  under which purchase
payments are allocated to AG Life's General Account.

FIXED  ACCOUNT  VALUE - the amount of your Account Value which is in the Fixed
Account.

   
FIXED ANNUITY  PAYMENTS - annuity payments that are fixed in amount and do not
vary with the investment experience of any Division of Separate Account D.
    

GENERAL ACCOUNT - all assets of AG Life other than those in Separate Account D
or any other legally-segregated separate account established by AG Life.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE - the rate of interest we credit during any Guarantee
Period, on an effective annual basis.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD  - the  period  for  which  a  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate is
credited.

   
HOME  OFFICE - our  office  at the  following  addresses  and  phone  numbers:
American General Life Insurance Company,  Annuity  Administration  Department,
2727-A Allen Parkway,  Houston,  Texas 77019-2191;  mailing address - P.O. Box
1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401; 1-800-247-6584 or 713-831-3505.
    

INVESTMENT  COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940  ACT") - a federal  law  governing  the
operations of investment companies such as the Funds and Separate Account D.

NON-QUALIFIED  - not eligible  for the special  federal  income tax  treatment
applicable in connection with retirement  plans pursuant to Sections 401, 403,
or 408 of the Code.

OWNER - the  holder of record  of a  Contract,  except  that the  employer  or
trustee may be the Owner of the Contract in connection with a retirement plan.

QUALIFIED - eligible for the special  federal income tax treatment  applicable
in connection with  retirement  plans pursuant to sections 401, 403, or 408 of
the Code.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT D - the  segregated  asset  account  referred to as American
General Life Insurance  Company  Separate Account D established to receive and
invest purchase payments under the Contracts.

   
SERIES - an individual  portfolio of a mutual fund  available  for  investment
under the Contracts.  Currently,  the series available under the Contracts are
part of either the Van Kampen American  Capital Life  Investment  Trust or the
Morgan Stanley Universal Funds, Inc.
    

SURRENDER  CHARGE - a charge  for sales  expenses  that may be  assessed  upon
surrenders of and payments of certain other amounts from a Contract.

VALUATION  DATE - all days on which we are  open  for  business  except,  with
respect to any  Division,  days on which the  related  Fund does not value its
shares.


                                       5

<PAGE>


VALUATION  PERIOD - the period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the exchange on the next succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYMENTS - annuity payments that vary in amount based on the
investment experience of one or more of the Divisions of Separate Account D.

VARIABLE  ACCOUNT VALUE - the amount of your Account Value that is in Separate
Account D.

WRITTEN - signed, dated, in form and substance satisfactory to us and received
at our Home Office.  See "Synopsis of Contract  Provisions - Communications to
Us." You must use special forms provided by us or your sales representative to
authorize  telephone  transfers,  elect an  Annuity  Option or  exercise  your
one-time reinstatement privilege.


                                       6

<PAGE>


                                   FEE TABLE

   
     The  purpose  of this Fee Table is to  assist  you in  understanding  the
various costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly  pursuant
to a Contract and in connection with the Series.  The table reflects  expenses
of the Separate Account as well as the Series. Amounts for state premium taxes
or similar assessments may also be deducted, where applicable.
    


<TABLE>
PARTICIPANT TRANSACTION CHARGES
<S>                                                                          <C>
   
    Front-End Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases.............................. 0%
    Maximum Surrender Charge (1)............................................. 6%
    (computed as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)
    Transfer Fee............................................................. $0 (2)
    


ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE(3)...................................................... $30

SEPARATE ACCOUNT D ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of average daily net asset value)

    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge........................................ 1.25%
    Administrative Expense Charge............................................   15%
      Total Separate Account D Annual Expenses............................... 1.40%

- --------

<FN>
(1)  This charge does not apply or is reduced under certain circumstances. See
     "Surrender Charge."
(2)  This charge is $25 after the twelfth  transfer  during each Contract Year
     prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  There is an  exception to this
     charge. See "Automatic Rebalancing."
(3)  This charge is not imposed during the Annuity Period.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       7

<PAGE>


<TABLE>

   
THE SERIES' ANNUAL EXPENSES(1) (as a percentage of average net assets)
    

<CAPTION>
                                    Management                Other
                                    Fees After                Expenses                      Total Fund
                                    Expense Re-               After Expense                 Operating
                                    imbursement(2)            Reimbursement(2)              Expenses
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                           <C>

   
Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Growth and Income
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
International Magnum Portfolio
Emerging Markets Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio
    

</TABLE>

Example(3) If  you  surrender  your  Contract  (or  if  you  annuitize   under
           circumstances where a surrender charge is payable)(4) at the end of
           the applicable time period, a $1,000 investment would be subject to
           the following expenses, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
If all amounts are invested                    1 year          3 years          5 years        10 years
in one of the following                        ------          -------          -------        --------

<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
   
Series:
Emerging Growth                                                                 N/A             N/A
Enterprise
Global Equity                                                                   N/A             N/A
Real Estate Securities                                                          N/A             N/A
Growth and Income                                                               N/A             N/A
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
International Magnum Portfolio                                                  N/A             N/A
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                      N/A             N/A
High Yield Portfolio                                                            N/A             N/A

    

   
<FN>
(1)  The annual  expenses are  estimated  for the current  fiscal year for the
     Emerging Growth,  Global Equity,  Real Estate Securities,  and Growth and
     Income Funds, and International Magnum,  Emerging Markets, and High Yield
     Portfolios,  because none of the Series has financial statements covering
     a period of at least ten months.
</FN>
    

<FN>
(2)  If certain voluntary expense  reimbursements  from the investment adviser
     were terminated,  management fees and other expenses (including estimated
     fees and charges) would have been as set out in the following table.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Management                    Other               Total
                                            Fees                      Expenses            Expenses
                                         ----------                   --------            --------
<S>                                      <C>                          <C>                  <C>
   
Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Growth and Income
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
International Magnum Portfolio
Emerging Markets Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio
    

   
<FN>
(3)  In this Example and the Example that follows,  "N/A"  indicates  that SEC
     rules  require  that the  Emerging  Growth,  Global  Equity,  Real Estate
     Securities,  and Growth  and  Income  Funds,  and  International  Magnum,
     Emerging Markets and High Yield Portfolios, complete the Example for only
     the one and three year periods.

(4)  For a description of the  circumstances  under which the Surrender Charge
     may be payable under annuitization, See "Surrender Charge."
</FN>
    

</TABLE>


                                       8

<PAGE>


   
Example   If you do not surrender  your  Contract (or if you  annuitize  under
          circumstances where a surrender charge is not payable)(5) at the end
          of the applicable time period, a $1,000  investment would be subject
          to the following expenses, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
If all amounts are invested                    1 year          3 years          5 years        10 years
in one of the following                        ------          -------          -------        --------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Series:
Emerging Growth                                                                 N/A            N/A
Enterprise
Global Equity                                                                   N/A            N/A
Real Estate Securities                                                          N/A            N/A
Growth and Income                                                               N/A            N/A
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
International Magnum Portfolio                                                  N/A            N/A
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                      N/A            N/A
High Yield Portfolio                                                            N/A            N/A
<FN>
(5)  For a description of the  circumstances  under shich the Surrender Charge
     may be payable under annuitization, see "Surrender Charge."
</FN>
</TABLE>

     THE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN. Similarly,
the assumed 5% annual  rate of return is not an  estimate  or a  guarantee  of
future investment performance.  The Examples are based, with respect to all of
the Series, on an estimated Average Account Value of $40,000.

                        SYNOPSIS OF CONTRACT PROVISIONS

     This  synopsis  should be read together  with the other  information  set
forth in this  Prospectus.  Variations due to requirements  particular to your
state are described in supplements  which are attached to this Prospectus,  or
in endorsements to your Contract, as appropriate.

     The Contracts  are designed to provide  retirement  benefits  through the
accumulation  of purchase  payments on a fixed or variable  basis,  and by the
application  of such  accumulations  to  provide  Fixed  or  Variable  Annuity
Payments.

MINIMUM INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS

     Your initial purchase payment must be at least $5,000.  The amount of any
subsequent  purchase  payment  that you make  must be at least  $100.  If your
Account  Value falls below $500,  we may cancel your  interest in the Contract
and treat it as a full  surrender.  We also may transfer funds from a Division
(other than the Money Market Division) or Guarantee Period under your Contract
without  charge to the Money  Market  Division  if the  Account  Value of that
Division or Guarantee  Period  falls below $500.  See  "Contract  Issuance and
Purchase Payments."

PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION

     Purchase  payments will be accumulated on a variable or fixed basis until
the Annuity  Commencement  Date. For variable  accumulation,  you may allocate
part or all of your  Account  Value  to one or  more of the  twelve  available
Divisions of Separate  Account D. Each such Division  invests solely in shares
of one of twelve  corresponding  Series. See "The Series." As the value of the
investments  in a  Series's  shares  increases  or  decreases,  the  value  of
accumulated   purchase  payments  allocated  to  the  corresponding   Division
increases or decreases,  subject to  applicable  charges and  deductions.  See
"Variable Account Value."
    

                                       9

<PAGE>


     For fixed  accumulation,  you may  allocate  part or all of your  Account
Value to one or more of the five Guarantee Periods currently  available in our
Fixed Account. Each Guarantee Period is for a different period of time and has
a different  Guaranteed  Interest Rate. While allocated to a Guarantee Period,
the  value  of  accumulated  purchase  payments  increases  at the  Guaranteed
Interest Rate applicable to that Guarantee Period. See "The Fixed Account."

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     You may  elect  to  receive  Fixed or  Variable  Annuity  Payments,  or a
combination  thereof,  commencing  on the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  Fixed
Annuity  Payments are periodic  payments from AG Life,  the amount of which is
fixed and guaranteed by AG Life. The amount of the payments will depend on the
Annuity  Payment  Option  chosen,  the  age  and,  in some  cases,  sex of the
Annuitant,  and the total amount of Account Value applied to the fixed Annuity
Payment Option.

     Variable Annuity Payments are similar to Fixed Annuity  Payments,  except
that the amount of each periodic payment from AG Life will vary reflecting the
net investment return of the Division or Divisions chosen in connection with a
variable  Annuity  Payment  Option.  If the net investment  return for a given
month exceeds the assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity tables,
the monthly  payment  will be greater than the  previous  payment.  If the net
investment  return for a month is less than the  assumed  interest  rate,  the
monthly payment will be less than the previous  payment.  The assumed interest
rate used in the Contract's  annuity tables is 3.5%. AG Life may in the future
offer other forms of Contract with a lower assumed interest rate, and reserves
the right to  discontinue  the  offering of the higher  interest  rate form of
Contract. See "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options."

CHANGES IN ALLOCATIONS AMONG DIVISIONS AND GUARANTEE PERIODS

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may modify your election with
respect to the allocation of future  purchase  payments to each of the various
Divisions and Guarantee Periods, without charge.

     In addition,  you may  reallocate  your Account Value among the Divisions
and Guarantee Periods prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Transfers out of
a Guarantee  Period,  however,  are subject to limitations  as to amount.  For
these and other terms and conditions of transfer, see "Transfer, Surrender and
Partial Withdrawal of Owner Account Value - Transfers."

     After the Annuity  Commencement  Date, you may make  transfers  among the
Divisions or to a fixed Annuity Payment Option, but you may not make transfers
from a fixed Annuity Payment  Option.  See "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment
Options - Transfers."

SURRENDERS, WITHDRAWALS AND CANCELLATIONS

     You  may  make a total  surrender  of or  partial  withdrawal  from  your
Contract  at any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  by  Written
request to us. A Surrender  Charge may be  assessed  and some  surrenders  and
withdrawals  may subject you to tax  penalties.  See  "Surrenders  and Partial
Withdrawals."


                                      10

<PAGE>


     You may  cancel  your  Contract  by  delivering  it or  mailing it with a
Written cancellation request to our Home Office or to the sales representative
through whom it was  purchased,  before the close of business on the tenth day
after you receive the Contract. (In some cases, the Contract may provide for a
20 or 30-day,  rather than a ten-day  period.) If the foregoing items are sent
by mail,  properly  addressed and postage  prepaid,  they will be deemed to be
received by us on the date actually received.

     We will refund to you the Owner  Account Value plus any premium taxes and
Annual  Contract  Fee that have  been  deducted.  In  states  where the law so
requires,  however, we will refund the greater of that amount or the amount of
your purchase  payments,  or, if the law permits,  the amount of your purchase
payments.

DEATH PROCEEDS

     In the  event  that the  Annuitant  or Owner  dies  prior to the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  a benefit  is  payable  to the  Beneficiary.  See  "Death
Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date."

LIMITATIONS IMPOSED BY RETIREMENT PLANS AND EMPLOYERS

     Certain  rights you would  otherwise have under a Contract may be limited
by the terms of any applicable  employee benefit plan.  These  limitations may
restrict such things as total and partial surrenders,  the amount or timing of
purchase  payments that may be made, when annuity  payments must start and the
type  of  annuity  options  that  may be  selected.  Accordingly,  you  should
familiarize  yourself with these and all other aspects of any retirement  plan
in  connection  with  which a Contract  is used.  We are not  responsible  for
monitoring or assuring compliance with the provisions of any retirement plan.

COMMUNICATIONS TO US

     All  communications to us should include your Contract number,  your name
and, if different, the Annuitant's name. Communications may be directed to the
addresses and phone numbers on the cover of this Prospectus.

     Except as otherwise  specified in this Prospectus,  purchase  payments or
other communications are deemed received at our Home Office on the actual date
of receipt there in proper form unless received (1) after the close of regular
trading  on The  New  York  Stock  Exchange  or (2)  on a date  that  is not a
Valuation  Date.  In either of these two cases,  the date of  receipt  will be
deemed to be the next Valuation Date.

FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     Financial  statements  of AG  Life  and  Separate  Account  D,  including
financial  information  about the Divisions  which invest in the Series of the
Trust and the Fund, are included in the Statement.  See "Contents of Statement
of Additional Information."


                                      11

<PAGE>


     From time to time,  Separate Account D may include in advertisements  and
other  sales  materials  several  types  of  performance  information  for the
Divisions,  including  "average  annual  total  return,"  "total  return," and
"cumulative  total  return."  The Domestic  Income  Division,  the  Government
Division,  and the Growth and Income Division may also advertise  "yield." The
Money Market Division may advertise "yield" and "effective yield."

   
     Each of these  figures is based upon  historical  information  and is not
necessarily representative of the future performance of a Division.  Moreover,
these  performance  figures do not represent the actual  experience of amounts
invested by a particular  Owner.  The investment  experience for each Division
reflects  the  investment   performance  of  the  separate  investment  Series
currently  funding  such  Division  for the  periods  stated,  except that for
periods prior to the time when the Contract became available, the results were
calculated by applying all applicable charges and fees at the Separate Account
level for the Contract,  as noted below, to the historical Series  performance
results for such periods.
    

     Average annual total return,  total return,  and cumulative  total return
calculations  measure  the net  income of a  Division  plus the  effect of any
realized  or  unrealized   appreciation  or  depreciation  of  the  underlying
investments  in the Division for the period in question.  Average annual total
return figures are  annualized  and,  therefore,  represent the average annual
percentage  change  in the  value  of an  investment  in a  Division  over the
applicable  period.  Total return figures are also annualized,  but do not, as
described  below,  include the effect of any  applicable  Surrender  Charge or
Annual Contract Fee.  Cumulative total return figures represent the cumulative
change in value of an investment in a Division for various periods.

     Yield is a measure of the net dividend and interest  income earned over a
specific  one month or 30-day  period  (seven-day  period for the Money Market
Division)   expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  value  of  the   Division's
Accumulation  Units.  Yield is an  annualized  figure,  which means that it is
assumed  that the Division  generates  the same level of net income over a one
year period which is compounded on a semi-annual  basis.  The effective  yield
for the Money Market Division is calculated  similarly but includes the effect
of assumed  compounding.  The Money Market Division's  effective yield will be
slightly higher than its yield due to this compounding effect.

   
     Average  annual  total  return  figures  include  the  deduction  of  all
recurring  charges  and  fees  applicable  under  the  Contract  to all  Owner
accounts,  including the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
Expense Charge, the applicable Surrender Charge that may be imposed at the end
of the period in question, and a pro-rated portion of the Annual Contract Fee.
Yield,  effective yield,  total return, and cumulative total return figures do
not include the effect of any  Surrender  Charge that may be imposed  upon the
redemption of Accumulation  Units,  and thus may be higher than if such charge
were deducted.  Total return and  cumulative  total return figures also do not
include  the  effect of the Annual  Contract  Fee.  We may waive or  reimburse
certain  fees or  charges  applicable  to the  Contract  and such  waivers  or
reimbursements  will affect each Division's  performance  results.  Additional
information  concerning a Division's  performance  appears in the Statement.
    


                                      12

<PAGE>

   
     AG Life may also  advertise its ratings by independent  financial  rating
services,  such as A.M.  Best Company,  Standard & Poor's,  and Duff & Phelps.
Best's  Insurance  Reports,  Life-Health  Edition,  1996  reaffirmed AG Life's
rating of A++ (Superior) as of June, 1996 for financial position and operating
performance.  AG Life has received the highest rating of AAA  (Superior)  from
Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,  reaffirmed  as of  November,  1995,  and the
highest  rating of AAA from Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.,  reaffirmed as of
August,  1996.  The ratings  from these  three  nationally  recognized  rating
organizations  reflect the claims paying ability and financial  strength of AG
Life  and are not a  rating  of  investment  performance  that  purchasers  of
insurance products have experienced or are likely to experience in the future.
    
     In addition, AG Life may include in certain  advertisements  endorsements
in the form of a list of  organizations,  individuals  or other  parties  that
recommend the Company or the Contracts.  AG Life may  occasionally  include in
advertisements  comparisons of currently  taxable and tax-deferred  investment
programs,  based on selected  tax  brackets,  or  discussions  of  alternative
investment vehicles and general economic conditions.

                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The financial statements of AG Life are located in the Statement. See the
cover page of the  Prospectus  for  information on how to obtain a copy of the
Statement.  The financial  statements of AG Life should be considered  only as
bearing on the ability of AG Life to meet its  contractual  obligations  under
the  Contracts;  they do not bear on the  investment  performance  of Separate
Account D.

     No financial information is available for Separate Account D because none
of the Divisions available under the Contracts had commenced  operations as of
the date of this Prospectus.

                                    AG LIFE

     AG Life is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the
State of Texas,  which is a  successor  in  interest  to a company  originally
organized  under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware  in 1917.  AG Life is an
indirect,  wholly-owned  subsidiary of American General Corporation  (formerly
American General Insurance Company), a diversified  financial services holding
company engaged primarily in the insurance business. The commitments under the
Contracts  are AG  Life's,  and  American  General  Corporation  has no  legal
obligation to back those commitments.

                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

     Separate  Account D was  originally  established on November 19, 1973 and
consists  of  forty-one  Divisions,  nine of which  are  available  under  the
Contracts  offered by this  Prospectus.  Separate Account D is registered with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission as a unit  investment  trust under the
1940 Act.  Each  Division of Separate  Account D is part of AG Life's  general
business and the assets of Separate  Account D belong to AG Life.  Under Texas
law and the terms of the Contracts,  the assets of Separate Account D will not
be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business which AG Life
may conduct,  but will be held exclusively to meet AG Life's obligations under
variable

                                      13

<PAGE>


annuity contracts.  Furthermore, the income, gains, and losses, whether or not
realized, from assets allocated to Separate Account D, are, in accordance with
the Contracts,  credited to or charged  against the Separate  Account  without
regard to other income, gains, or losses of AG Life.

   
                                  THE SERIES


     The variable  benefits under the Contracts are funded by twelve Divisions
of the Separate  Account.  These  Divisions  invest in shares of nine separate
investment  Series of the Trust and  three  separate  Series of the Fund.  The
Trust  and the Fund  offer  shares of these  Series,  without  sales  charges,
exclusively  to life  insurance  company  variable  annuity and variable  life
insurance  separate accounts and not directly to the public. The Trust and the
Fund offer shares to variable  annuity and variable  life  insurance  separate
accounts of insurers that are not  affiliated  with AG Life. We do not see any
conflict  between  Owners of Contracts and owners of variable  life  insurance
policies or variable  annuity  contracts  issued by  insurance  companies  not
affiliated with AG Life. Nevertheless,  the Board of Trustees of the Trust and
the Board of  Directors  of the Fund will  monitor to  identify  any  material
irreconcilable  conflicts that may develop and determine  what, if any, action
should be taken in response.  If it becomes necessary for any separate account
to replace shares of any Series with another  investment,  the Series may have
to liquidate securities on a disadvantageous basis.

     Any dividends or capital gain distributions attributable to Contracts are
automatically  reinvested in shares of the series from which they are received
at the  Series'  net  asset  value on the date  payable.  Such  dividends  and
distributions  will have the effect of  reducing  the net asset  value of each
share of the corresponding Series and increasing,  by an equivalent value, the
number  of  shares  outstanding  of the  Series.  However,  the  value of your
interest in the corresponding Division will not change as a result of any such
dividends and distributions.

     The names of the  Series of the  Trust in which the  available  Divisions
invest, are as follows:

         Van Kampen American Capital Life Investment Trust

                  Emerging Growth Fund
                  Enterprise Fund
                  Global Equity Fund
                  Real Estate Securities Fund
                  Growth and Income Fund
                  Asset Allocation Fund
                  Domestic Income Fund
                  Government Fund
                  Money Market Fund

     Van Kampen  American  Capital Asset  Management,  Inc. is the  investment
adviser of each Series of the Trust. Van Kampen American Capital Distributors,
Inc., is the distributor of shares of each Series of the Trust. The investment
adviser and the distributor are wholly-owned  indirect  subsidiaries of Morgan
Stanley  Group Inc.  Morgan  Stanley Group Inc. and various of its directly or
indirectly owned subsidiaries,  including Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a
registered   broker-dealer   and   investment   adviser  and  Morgan   Stanley
International,  are  engaged  in a wide  range of  financial  services.  Their
principal  businesses  include  securities   underwriting,   distribution  and
trading;  merger,  acquisition,  restructuring  and  other  corporate  finance
advisor activities;  merchant banking;  stock brokerage and research services;
asset management;  trading of futures, options, foreign exchange,  commodities
and swaps  (involving  foreign  exchange,  commodities,  indices and  interest
rates);  real estate  advice,  financing and  investing;  and global  custody,
securities  clearance  services  and  securities  lending.  John  Govett & Co.
Limited is the  investment  sub-adviser  for the  Global  Equity  Fund.  Hines
Interests Realty Advisors Limited  Partnership is the sub-adviser for the Real
Estate Securities Fund.

     The  names of the  Series of the Fund in which  the  available  Divisions
invest are as follows:

         Morgan Stanley Universal Funds, Inc.

                  International Magnum Portfolio
                  Emerging Markets Portfolio
                  High Yield Portfolio

     Morgan Stanley Asset  Management  Inc. is the  investment  adviser of the
International  Magnum and the Emerging Markets  Portfolios.  Miller Anderson &
Sherrerd, LLP is the investment adviser of the High Yield Portfolio.
    

                                    14
<PAGE>

   
     Before  selecting any Division,  you should carefully read the prospectus
that  includes  more  complete  information  about the  Series  in which  that
Division invests,  including investment  objectives and policies,  charges and
expenses.  You may obtain additional copies of such a prospectus by contacting
AG Life's Annuity Administration  Department at the addresses and phone number
set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus.  When  making  your  request,
please specify the single or the several Series in which you are interested.

     High yielding fixed-income securities such as those in which the Domestic
Income Fund  invests are subject to greater  market  fluctuations  and risk of
loss of income and principal than  investments in lower yielding  fixed-income
securities.  Potential  investors in this Division  should  carefully read the
prospectus and related  statement of additional  information  that pertains to
this  Series  and  consider  their  ability  to assume  the risks of making an
investment in this Division.
    

VOTING PRIVILEGES

   
     The Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and the  Annuitant  or
other payee during the Annuity Period will be entitled to give us instructions
as to  how  Series  shares  held  in  the  Divisions  of  Separate  Account  D
attributable  to their Contract should be voted at meetings of shareholders of
the Series.  Those persons entitled to give voting instructions and the number
of votes for  which  they may give  directions  will be  determined  as of the
record  date for a  meeting.  Separate  Account D will vote all shares of each
Series that it holds of record in accordance with  instructions  received with
respect to all AG Life annuity contracts participating in that Series.

     Separate  Account D will also vote all shares of each Series for which no
instructions  have been  received for or against any  proposition  in the same
proportion as the shares for which voting instructions were received.

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of votes each Owner is
entitled to direct  with  respect to a  particular  Series is equal to (a) the
Owner's Variable Account Value  attributable to that Series divided by (b) the
net asset  value of one share of that  Series.  In  determining  the number of
votes,  fractional votes will be recognized.  While a variable Annuity Payment
Option is in effect,  the number of votes an Annuitant or payee is entitled to
direct with  respect to a  particular  Series will be computed in a comparable
manner,  based on our  liability  for future  Variable  Annuity  Payments with
respect to that  Annuitant or payee as of the record date.  Such liability for
future  payments will be calculated on the basis of the mortality  assumptions
and the assumed  interest rate used in determining the number of Annuity Units
under a Contract  and the  applicable  value of an Annuity  Unit on the record
date.
    

     Series  shares held by insurance  company  separate  accounts  other than
Separate Account D will generally be voted in accordance with  instructions of
participants in such other separate accounts.

     We believe  that AG Life's  voting  instruction  procedures  comply  with
current  federal  securities law  requirements  and  interpretations  thereof.
However,  AG Life reserves the right to modify these  procedures in any manner
consistent with applicable legal requirements and interpretations as in effect
from time to time.

                               THE FIXED ACCOUNT

     AMOUNTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT OR SUPPORTING  FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS BECOME
PART OF OUR GENERAL ACCOUNT. BECAUSE OF EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
INTERESTS IN THE

                                       15

<PAGE>


GENERAL ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, NOR
IS THE GENERAL ACCOUNT REGISTERED AS AN INVESTMENT COMPANY UNDER THE 1940 ACT.
WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION
HAS NOT REVIEWED THE  DISCLOSURES IN THIS  PROSPECTUS THAT RELATE TO THE FIXED
ACCOUNT  OR FIXED  ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  DISCLOSURES  REGARDING  THESE  MATTERS,
HOWEVER,  MAY BE  SUBJECT TO CERTAIN  GENERALLY-APPLICABLE  PROVISIONS  OF THE
FEDERAL   SECURITIES  LAWS  RELATING  TO  THE  ACCURACY  AND  COMPLETENESS  OF
STATEMENTS IN PROSPECTUSES.

     Our obligations  with respect to the Fixed Account are legal  obligations
of AG Life and are supported by our General Account assets, which also support
obligations  incurred  by us under  other  insurance  and  annuity  contracts.
Investments  purchased  with amounts  allocated  to the Fixed  Account are the
property of AG Life, and Owners have no legal rights in such investments.

     Account Value that is allocated by the Owner to the Fixed Account earns a
Guaranteed  Interest Rate  commencing with the date of such  allocation.  This
Guaranteed Interest Rate continues for a number of years selected by the Owner
from among the Guarantee Periods that we then offer. At the end of a Guarantee
Period, the Owner's Account Value in that Guarantee Period, including interest
accrued  thereon,  will be  allocated  to a new  Guarantee  Period of the same
length  unless  AG Life has  received  a  Written  request  from the  Owner to
allocate this amount to a different  Guarantee  Period or periods or to one or
more of the  Divisions  of Separate  Account D. We must  receive  this Written
request at least three business days prior to the end of the Guarantee Period.
If the Owner has not provided such Written  request and the renewed  Guarantee
Period  extends  beyond  the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  we will
nevertheless  contact the Owner regarding the scheduled  Annuity  Commencement
Date.  If the Owner elects to annuitize in this  circumstance,  the  Surrender
Charge may be waived. (See "Annuity Payment Options" and "Surrender  Charge.")
The first day of the new Guarantee Period (or other  reallocation) will be the
day after the end of the prior Guarantee  Period.  We will notify the Owner at
least  30 days  and not more  than 60 days  prior to the end of any  Guarantee
Period.  If the Owner's Account Value in a Guarantee Period is less than $500,
we reserve the right to automatically  transfer without charge, the balance to
the Money Market Division at the end of that Guarantee Period,  unless we have
received in good order  Written  instructions  to transfer  such  balance to a
different Division.

   
     We  declare  the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates from time to time as market
conditions  dictate.  We advise an Owner of the Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
chosen Guarantee Period at the time a purchase payment is received, a transfer
is effectuated or a Guarantee Period is renewed.  A different rate of interest
may be credited to one Guarantee Period than to another  Guarantee Period that
is the same length but that began on a different date. The minimum  Guaranteed
Interest Rate is an effective annual rate of 3%.
    

     Currently we make available  Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven
and ten years.  Each Guarantee  Period has its own  Guaranteed  Interest Rate,
which may differ from those for other Guarantee Periods.  From time to time we
will,  at our  discretion,  change  the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate for future
Guarantee  Periods  of  various  lengths.  These  changes  will not affect the
Guaranteed  Interest  Rates being paid on Guarantee  Periods that have already
commenced.  Each  allocation  or transfer  of an amount to a Guarantee  Period
commences the running of a new  Guarantee  Period with respect to that amount,
which will earn a Guaranteed  Interest Rate that will continue unchanged until
the end of that period.  The Guaranteed  Interest Rate will never be less than
the minimum Guaranteed  Interest Rate stated in your Contract.  We reserve the
right to change the  Guarantee  Periods  that we are making  available  at any
time.

                                      16

<PAGE>


     AG LIFE'S  MANAGEMENT  MAKES THE FINAL  DETERMINATION  OF THE  GUARANTEED
INTEREST  RATES TO BE DECLARED.  AG LIFE CANNOT PREDICT OR ASSURE THE LEVEL OF
ANY  FUTURE  GUARANTEED  INTEREST  RATES IN EXCESS OF THE  MINIMUM  GUARANTEED
INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT.

     Information  concerning the Guaranteed  Interest Rates  applicable to the
various  Guarantee  Periods  at any  time  may be  obtained  from  your  sales
representative  or from the  addresses or phone numbers set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.

                    CONTRACT ISSUANCE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS

   
     The  minimum  initial  purchase  payment  is  $5,000.  The  amount of any
subsequent purchase payment allocated to any Division or Guarantee Period must
be at least  $100.  We  reserve  the right to modify  these  minimums,  in our
discretion.
    

     An  application  to  purchase a Contract  must be made by signed  Written
application  form provided by AG Life or by such other medium or format as may
be agreed to by AG Life and Van Kampen American Capital Distributors,  Inc. as
distributor  of  the  Contracts.   When  a  purchase  payment  accompanies  an
application to purchase a Contract and the application is properly  completed,
we will either process the application, credit the purchase payment, and issue
the Contract or reject the application and return the purchase  payment within
two Valuation Dates after receipt of the application at our Home Office.

     If the application is not complete or is incorrectly  completed,  we will
request additional  documents or information within five Valuation Dates after
receipt  of the  application  at our  Home  Office.  If a  correctly-completed
application is not received  within five Valuation  Dates after receipt of the
purchase  payment at our Home  Office,  we will  return the  purchase  payment
immediately  unless the  prospective  purchaser  specifically  consents to our
retaining the purchase  payment until the  application  is made  complete,  in
which  case the  initial  purchase  payment is  credited  as of the end of the
Valuation  Period in which we receive at our Home Office the last  information
required to process the application. Subsequent purchase payments are credited
as of the end of the Valuation  Period in which they and any required  Written
identifying information, are received at our Home Office. We reserve the right
to reject any application or purchase payment for any reason.

     If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division falls below $500 because of
a partial  withdrawal  from the  Contract,  we reserve the right to  transfer,
without charge,  the remaining  balance to the Money Market  Division.  If the
Owner's  Account value in any Division  falls below $500 because of a transfer
to another Division or to the Fixed Account,  we reserve the right to transfer
the remaining  balance in that  Division,  without charge and pro rata, to the
Division,  Divisions or Fixed  Account to which the  transfer was made.  These
minimum requirements are waived for transfers under the Automatic  Rebalancing
program. See "Automatic Rebalancing." If the Owner's total Account Value falls
below  $500,  we may  cancel  the  Contract.  Such  a  cancellation  would  be
considered a full surrender of the Contract. We will provide you with 60 days'
advance notice of any such cancellation.

                                      17

<PAGE>


     So long as the Account  Value does not fall below $500,  you need make no
further purchase payments. You may, however, elect to make subsequent purchase
payments  at any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date and while the
Owner and Annuitant are still living.  Checks for subsequent purchase payments
should  be made  payable  to  American  General  Life  Insurance  Company  and
forwarded  directly to our Home Office.  We also accept  purchase  payments by
wire or by exchange from another  insurance  company.  You may obtain  further
information  about how to make  purchase  payments by either of these  methods
from your  sales  representative  or from us at the  addresses  and  telephone
numbers on the cover page of this Prospectus.  Purchase  payments  pursuant to
salary reduction plans may be made only with our agreement.

     Your  purchase  payments  begin  to earn a  return  in the  Divisions  of
Separate  Account D or the  Guarantee  Periods of the Fixed  Account as of the
date we credit the purchase  payments to your  Contract.  In your  application
form, you select (in whole  percentages)  the amount of each purchase  payment
that is to be allocated to each Division and each  Guarantee  Period.  You can
change these allocation percentages at any time by Written notice to us.

                              OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

     Prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  your  Account  Value  under a
Contract is the sum of your Variable Account Value and Fixed Account Value, as
discussed below.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

     Your Variable Account Value as of any Valuation Date prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date is the sum of your Variable Account Values in each Division
of Separate Account D as of that date. Your Variable Account Value in any such
Division  is the  product  of the  number of your  Accumulation  Units in that
Division  multiplied  by the  value of one such  Accumulation  Unit as of that
Valuation Date. There is no guaranteed  minimum Variable Account Value. To the
extent that your Account  Value is  allocated to Separate  Account D, you bear
the entire risk of investment losses.

     Accumulation  Units in a Division  are  credited to you when you allocate
purchase  payments or transferred  amounts to that Division.  Similarly,  such
Accumulation  Units are  cancelled  to the extent  you  transfer  or  withdraw
amounts  from a Division or to the extent  necessary  to pay  certain  charges
under the Contract.  The crediting or cancellation  of  Accumulation  Units is
based on the value of such Accumulation Units at the end of the Valuation Date
as of which the related  amounts are being credited to or charged against your
Variable Account Value, as the case may be.

     The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Division on any Valuation Date is
equal to the previous value of that Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by
that Division's net investment  factor for the Valuation Period ending on that
Valuation Date.

   
     The net  investment  factor for a Division is  determined by dividing (1)
the net asset  value  per share of the  Series  shares  held by the  Division,
determined  at the end of the  current  Valuation  Period,  plus the per share
amount of any dividend or capital gains  distribution made with respect to the
Series shares held by the Division during the current Valuation Period, by (2)
the net asset  value per share of the Series  shares  held in the  Division as
determined at the end of the previous  Valuation Period,  and subtracting from
that  result  a factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,  expense  risk and
administrative
    

                                      18

<PAGE>


expense charge.

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

     Your Fixed Account  Value as of any  Valuation  Date prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date is the sum of your Fixed  Account  Value in each  Guarantee
Period as of that date.  Your Fixed Account  Value in any Guarantee  Period is
equal to the following amounts,  in each case increased by accrued interest at
the  applicable  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate:  (1) the  amount of net  purchase
payments,  renewals and transferred  amounts allocated to the Guarantee Period
less (2) the  amount of any  transfers  or  withdrawals  out of the  Guarantee
Period, including withdrawals to pay applicable charges.

     The Fixed  Account Value is  guaranteed  by AG Life.  Therefore,  AG Life
bears the  investment  risk with  respect  to amounts  allocated  to the Fixed
Account,  except to the extent that AG Life may vary the  Guaranteed  Interest
Rate for future Guarantee Periods (subject to the minimum Guaranteed  Interest
Rate stated in your Contract).

            TRANSFER, AUTOMATIC REBALANCING, SURRENDER AND PARTIAL
                       WITHDRAWAL OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

TRANSFERS

     Commencing  30 days after the  Contract's  date of issue and prior to the
Annuity  Commence  ment Date,  you may transfer your Account Value at any time
among the available  Divisions of Separate  Account D and  Guarantee  Periods,
subject to the conditions described below. Such transfers will be effective at
the end of the Valuation  Period in which we receive your Written or telephone
transfer request.

     If a transfer would cause your Account Value in any Division or Guarantee
Period to fall below $500, we reserve the right to also transfer the remaining
balance in that Division or Guarantee  Period in the same  proportions  as the
transfer request.

     Prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  and  after  the  first 30 days
following  the  date  the  Contract  was  issued,  you may  make up to  twelve
transfers each Contact Year without charge,  but additional  transfers will be
subject  to a $25  charge.  Also,  no more than 25% of the  Account  Value you
allocated to a Guarantee Period at its inception may be transferred during any
Contract  Year.  This 25%  limitation  does not  apply to  transfers  from the
one-year Guarantee Period, to transfers within 15 days before or after the end
of the Guarantee Period in which the transferred amounts were being held or to
a renewal at the end of the Guarantee Period to the same Guarantee Period.

     Subject  to  the  above  general  rules  concerning  transfers,  you  may
establish  an  automatic  transfer  plan,  whereby  amounts are  automatically
transferred  by us from the Money Market  Division or the  one-year  Guarantee
Period to one or more  other  Divisions  or  Guarantee  Periods  on a monthly,
quarterly,  semi-annual  or  annual  basis.  Transfers  under  such  automatic
transfer plan will not count towards the twelve free  transfers  each Contract
Year, and will not incur a $25 charge.  You may obtain additional  information
about how to establish an automatic transfer program from your sales

                                      19

<PAGE>


representative  or from us at the telephone numbers and addresses on the front
cover of this Prospectus.

     If the  person  or  persons  that are  entitled  to make  transfers  have
provided a Written request for the Telephone  Transfer  Privilege form that is
on file with us,  transfers  may be made  pursuant to telephone  instructions,
subject to the terms of the Telephone  Transfer  Privilege  authorization.  We
will honor telephone  transfer  instructions  from any person who provides the
correct  information,  so  there  is  a  risk  of  possible  loss  to  you  if
unauthorized  persons use this  service in your name.  Currently we attempt to
limit the availability of telephone transfer instructions only to the Owner of
the Contract for which instruction is received.  Under the Telephone  Transfer
Privilege we are not liable for any acts or omissions based upon  instructions
that we reasonably believe to be genuine, including losses arising from errors
in the communication of transfer instructions.  We have established procedures
for accepting telephone transfer  instructions,  which include verification of
the Contract  number,  the identity of the caller,  both the  Annuitant's  and
Owner's names, and a form of personal  identification from the caller. We will
mail to the  Owner a  written  confirmation  of the  transaction.  If  several
persons seek to effect  telephone  transfers at or about the same time,  or if
our recording equipment  malfunctions,  it may be impossible for you to make a
telephone  transfer at the time you wish. If this occurs,  you should submit a
Written transfer request. Also, if, due to malfunction or other circumstances,
the recording of your telephone request is incomplete or not fully comprehensi
ble, we will not  process  the  transaction.  The phone  number for  telephone
exchanges is 1-800-247-6584.

The Contracts are not designed for professional market timing organizations or
other entities  utilizing  programmed and frequent  transfers.  We reserve the
right at any time and without prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend,
or modify our policy regarding transfers.

AUTOMATIC REBALANCING

     Automatic  Rebalancing  within  the  Separate  Account is  available  for
Contracts  with an  Account  Value  of  $25,000  and  larger  at the  time the
application for Automatic  Rebalancing is received.  Application for Automatic
Rebalancing can be made either at issue or after issue,  and may  subsequently
be discontinued.
   
     Automatic  Rebalancing  occurs when funds are transferred by us among the
Separate  Account  Divisions  so that the  values in each  Division  match the
Owner's  percentage  allocation  for  Automatic  Rebalancing  then in  effect.
Automatic  Rebalancing  is  available on a  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual
basis,  measured from the Contract  Anniversary  date. A Contract  Anniversary
date  which  falls on the  29th,  30th,  or 31st of the month  will  result in
Automatic  Rebalancing as of the 1st of the next month.  Automatic Rebalancing
does not permit  transfers to or from any Guarantee  Period.  Transfers  under
Automatic  Rebalancing  will not count towards the twelve free  transfers each
Contract Year, and will not incur a $25 charge.
    

SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     At any  time  prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  and  while  the
Annuitant is still living,  the Owner may make a full  surrender of or partial
withdrawal from his or her Contract.


                                      20

<PAGE>


     The  amount  payable  to the Owner  upon full  surrender  is the  Owner's
Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive a Written
surrender request in good order, minus any applicable  Surrender Charge, minus
the amount of any  uncollected  Contract Fee (see "Annual  Contract  Fee") and
minus any applicable  premium tax. Our current practice is to require that you
return  the  Contract  with any  request  for a full  surrender.  After a full
surrender,  or if the Owner's  Account Value falls to zero,  all rights of the
Owner,  Annuitant  or any other  person  with  respect  to the  Contract  will
terminate,  subject  to a right to  reinstate  the  Contract.  (See  "One-Time
Reinstatement  Privilege.") All collateral assignees of record must consent to
any full surrender or partial withdrawal.

     Your  Written  request  for  a  partial  withdrawal  should  specify  the
Divisions  of  Separate  Account  D, or the  Guarantee  Periods  of the  Fixed
Account,  from which you wish the partial withdrawal to be made. If you do not
specify,  or if  the  withdrawal  cannot  be  made  in  accordance  with  your
specification,  to the extent  necessary the withdrawal will be taken pro-rata
from the Divisions and Guarantee Periods, based on your Account Value in each.
Partial withdrawal requests must be for at least $100 or, if less, all of your
Account  Value.  If your  remaining  Account  Value in a Division or Guarantee
Period would be less than $500 as a result of the  withdrawal  (except for the
Money Market Division), we reserve the right to transfer,  without charge, the
remaining balance to the Money Market Division.  Unless you request otherwise,
upon a partial withdrawal, your Accumulation Units and Fixed Account interests
that  are  cancelled  will  have a total  value  equal  to the  amount  of the
withdrawal  request,  and the amount  payable to you will be the amount of the
withdrawal  request less any Surrender Charge,  and premium tax if applicable,
payable upon the partial withdrawal.

     We also make available a systematic  withdrawal  plan under which you may
make  automatic  partial  withdrawals  at  periodic  intervals  in a specified
amount,  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  applicable  to other  partial
withdrawals.  Additional  information about how to establish such a systematic
withdrawal  program may be obtained from your sales  representative or from us
at the  addresses  and  phone  numbers  set  forth on the  cover  page of this
Prospectus.  We reserve the right to modify or terminate  our  procedures  for
systematic withdrawals at any time.

     The Code provides that a penalty tax will be imposed on certain premature
surrenders or withdrawals. For a discussion of this and other tax implications
of total  surrenders and systematic and other partial  withdrawals,  including
withholding requirements, see "Federal Income Tax Matters."

                  ANNUITY PERIOD AND ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
     The Owner may select  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date when  applying  to
purchase a  Contract  and may  change a  previously-selected  date at any time
prior to the  beginning of an Annuity  Payment  Option by submitting a Written
request, subject to Company approval. The Annuity Commencement Date may be any
day of any month up to the Annuitant's one hundredth birthday  inclusive.  See
"Federal  Income Tax  Matters" for a  description  of the  penalties  that may
attach to distributions
    

                                      21

<PAGE>


prior to the  Annuitant's  attaining  age 59 1/2 under any  Contract  or after
April 1 of the year following the calendar year in which the Annuitant attains
age 70 1/2 under Qualified Contracts.

APPLICATION OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

     We will  automatically  apply your Variable Account Value in any Division
to provide  Variable  Annuity  Payments  based on that Division and your Fixed
Account Value to provide Fixed Annuity Payments. However, if you give us other
Written  instructions  at least thirty days prior to the Annuity  Commencement
Date, we will apply your Account Value in different proportions.

     We deduct any applicable state and local premium taxes from the amount of
Account Value being applied to an Annuity  Payment  Option.  In some cases, we
may deduct a Surrender  Charge from the amount being  applied.  See "Surrender
Charge."  Subject to any such  adjustments,  your  Variable and Fixed  Account
Value are applied to an Annuity Payment Option,  as discussed below, as of the
end of the  Valuation  Period that contains the tenth day prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date.

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     The amount of the first monthly Fixed or Variable Annuity Payment will be
at least as favorable as that produced by the annuity  tables set forth in the
Contract, based on the amount of your Account Value that is applied to provide
the Fixed or Variable Annuity Payments. Thereafter, the amount of each monthly
Fixed  Annuity  Payment  is fixed and  specified  by the terms of the  Annuity
Payment Option selected.

     The Account Value that is applied to provide Variable Annuity Payments is
converted  to a number of Annuity  Units by  dividing  the amount of the first
Variable  Annuity  Payment  by the value of an  Annuity  Unit of the  relevant
Division as of the end of the  Valuation  Period that  includes  the tenth day
prior  to  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  This  number  of  Annuity  Units
thereafter  remains constant with respect to any Annuitant,  and the amount of
each subsequent  Variable  Annuity  Payment is determined by multiplying  this
number by the value of an Annuity Unit as of the end of the  Valuation  Period
that contains the tenth day prior to the date of each payment. If the Variable
Annuity Payments are based on more than one Division,  these  calculations are
performed  separately for each  Division.  The value of an Annuity Unit at the
end of a Valuation  Period is the value of the Annuity  Unit at the end of the
previous  Valuation  Period,  multiplied  by the net  investment  factor  (see
"Variable  Account  Value") for the Valuation  Period,  with an offset for the
3.5% assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity tables.


     As a result of the foregoing  computations,  if the net investment return
for a  Division  for any month is at an annual  rate of more than the  assumed
interest rate used in the  Contract's  annuity  tables,  any Variable  Annuity
Payment  based on that  Division  will be greater  than the  Variable  Annuity
Payment based on that Division for the previous  month.  If the net investment
return  for a  Division  for any month is at an  annual  rate of less than the
assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity

                                      22

<PAGE>


tables,  any variable annuity payment based on that Division will be less than
the Variable Annuity Payment based on that Division for the previous month.

ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

   
     The  Owner may  elect to have  annuity  payments  made  beginning  on the
Annuity  Commence  ment Date  under  any one of the  Annuity  Payment  Options
described below. We will notify the Owner 60 to 90 days prior to the scheduled
Annuity  Commencement  Date that the  Contract  is  scheduled  to mature,  and
request  that an  Annuity  Payment  Option be  selected.  If the Owner has not
selected an Annuity Payment Option ten days prior to the Annuity  Commencement
Date, we will proceed as follows:  (1) if the scheduled  Annuity  Commencement
Date is any date prior to the  Annuitant's  one  hundredth  birthday,  we will
extend  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  to  the  Annuitant's  one  hundredth
birthday; or (2) if the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date is the Annuitant's
one  hundredth  birthday,  the Account Value less any  applicable  charges and
premium taxes will be paid in one sum to the Owner.
    


     The Code imposes minimum distribution requirements that have a bearing on
the Annuity  Payment Option that should be chosen in connection with Qualified
Contracts.  See  "Federal  Income Tax  Matters."  We are not  responsible  for
monitoring  or  advising  Owners  as  to  whether  the  minimum   distribution
requirements are being met, unless we have received a specific written request
to do so.

     No election of any Annuity  Payment  Option may be made unless an initial
annuity payment of at least $100 would be provided, where only a Fixed or only
Variable  Annuity  Payments  are  elected,  and  $50  on  each  basis  when  a
combination  of Variable  and Fixed  Annuity  Payments  is  elected.  If these
minimums are not met, we will first reduce the frequency of annuity  payments,
and if the minimums are still not met, we will make a lump-sum  payment to the
Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  payee in the  amount of the  Owner's
Account Value, less any applicable  Surrender Charge,  any uncollected  Annual
Contract Fee, and any applicable premium tax.

     The Owner, or if the Owner has not done so, the  Beneficiary  may, within
60 days after the death of the Owner or  Annuitant,  elect that any amount due
to the  Beneficiary be applied under any option  described  below,  subject to
certain  tax  law  requirements.   See  "Death  Proceeds."   Thereafter,   the
Beneficiary  will have all the remaining  rights and powers under the Contract
and be  subject to all the terms and  conditions  thereof.  The first  annuity
payment will be made at the beginning of the second month  following the month
in which we approve the  settlement  request.  Annuity  Units will be credited
based on Annuity Unit Values at the end of the Valuation  Period that contains
the tenth day prior to the beginning of said second month.

     When an Annuity  Payment Option becomes  effective,  the Contract must be
delivered to our Home Office, in exchange for a payment contract providing for
the option elected.

   
     Information  about the  relationship  between the Annuitant's sex and the
amount of annuity payments,  including requirements for gender-neutral annuity
rates in certain states and in connection with certain  employee benefit plans
is set forth under "Gender of Annuitant"  in the  Statement.  See "Contents of
Statement of Additional Information."
    

OPTION 1 - LIFE  ANNUITY - Annuity  payments  are payable  monthly  during the
lifetime  of the  Annuitant,  ceasing  with the last  payment due prior to the
death of the Annuitant.  It would be possible under this  arrangement  for the
Annuitant or other payee to receive only one annuity  payment if the Annuitant
died prior to the second annuity payment,  since no minimum number of payments
is guaranteed.

OPTION 2 - LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH 120,  180,  OR 240 MONTHLY  PAYMENTS  CERTAIN -
Annuity payments are

                                      23

<PAGE>


payable  monthly  during the lifetime of an Annuitant;  provided,  that if the
Annuitant  dies  during the period  certain,  the  Beneficiary  is entitled to
receive monthly payments for the remainder of the period certain.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY - Annuity payments are payable
monthly  during the lifetime of the  Annuitant  and another payee and continue
during the lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing with the last payment  prior to
the death of the survivor.  It is possible under this option for the Annuitant
or other  payee to  receive  only one  annuity  payment if both die before the
second annuity payment, since no minimum number of payments is guaranteed.  If
one of these persons dies before the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the election
of this option is revoked,  the survivor  becomes the sole  Annuitant,  and no
death proceeds are payable by virtue of the death of the other Annuitant.

OPTION 4 - PAYMENTS  FOR  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - Annuity  payments  are  payable
monthly to an Annuitant or other  properly-designated  payee, or at his or her
death,  the  Beneficiary,  for a selected number of years ranging from five to
forty. If this option is selected on a variable basis,  the designated  period
may  not   exceed   the   life   expectancy   of  such   Annuitant   or  other
properly-designated payee.

OPTION 5 - PAYMENTS  OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR  AMOUNT - The amount due is paid in
equal monthly  installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less than $125
nor more than $200 per annum per $1,000 of the original  amount due) until the
remaining  balance is less than the amount of one  installment.  If the person
receiving these payments dies, the remaining  payments  continue to be made to
the  Beneficiary.  Payments  under this option are  available on a fixed basis
only. To determine the remaining balance at the end of any month, such balance
at the end of the previous month is decreased by the amount of any installment
paid during the month and the result will be  accumulated  at an interest rate
not less than 3.5% compounded  annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
is less than the amount of one installment, such balance will be paid and will
be the final payment under the option.

     Under the fourth  option  there is no  mortality  guarantee  by us,  even
though  Variable  Annuity  Payments will be reduced as a result of a charge to
Separate  Account D which is partially  for  mortality  risks.  See "Charge to
Separate Account D."

     A payee  receiving  Variable (but not Fixed)  Annuity  Payments under the
fourth  option can elect at any time to commute  (terminate)  such  option and
receive the current  value of the annuity,  which would be based on the values
next  determined  after the Written request for payment is received by us. The
current  value of the  annuity  under  the  fourth  option is the value of all
remaining annuity payments,  assumed to be level,  discounted to present value
at an annual rate of 3.5%.  Other than by election of such a lump-sum  payment
under the fourth option,  an Annuity Payment Option may not be terminated once
annuity payments have commenced.


     Under  federal  tax  regulations,  the  election  of the  fourth or fifth
options may be treated in the same manner as a surrender of the total account.
For tax  consequences  of such  treatment,  see "Federal  Income Tax Matters."
Also, in such a case, tax-deferred treatment of subsequent earnings may not be
available.

     ALTERNATIVE  AMOUNT  UNDER  FIXED LIFE  ANNUITY  OPTIONS - Each  Contract
provides that when

                                      24

<PAGE>


Fixed  Annuity  Payments  are to be made under one of the first three  Annuity
Payment Options  described above, the Owner (or if the Owner has not elected a
payment option,  the  Beneficiary) may elect monthly payments to the Annuitant
or other  properly-designated  payee  equal to the monthly  payment  available
under similar  circumstances  based on single payment  immediate fixed annuity
rates  then in use by us.  The  purpose  of this  provision  is to assure  the
Annuitant that, at retirement, if the fixed annuity purchase rate then offered
by us for new single  payment  immediate  annuity  contracts is more favorable
than the annuity  rates  guaranteed  by the  Contract,  the Annuitant or other
properly-designated payee will be given the benefit of the new annuity rates.

     In lieu of monthly  payments,  payments  may be  elected on a  quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis,  in which case the amount of each annuity payment
will be determined on a basis consistent with that described above for monthly
payments.

TRANSFERS

     After  the   Annuity   Commencement   Date,   the   Annuitant   or  other
properly-designated  payee  may make one  transfer  every  180 days  among the
available  Divisions  of Separate  Account D or from the  Divisions to a fixed
Annuity  Payment  Option.  No charge will be assessed  for such  transfer.  No
transfers from a fixed to a variable Annuity Payment Option are permitted.  If
a transfer  would  cause the value that is  attributable  to a Contract in any
Division to fall below $500,  we reserve the right to transfer  the  remaining
balance in that  Division  in the same  proportion  as the  transfer  request.
Transfers  will be  effected  at the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we
receive the Written transfer request at our Home Office.  We reserve the right
to terminate or restrict transfers at any time.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
     The death proceeds  described below are payable to the Beneficiary  under
the Contract if, prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date, any of the following
events  occurs:  (a) the Annuitant  dies and no Contingent  Annuitant has been
named  under a  Non-Qualified  contract;  (b) the  Annuitant  dies and we also
receive  proof of death of any named  Contingent  Annuitant;  or (c) the Owner
(including  the first to die in the case of joint  Owners) of a  Non-Qualified
Contract  dies,  regardless  of  whether  said  deceased  Owner  was  also the
Annuitant  (however,  if the Beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse,  the
Beneficiary  may elect to continue  the  Contract as  described  in the second
paragraph  below).  The death  proceeds,  prior to deduction of any applicable
premium  taxes,  will equal the  greatest  of (1) the sum of all net  purchase
payments  made  (less  any  previously-deducted  premium  taxes  and all prior
partial  withdrawals),  (2) the  Owner's  Account  Value  as of the end of the
Valuation Period in which we receive,  at our Home Office,  proof of death and
the  Written  request  as to  the  manner  of  payment,  or  (3)  the  Highest
Anniversary  Value prior to the date of death,  as defined  below:  THE AMOUNT
SPECIFIED  IN (3)  ABOVE IS NOT AN  AVAILABLE  OPTION IN ALL  STATES,  AND YOU
SHOULD THEREFORE  CONSULT YOUR SALES  REPRESENTATIVE  OR OUR HOME OFFICE AS TO
WHETHER IT WILL APPLY TO YOU. IN THOSE STATES WHERE (3) IS NOT AVAILABLE,  THE
DEATH PROCEEDS WILL EQUAL THE GREATER OF (1) OR (2) ABOVE.
    

                                      25

<PAGE>

   
     The  Highest  Anniversary  Value  prior  to the  date  of  death  will be
determined as follows:

     First,  we will  calculate  the Account  Values at the end of each of the
     past Contract  Anniversaries  that occurred prior to the deceased's  81st
     birthday;

     Second, each of the Account Values will be increased by the amount of net
     purchase payments made since the end of such Contract Years; and

     Third,  the result will be reduced by the amount of any withdrawals  made
     since the end of such Contract Years.

     The Highest  Anniversary  Value will be an amount equal to the highest of
such values. The Highest  Anniversary Value will not be calculated on or after
the 81st birthday. Net purchase payments are purchase payments less applicable
premium tax.
    
     We will pay the  death  proceeds  to the  Beneficiary  as of the date the
proceeds become payable. Such date is the end of the Valuation Period in which
we receive proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's  death and a Written request in
good order from the Beneficiary as to the manner of payment.

     If the Owner has not already done so, the  Beneficiary  may, within sixty
days after the date the death proceeds  become  payable,  elect to receive the
death  proceeds  as a lump  sum or in the form of one of the  Annuity  Payment
Options provided in the Contract. See "Annuity Payment Options." If we receive
no request as to the manner of payment, we will make a lump-sum payment, based
on values determined at that time.

     If the Owner  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date,  the Code  requires  that all  amounts  payable  under the
Contract be  distributed  (a) within five years of the date of death or (b) as
annuity payments beginning within one year of the date of death and continuing
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.  If
the  Beneficiary  is the  Owner's  surviving  spouse,  the spouse may elect to
continue  the  Contract  as the new Owner and, if the  original  Owner was the
Annuitant,  as the new Annuitant.  If the Owner is not a natural person, these
requirements  apply upon the death of the primary Annuitant within the meaning
of the Code.  Failure to  satisfy  these Code  distribution  requirements  may
result in serious adverse tax  consequences.  Under a parallel  section of the
Code, similar  requirements apply to retirement plans in connection with which
Qualified Contracts are issued.

DEATH PROCEEDS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

     If the Annuitant dies following the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the only
amounts payable to the Beneficiary or other  properly-designated payee are any
continuing  payments  provided for under the Annuity Payment Option  selected.
See "Annuity  Payment  Options."  In such a case,  the payee will have all the
remaining  rights and powers  under a Contract and be subject to all the terms
and  conditions  thereof.  Also, if the Annuitant  dies  following the Annuity
Commencement  Date, no previously  named  Contingent  Annuitant can become the
Annuitant.


                                      26

<PAGE>


     If the payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies  after  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  any  remaining  amounts  payable  under  the terms of the
Annuity  Payment  Option must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
method of distribution  then in effect.  If the payee is not a natural person,
this  requirement  applies upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within the
meaning of the Code.  Failure to satisfy  these  requirements  of the Code may
result in serious adverse tax  consequences.  Under a parallel  section of the
Code,  similar  requirements  apply to the retirement plans in connection with
which Qualified Contracts are issued.

PROOF OF DEATH

     We accept  the  following  as proof of any  person's  death:  a copy of a
certified  death  certificate;  a copy of a  certified  decree  of a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  as to the finding of death; a written  statement by a
medical  doctor who attended  the deceased at the time of death;  or any other
proof satisfactory to us.

     Once we have paid the death proceeds, the Contract terminates and we have
no further obligations thereunder.

                          CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACTS

PREMIUM TAXES

When  applicable,  we will deduct an amount to cover  premium taxes imposed by
certain  states.  Such deduction will be made, in accordance  with  applicable
state law:

(1)  from purchase payment(s) when received; or
(2)  from the Owner's Account Value at the time annuity payments begin; or
(3)  from the amount of any partial withdrawal; or
(4)  from  proceeds  payable  upon  termination  of the Contract for any other
     reason,  including  death of the Annuitant or Owner,  or surrender of the
     Contract.

If  premium  tax is  paid,  AG Life  may  reimburse  itself  for such tax when
deduction is being made under items 2, 3, or 4 above calculated by multiplying
the sum of Purchase  Payments being  withdrawn by the  applicable  premium tax
percentage.

     Applicable  premium tax rates depend upon the Owner's  then-current place
of residence. Applicable rates currently range from 0% to 3.5% and are subject
to change by legislation,  administrative interpretations or judicial acts. We
will not make a profit on this charge.

SURRENDER CHARGE

     The Surrender  Charge  reimburses us for part of our expenses  related to
distributing  the  Contracts.  We  believe,  however,  that the amount of such
expenses will exceed the amount of revenues generated by the Surrender Charge.
We will pay such  excess  out of our  general  surplus,  which  might  include
profits from the charge for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.

     Unless a withdrawal  is exempt from the  Surrender  Charge (as  discussed
below),  the  Surrender  Charge is a percentage of the amount of each purchase
payment that is withdrawn during the first

                                      27

<PAGE>


seven years after it was received.  The percentage  declines  depending on how
many years have passed since the  withdrawn  purchase  payment was  originally
credited to your Account Value, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Surrender Charge as a
        Year of Purchase                          Percentage of Purchase
        Payment Withdrawal                        Payment Withdrawn

<S>                                                      <C>
               1st                                       6%
               2nd                                       6%
               3rd                                       5%
               4th                                       5%
               5th                                       4%
               6th                                       3%
               7th                                       2%
               Thereafter                                0%
</TABLE>


     Only for the purpose of  computing  the  Surrender  Charge,  the earliest
purchase  payments are deemed to be withdrawn first, and before any amounts in
excess of  purchase  payments  are  withdrawn  from your  Account  Value.  The
following  transactions  will be  considered  as  withdrawals  for purposes of
assessing  the  Surrender  Charge:   total  surrender,   partial   withdrawal,
commencement of an Annuity Payment Option, and termination due to insufficient
Account Value.

     Nevertheless,  the Surrender  Charge will NOT apply to withdrawals in the
following circumstances:

          The amount of withdrawals that exceeds the cumulative amount of your
          purchase payments;

          Death of the Annuitant,  at any age, after the Annuity  Commencement
          Date;

          Death  of  the   Annuitant,   at  any  age,  prior  to  the  Annuity
          Commencement Date, provided no Contingent Annuitant survives;

          Death of the Owner,  including the first to die in the case of joint
          Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract;

          Annuitization   over  at  least  10   years,   or  life   contingent
          annuitization where the life expectancy is at least 10 years;

          Within the 30 day window under the One-Time Reinstatement Privilege;
   
          If the Annuitant  has been confined to a long-term  care facility or
          is subject to a terminal  illness  (to the extent that the rider for
          these  matters  is  available  in your  state),  as set forth  under
          "Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness".
    
     In the State of  Washington,  beginning  after the Annuitant has attained
age 63,  surrender  charges  which would  otherwise  be  assessed  against any
withdrawal may be reduced.

     The Surrender  Charge also does NOT apply to the surrender of a Contract,
or to the withdrawal of Contract Value (limited to the Variable  Account Value
and the one year Guarantee Period) of a

                                      28

<PAGE>


Contract,   issued  to  owners   who  are:   (1)   employees   or   registered
representatives  (or the spouses or minor  children of employees or registered
representatives) of any broker-dealer authorized to sell the Contracts, or (2)
officers,  directors,  or bona-fide full-time employees of AG Life or American
General Securities  Incorporated,  the principal underwriter of the Contracts,
or their affiliated  companies,  or Van Kampen American Capital  Distributors,
Inc., the distributor of the Contracts.  These waivers of Surrender Charge are
based upon the Contract Owner's status at the time the Contract was purchased.

     In addition,  the Surrender  Charge does NOT apply to the portion of your
first  withdrawal or total surrender in any Contract Year that does not exceed
10% of the amount of your purchase  payments that (a) have not previously been
withdrawn and (b) have been credited to the Contract for at least one year. If
multiple  withdrawals are made during a Contract Year, the amount eligible for
the free withdrawal will be recalculated at the time of each withdrawal. After
the first Contract Year,  non-automatic and automatic  withdrawals may be made
in the same Contract Year subject to the 10% limitation. For withdrawals under
a systematic  withdrawal plan,  Purchase Payments credited for 30 days or more
are eligible for the 10% free withdrawal.

     The Surrender Charge will not apply to any amounts withdrawn which are in
excess of the amount permitted by the 10% free withdrawal privilege, described
above,  if such  amounts  are  required  to be  withdrawn  to obtain or retain
favorable tax treatment. This exception is subject to our approval.

     A free  withdrawal  pursuant  to any of the  foregoing  Surrender  Charge
exceptions is not deemed to be a withdrawal of purchase  payments,  except for
purposes of  computing  the 10% free  withdrawal  described  in the  preceding
paragraph.  A penalty tax may be imposed on  distributions if the recipient is
under age 59 1/2. See "Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions."

TRANSFER CHARGES

     The charges to defray the expense of effecting  transfers  are  described
under "Transfer,  Automatic  Rebalancing,  Surrender and Partial Withdrawal of
Owner  Account  Value -  Transfers"  and "Annuity  Period and Annuity  Payment
Options - Transfers." These charges are designed not to yield a profit to us.

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE

     An Annual  Contract Fee of $30 will be deducted from each Owner's Account
Value at the end of each Contract Year prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
This Fee is for  administrative  expenses  (which do not  include  expenses of
distributing  the  Contracts),  and we do not expect that the revenues we will
derive from this Fee will exceed such expenses.  Unless paid directly, the Fee
will be allocated  among the Guarantee  Periods and Divisions in proportion to
your Account Value in each.  The entire Fee for the year will be deducted from
the proceeds of any full surrender. We reserve the right to waive the Fee.



                                      29

<PAGE>


CHARGE TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

     To  offset  other  administrative  expenses  not  covered  by the  Annual
Contract Fee discussed above, and to compensate us for assuming  mortality and
expense  risks  under the  Contracts,  Separate  Account D will  incur a daily
charge at an annualized  rate of 1.40% of the average daily net asset value of
Separate Account D attributable to the Contracts.  Of this amount, .15% is for
administrative  expenses  and 1.25% is for the  assumption  of  mortality  and
expense risks. We do not expect to earn a profit on that portion of the charge
which is for administrative expenses, but we do expect to derive a profit from
the portion which is for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.  There
is no  necessary  relationship  between the amount of  administrative  charges
imposed on a given Contract and the amount of expenses  actually  attributable
to that Contract.

     In  assuming  the  mortality  risk,  we are  subject to the risk that our
actuarial  estimate of mortality rates may prove erroneous and that Annuitants
will live  longer  than  expected,  or that more  Owners  or  Annuitants  than
expected will die at a time when the death benefit  guaranteed by us is higher
than the net surrender value of their interests in the Contracts.  In assuming
the  expense  risk,  we are  subject  to the risk that the  revenues  from the
expense  charges under the Contracts  (which  charges are guaranteed not to be
increased) will not cover our expense of administering the Contracts.

MISCELLANEOUS

   
     Charges  and  expenses  are paid out of the  assets  of each  Series,  as
described in the prospectus  relating to that Series.  We reserve the right to
impose  charges or establish  reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
or that may be  incurred  by us,  and that may be deemed  attributable  to the
Contracts.
    

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN

     Automatic partial withdrawals, with minimum payments of $100, may be made
at periodic intervals through a systematic withdrawal program and the Contract
Owner may choose from payment schedules of monthly, quarterly,  semi-annually,
or annually,  and may start, stop, increase or decrease payments.  Withdrawals
may start as early as 30 days after the issue date of the  Contract and may be
taken  from the Fixed  Account or any  Division,  as  specified  by the Owner.
Systematic  withdrawals are subject to the terms and conditions  applicable to
other  partial  withdrawals,  including  Surrender  Charges and  exceptions to
Surrender Charges.

ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

     If the Account  Value is at least  $500,  the Owner may elect to reinvest
all of the proceeds that were  previously  liquidated from the Contract within
the past 30 days and have the Surrender Charge and any Annual Contract Fee not
then due credited  back to the  Contract.  The funds will be reinvested at the
value next  following  the date of receipt of the  reinstated  Account  Value.
Unless you request  otherwise,  the reinstated Account Value will be allocated
among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same proportions as the prior
surrender. You may use this privilege only once.

REDUCTION IN SURRENDER CHARGES OR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES

     We may reduce the Surrender  Charges or  administrative  charges  imposed
under certain Qualified Contracts in connection with employer-sponsored plans.
Any such reductions will reflect differences in costs or services (due to such
factors as reduced sales expenses or administrative  efficiencies  relating to
serving a large number of employees of a single employer and functions assumed
by the

                                      30

<PAGE>


employer  that we  otherwise  would have to perform)  and will not be unfairly
discriminatory as to any person.

   
                      LONG-TERM CARE AND TERMINAL ILLNESS
    

     THE RIDER DESCRIBED BELOW IS NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES,  AND YOU SHOULD
THEREFORE  CONSULT YOUR SALES  REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR HOME OFFICE AS TO WHETHER
IT WILL APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO SEPARATE CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER.

LONG-TERM CARE

   
     Pursuant to a special Contract rider, no Surrender Charge will apply to a
partial  withdrawal or total surrender made during any period of time that the
Annuitant is confined for 30 days or more (or within 30 days after  discharge)
in a hospital or state-licensed  in-patient nursing facility.  We must receive
Written proof of such confinement that is satisfactory to us.
    

TERMINAL ILLNESS

   
     The rider also provides that no Surrender  Charge will apply to a partial
withdrawal  or total  surrender  if we have  received  a  physician's  Written
certification  that the Annuitant is  considered to be terminally  ill and not
expected to live more than twelve  months and have  considered to be waived or
exercised our right to a second physician's opinion.
    

                        OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     Only an officer of AG Life can agree to change or waive the provisions of
any  Contract.  The Contracts  are  non-participating  and are not entitled to
share in any dividends, profits or surplus of AG Life.

OWNERS, ANNUITANTS, AND BENEFICIARIES; ASSIGNMENTS

     The Owner of a  Contract  will be the same as the  Annuitant,  unless the
purchaser  designates a different  Owner when applying to purchase a Contract.
In the case of joint  ownership,  both Owners must join in the exercise of any
rights or privileges under the Contract. The Annuitant and any

                                      31

<PAGE>


Contingent  Annuitant are designated in the application for a Contract and may
not thereafter be changed.

     The  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent  Beneficiary  are  designated  when
applying to purchase a Contract.  A Beneficiary or Contingent  Beneficiary may
be changed by the Owner  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  while the
Annuitant is still alive, and by the payee following the Annuity  Commencement
Date.  Any  designation  of a new  Beneficiary  or Contingent  Beneficiary  is
effective as of the date it is signed but will not affect any payments we make
or action we take  before  receiving  the  Written  request.  We also need the
Written consent of any irrevocably-named Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary
before making a change. Under certain retirement programs, spousal consent may
be  required  to name a  Beneficiary  other  than the  spouse  or to  change a
Beneficiary to a person other than the spouse.  We are not responsible for the
validity of any designation of a Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary.

     If no named  Beneficiary or Contingent  Beneficiary is living at the time
any payment is to be made, the Owner will be the Beneficiary,  or if the Owner
is not then living, the Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.

     Rights under a Qualified  Contract may be assigned only in certain narrow
circumstances  referred to therein.  Owners and other  payees may assign their
rights under  Non-Qualified  Contracts,  including their ownership  rights. We
take no  responsibility  for the  validity  of any  assignment.  A  change  in
ownership  rights  must be made in Writing and a copy must be sent to our Home
Office. The change will be effective on the date it was made,  although we are
not bound by a change until the date we record it. The rights under a Contract
are subject to any  assignment of record at our Home Office.  An assignment or
pledge of a Contract may have adverse tax  consequences.  See "Federal  Income
Tax Matters."

REPORTS

     We will mail to Owners  (or  persons  receiving  payments  following  the
Annuity Commencement Date), at their last known address of record, any reports
and  communications  required  by  applicable  law or  regulation.  You should
therefore give us prompt written notice of any address change.

RIGHTS RESERVED BY US

     Upon notice to the Owner, a Contract may be modified by us, to the extent
necessary  in order to (1) operate  Separate  Account D in any form  permitted
under the 1940 Act or in any other form  permitted  by law;  (2)  transfer any
assets  in any  Division  to  another  Division,  or to one or  more  separate
accounts,  or the Fixed  Account;  (3) add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in
Separate  Account D, or combine the Separate  Account  with  another  separate
account;  (4) add,  restrict or remove Guarantee Periods of the Fixed Account;
(5) make any new Division  available to you on a basis to be determined by us;
(6)substitute,  for the  shares  held in any  Division,  the shares of another
Series or the shares of  another  investment  company or any other  investment
permitted  by law;  (7) make any changes  required by the Code or by any other
applicable law, regulation or interpretation in order to continue treatment of
the  Contract as an annuity;  or (8) make any changes  required to comply with
the rules of any Series. When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
changes and the approval of any appropriate regulatory authority.

PAYMENT AND DEFERMENT

     Amounts  surrendered  or withdrawn  from a Contract will normally be paid
within seven calendar

                                      32

<PAGE>


days after the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we receive  the  Written
surrender or withdrawal request in good order. In the case of payment of death
proceeds,  if we do not receive a Written  request as to the manner of payment
within 60 days after the death  proceeds  become  payable,  any death  benefit
proceeds will be paid as a lump sum, normally within seven calendar days after
the end of the  Valuation  Period  that  contains  the last day of said 60 day
period.  We reserve  the right,  however,  to defer  payment or  transfers  of
amounts out of the Fixed  Account for up to six months.  Also,  we reserve the
right  to  defer  payment  of that  portion  of  your  Account  Value  that is
attributable  to a purchase  payment made by check for a reasonable  period of
time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

     Finally,  we  reserve  the right to defer  payment of any  surrender  and
annuity  payment  amounts  or death  benefit  amounts  of any  portion  of the
Variable Account Value if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than
customary  weekend  and  holiday  closings,  or  trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted; (b) an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal
of  securities  is  not  reasonably   practicable  or  it  is  not  reasonably
practicable  to  fairly  determine  the  Variable  Account  Value;  or (c) the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  order  permits  the  delay  for the
protection  of Owners.  Transfers and  allocations  of Account Value among the
Divisions   and  the  Fixed   Account  may  also  be  postponed   under  these
circumstances.

                          FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

GENERAL

     It is  not  possible  to  comment  on  all  of  the  federal  income  tax
consequences associated with the Contracts.  Federal income tax law is complex
and its  application  to a  particular  person  may  vary  according  to facts
peculiar to such person. Consequently,  this discussion is not intended as tax
advice,  and you should consult with a competent tax adviser before purchasing
a Contract.

     The  discussion  is  based on the law,  regulations  and  interpretations
existing  on the date of this  Prospectus.  These  authorities,  however,  are
subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department and judicial decisions.

     The discussion does not address state or local tax or estate and gift tax
consequences associated with the Contracts.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

     Purchase  Payments.  Purchasers  of a Contract  that does not qualify for
special tax  treatment  and is therefore  "Non-Qualified"  may not deduct from
their gross income the amount of purchase payments made.

   
     Tax Deferral Prior to Annuity  Commencement  Date. Owners who are natural
persons are not taxed  currently on increases in their Account Value resulting
from  interest  earned in the Fixed  Account  or, if  certain  diversification
requirements  are met, the investment  experience of Separate  Account D. This
treatment  applies to Separate Account D only if it invests in Series that are
"adequately  diversified" in accordance with Treasury Department  regulations.
Although we do not control the Series,  the investment  advisers to the Series
have  undertaken to use their best efforts to operate the Series in compliance
with these diversification requirements. A Contract investing in a Series that
failed  to meet the  diversification  requirements  would  subject  Owners  to
current taxation of income in the Contract that has not previously been taxed.
Income means the excess of the Account  Value over the Owner's  investment  in
the Contract (discussed below).
    


                                      33

<PAGE>


     Current  regulations do not provide  guidance as to any  circumstances in
which   control  over   allocation  of  values  among   different   investment
alternatives  may cause  Owners or persons  receiving  annuity  payments to be
treated  as the  owners of  Separate  Account D assets  for tax  purposes.  We
reserve the right to amend the  Contracts  in any way  necessary  to avoid any
such  result.  The  Treasury  Department  has  stated  that  it may  establish
standards in this regard through  regulations  or rulings.  Such standards may
apply only prospectively, although retroactive application is possible if such
standards are considered not to embody a new position.

     Owners  that  are  not  natural  persons  --  that  is,  Owners  such  as
corporations -- are taxed currently on annual increases in their Account Value
unless an exception applies.  Exceptions exist for, among other things, Owners
that are not  natural  persons  but that hold the  Contract  as an agent for a
natural person.

     TAXATION OF ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  Each annuity  payment  received after the
Annuity Commencement Date is excludible from gross income in part. In the case
of Fixed Annuity Payments, the excludible portion is determined by multiplying
the amount  paid by the ratio of the  investment  in the  Contract  (discussed
below) to the expected return under the fixed Annuity  Payment Option.  In the
case of Variable Annuity Payments,  the amount paid is multiplied by the ratio
of the investment in the Contract to the number of expected payments.  In both
cases, the remaining  portion of each annuity  payment,  and all payments made
after the investment in the Contract has been reduced to zero, are included in
the payee's income.  Should annuity  payments cease on account of the death of
the Annuitant  before the investment in the Contract has been fully recovered,
the payee is allowed a deduction for the unrecovered  amount.  If the payee is
the Annuitant, the deduction is taken on the final tax return. If the payee is
a  Beneficiary,  that  Beneficiary  may  recover  the  balance  of  the  total
investment as payments are made or on the  Beneficiary's  final tax return. An
Owner's  "investment  in the  Contract" is the amount equal to the portions of
purchase  payments  made by or on  behalf  of the  Owner  that  have  not been
excluded  or  deducted  from  the  individual's  gross  income,  less  amounts
previously received under the Contract that were not included in income.

     TAXATION OF PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TOTAL SURRENDERS. Partial withdrawals
from a  Contract  are  includible  in income to the  extent  that the  Owner's
Account Value exceeds the investment in the Contract.  In the event a Contract
is  surrendered  in  its  entirety,  any  amount  received  in  excess  of the
investment in the Contract is includible in income,  and any remaining  amount
received is excludible from income.  All annuity contracts issued by us to the
same Owner  during any  calendar  year are to be  aggregated  for  purposes of
determining the amount of any distribution that is includible in gross income.

     PENALTY  TAX ON  PREMATURE  DISTRIBUTIONS.  A penalty  tax is  imposed on
distributions  under a  Contract  equal  to 10% of the  amount  includible  in
income.  The penalty tax will not apply,  however,  to (1) distributions  made
after the recipient  attains age 59 1/2, (2)  distributions  on account of the
recipient's becoming disabled, (3) distributions that are made after the death
of the Owner  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date or the payee after the
Annuity Commencement Date (or if such person is not a natural person, that are
made after the death of the primary  Annuitant,  as defined in the Code),  and
(4)  distributions  that are part of a series of substantially  equal periodic
payments made over the life (or life expectancy) of the Annuitant or the joint
life (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  Annuitant  and the  Beneficiary.
Premature  distributions  may  result,  for  example,  from an  early  Annuity
Commencement  Date, an early surrender,  partial withdrawal from or assignment
of a Contract,  or the early death of an  Annuitant,  unless  clause (3) above
applies.

     PAYMENT OF DEATH PROCEEDS. Special rules apply to the distribution of any
death proceeds payable

                                      34

<PAGE>


under the Contract.  See "Death Proceeds."

     ASSIGNMENTS AND LOANS.  An assignment,  loan, or pledge with respect to a
Non-Qualified Contract is taxed in the same manner as a partial withdrawal, as
described above.  Repayment of a loan or release of an assignment or pledge is
treated as a new purchase payment.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS")

     PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Individuals  who are not  active  participants  in a
taxqualified  retirement  plan may,  in any year,  deduct  from their  taxable
income  purchase  payments for an IRA equal to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of
the individual's  earned income, plus $250 for the benefit of a noncompensated
spouse.  No more than $2,000 may be contributed to either spouse's IRA for any
year.  Single persons who participate in a  tax-qualified  retirement plan and
who have adjusted gross income not in excess of $25,000 may fully deduct their
IRA  purchase  payments.  Those who have  adjusted  gross  income in excess of
$35,000  will not be able to deduct  purchase  payments,  and for  those  with
adjusted gross income between  $25,000 and $35,000 the deduction is phased out
based on the amount of income.  Similarly, the otherwise deductible portion of
an IRA purchase payment will be phased out, in the case of married individuals
filing joint tax returns,  with  adjusted  gross  income  between  $40,000 and
$50,000,  and in the  case of  married  individuals  filing  separately,  with
adjusted  gross income between $0 and $10,000.  Individuals  who are precluded
from  deducting  all or a  portion  of  their  purchase  payments  because  of
participation in a tax-qualified retirement plan may still make non-deductible
contributions on which earnings will be tax deferred.  The total of deductible
and  non-deductible  contributions may not exceed the lesser of $2,000 or 100%
of earned income, plus $250 for the benefit of a noncompensated spouse.

     DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM AN IRA.  Amounts  received  under  an IRA as  annuity
payments,  upon partial withdrawal or total surrender,  or on the death of the
Annuitant,  are included in the Annuitant's or other  recipient's  income.  If
nondeductible  purchase  payments  have been made,  a pro rata portion of such
distributions  may not be included in income.  A 10% penalty tax is imposed on
the amount includible in gross income from distributions that occur before the
Annuitant  attains  age 59 1/2 and that are not  made on  account  of death or
disability,  with certain exceptions.  These exceptions include  distributions
that are part of a series of substantially  equal periodic  payments made over
the life (or life  expectancy)  of the  Annuitant or the joint lives (or joint
life  expectancies)  of the Annuitant and the  Beneficiary.  Distributions  of
minimum amounts specified by the Code must commence by April 1 of the calendar
year  following the calendar  year in which the Annuitant  attains age 70 1/2.
Additional  distribution  rules apply after the death of the Annuitant.  These
rules are similar to those  governing  distributions  on the death of an Owner
(or other payee during the Annuity Period) under a Non-Qualified Contract. See
"Death Proceeds."  Failure to comply with the minimum  distribution rules will
result in the  imposition  of a penalty  tax of 50% of the amount by which the
minimum distribution required exceeds the actual distribution.

     TAX FREE  ROLLOVERS.  Amounts may be transferred  in a tax-free  rollover
from a  tax-qualified  plan to an IRA  (and  from one IRA to  another  IRA) if
certain  conditions  are met. All taxable  distributions  ("eligible  rollover
distributions")  from tax qualified  plans are eligible to be rolled over with
the  exception  of (1)  annuities  paid  over a life or life  expectancy,  (2)
installments  for a period  of ten  years or more,  and (3)  required  minimum
distributions under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

                                      35

<PAGE>


     Rollovers may be  accomplished in two ways.  First, an eligible  rollover
distribution may be paid directly to an IRA (a "direct rollover"). Second, the
distribution may be paid directly to the Annuitant and then, within 60 days of
receipt, the amount may be rolled over to an IRA. However, any amount that was
not  distributed  as a direct  rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax
withholding.

     SIRAS.  Spousal individual  retirement annuities ("SIRAs") are subject to
the same federal income tax treatment and rules that are discussed  above with
respect to IRAs generally.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS

     Employees  and  employers may establish an IRA plan known as a simplified
employee  pension plan ("SEP"),  if certain  requirements are met. An employee
may make  contributions  to a SEP in accordance  with the rules  applicable to
IRAs  discussed  above.  Employer  contributions  to  an  employee's  SEP  are
deductible  by the employer and are not  currently  includible  in the taxable
income of the employee.  However,  total employer contributions are limited to
15% of an employee's compensation or $30,000, whichever is less.

OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS

     PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Purchase payments made by an employer under a pension,
profit-sharing,  or annuity plan qualified  under section 401 or 403(a) of the
Code, not in excess of certain  limits,  are deductible by the employer.  Such
purchase payments are also excluded from the current income of the employee.

     DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT DATE. To the extent that
purchase payments are includible in an employee's  taxable income,  they (less
any amounts  previously  received that were not  includible in the  employee's
taxable  income)  represent his or her  "investment in the Contract."  Amounts
received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date under a Contract in connection
with a section 401 or 403(a) plan are generally  allocated on a pro-rata basis
between the  employee's  investment  in the Contract and other  amounts.  With
respect to the taxable portion of a lump-sum  distribution  (as defined in the
Code), an averaging rule may be applicable  that allows  computation of tax as
if  the  amount  were  received  over a  period  of  five  years.  A  lump-sum
distribution  will not be includible in income in the year of  distribution if
the employee transfers,  within 60 days of receipt, all amounts received, less
the employee's  investment in the Contract),  to another tax-qualified plan or
to an individual  retirement account or an IRA in accordance with the rollover
rules under the Code. However,  any amount that is not distributed as a direct
rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax  withholding.  See  "Tax  Free
Rollovers."  Special tax  treatment  may be  available  in the case of certain
lump-sum distributions that are not rolled over to another plan or IRA.

   
     A 10% penalty  tax is imposed on the amount  includible  in gross  income
from distributions  that occur before the employee's  attaining age 59 1/2 and
that are not made on account of death or disability,  with certain exceptions.
These  exceptions  include  distributions  that are (1)  part of a  series  of
substantially  equal periodic payments  beginning after the employee separates
from  service and made over the life (or life  expectancy)  of the employee or
the  joint  lives  (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  employee  and  the
Beneficiary,  (2) made after the employee's separation from service on account
of early  retirement after attaining age 55, or (3) made to an alternate payee
pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order.
    


                                      36

<PAGE>


     ANNUITY PAYMENTS.  A portion of annuity payments received under Contracts
in connection with section 401 and 403(a) plans after the Annuity Commencement
Date may be excludible  from the employee's  income,  in the manner  discussed
above  under  "Non-Qualified   Contracts  -  Taxation  of  Annuity  Payments."
Distributions of minimum amounts specified by the Code generally must commence
by April 1 of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in which the
employee attains age 70 1/2.  Failure to comply with the minimum  distribution
rules will result in the  imposition  of a penalty tax of 50% of the amount by
which the minimum distribution required exceeds the actual distribution.

     SELF-EMPLOYED  INDIVIDUALS.  Various special rules apply to tax-qualified
plans established by self-employed individuals.

PRIVATE EMPLOYER UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

     PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Private  taxable  employers may establish  unfunded,
Non-Qualified  deferred compensation plans for a select group of management or
highly compensated employees and/or for independent contractors.

     These types of programs allow  individuals to defer receipt of up to 100%
of compensation  that would otherwise be includible in income and therefore to
defer the payment of federal income taxes on such amounts, as well as earnings
thereon. Purchase payments made by the employer,  however, are not immediately
deductible  by the  employer,  and the  employer  is  currently  taxed  on any
increase in Account Value.

     Deferred  compensation plans represent a contractual  promise on the part
of the employer to pay current  compensation at some future time. The Contract
is owned by the  employer  and is  subject  to the  claims  of the  employer's
creditors.  The  individual  has no right or interest in the  Contract  and is
entitled only to payment from the employer's general assets in accordance with
plan provisions.

     TAXATION  OF  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Amounts  received by an  individual  from a
private employer deferred compensation plan are includible in gross income for
the taxable year in which such amounts are paid or otherwise made available.

EXCESS DISTRIBUTIONS - 15% TAX

     Certain  persons,  particularly  those who  participate  in more than one
tax-qualified  retirement  plan, may be subject to an additional tax of 15% on
certain excess aggregate  distributions  from those plans. In general,  excess
distributions are taxable  distributions for all tax qualified plans in excess
of a  specified  annual  limit  for  payments  made in the form of an  annuity
(currently   $150,000)   or  five   times  the  annual   limit  for   lump-sum
distributions.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING AND REPORTING

     Amounts distributed from a Contract,  to the extent includible in taxable
income, are subject to federal income tax withholding. The payee may, however,
elect to have no income tax  withheld by  submitting a  withholding  exemption
certificate to us.

     In some cases, if you own more than one Qualified annuity contract,  such
contracts may be aggregated  for purposes of  determining  whether the federal
tax law  requirement  for  minimum  distributions  after  age 70 1/2 has  been
satisfied.   If,  under  this  aggregation  procedure,   you  are  relying  on
distributions  pursuant  to another  annuity  contract  to satisfy the minimum
distribution requirement

                                      37

<PAGE>


under a Qualified  Contract issued by us, you must sign a waiver  releasing us
from any  liability to you for not  calculating  and  reporting  the amount of
taxes and penalties payable for failure to make required minimum distributions
under the Contract.

TAXES PAYABLE BY AG LIFE AND SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

     AG  Life is  taxed  as a life  insurance  company  under  the  Code.  The
operations of Separate  Account D are part of the total  operations of AG Life
and are not taxed separately.  Under existing federal income tax laws, AG Life
is not taxed on  investment  income  derived by Separate  Account D (including
realized and unrealized capital gains) with respect to the Contracts.  AG Life
reserves the right to allocate to the  Contracts  any federal,  state or other
tax  liability  that may result in the future  from  maintenance  of  Separate
Account D or the Contracts.

   
     Certain Series may elect to pass through to AG Life any taxes withheld by
foreign taxing  jurisdictions on foreign source income.  Such an election will
result in additional  taxable  income and income tax to AG Life. The amount of
additional  income  tax,  however,  may be more than offset by credits for the
foreign  taxes  withheld  which are also  passed  through.  These  credits may
provide a benefit to AG Life.
    

                           DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

     The  Contracts  will be sold by  individuals  who,  in  addition to being
licensed by state insurance  authorities to sell the Contracts of AG Life, are
also registered  representatives of American General  Securities  Incorporated
("AGSI"),   the  principal   underwriter  of  the  Contracts,   or  registered
representatives  of Van Kampen American  Capital  Distributors,  Inc. or other
broker-dealer  firms or  representatives  of other  firms that are exempt from
broker-dealer regulation. AGSI, Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
and any such other  broker-dealer firms are registered with the Securities and
Exchange   Commission   under  the   Securities   Exchange   Act  of  1934  as
broker-dealers  and are  members of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. AGSI is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AG Life. AGSI's principal
business  address is the same as that of our Home Office.  The interests under
the Contracts are offered on a continuous  basis. AGSI and Van Kampen American
Capital Distributors,  Inc. have entered into certain revenue and cost-sharing
arrangements in connection with the marketing of the Contracts.

     AG Life compensates Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc. ("VKAC
Distributors") and other  broker-dealers  that sell the Contracts according to
one or more  compensation  schedules.  The schedules  provide for  commissions
ranging from 4.75% up to 6% of first year purchase  payments received pursuant
to the Contracts. In addition, depending on the schedule selected, AG Life may
pay  continuing  "trail"  commissions  ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% of Contract
Account  Value.  AG Life  also has  agreed  to pay VKAC  Distributors  for its
promotional  activities such as the  solicitation of selling group  agreements
between  broker-dealers and AG Life, agent appointments with AG Life, printing
and development of sales  literature to be used by AG Life appointed agents as
well as related marketing support and related special  promotional  campaigns.
These distribution  expenses do not result in any additional charges under the
Contracts that are not described under "Charges under the Contracts."

                                      38

<PAGE>


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The  legality of the  Contracts  described  in this  Prospectus  has been
passed upon by Steven A. Glover,  Esquire, with the law department of AG Life.
Freedman,  Levy,  Kroll & Simonds,  Washington,  D.C.,  has advised AG Life on
certain federal securities law matters.

                           OTHER INFORMATION ON FILE

     A Registration  Statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 with  respect to the  Contracts
discussed  in this  Prospectus.  Not all of the  information  set forth in the
Registration  Statement  and  exhibits  thereto  has  been  included  in  this
Prospectus.  Statements contained in this Prospectus  concerning the Contracts
and other  legal  instruments  are  intended to be  summaries.  For a complete
statement  of the terms of these  documents,  reference  should be made to the
instruments filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   
     A Statement is available from us on request. Its contents are as follows:
    


                CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


   
General Information .....................................................
Regulation and Reserves .................................................
Independent Auditors.....................................................
Services.................................................................
Underwriters.............................................................
Annuity Payments.........................................................
  A.  Gender of Annuitant................................................
  B.  Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors .......................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy .......................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection with Mortality
  and Expense Risk Charge ...............................................
Performance Data for the Divisions ......................................
Effect of Tax-Deferred Accumulation .....................................
Financial Statements.....................................................
Index to Financial Statements ...........................................
    


                                      39

<PAGE>

          AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                  OFFERED BY

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT

                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401

                    1-800-247-6584 713-831-3102 (IN TEXAS)


                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                            Dated November 4, 1996


     This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus.  It should
be read with the Prospectus, dated November 4, 1996, for American General Life
Insurance  Company  Separate  Account  D  ("Separate  Account  D")  concerning
flexible payment deferred  individual  annuity Contracts  investing in certain
Series of the Van Kampen American Capital Life Investment Trust and the Morgan
Stanley  Universal Funds, Inc. You can obtain a copy of the Prospectus for the
Contracts,  and any supplements  thereto,  by contacting American General Life
Insurance Company ("AG Life") at the address or telephone numbers given above.
You have the option of receiving  benefits on a fixed basis  through AG Life's
Fixed  Account or on a variable  basis through AG Life's  Separate  Account D.
Terms used in this Statement of Additional  Information have the same meanings
as are defined in the Prospectus under the heading "Glossary."
    

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
General Information.......................................................
Regulation and Reserves ..................................................
Independent Auditors......................................................
Services..................................................................
Principal Underwriter.....................................................
Annuity Payments..........................................................
 A.  Gender of Annuitant..................................................
 B.  Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors..........................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy.........................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection With Mortality
 and Expense Risk Charge..................................................
Performance Data for the Divisions........................................
Effect of Tax-Deferred Accumulation.......................................
Financial Statements......................................................
Index to Financial Statements.............................................
    


                                       1

<PAGE>


                              GENERAL INFORMATION

AG Life (formerly  American  General Life Insurance  Company of Delaware) is a
successor  in  interest  to a  company  previously  organized  as  a  Delaware
corporation in 1917.  Effective December 31, 1991, AG Life redomesticated as a
Texas insurer and changed its name to American General Life Insurance Company.
AG Life is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGC Life Insurance Company, a Missouri
corporation ("AG Missouri")  engaged primarily in the life insurance  business
and annuity business.  AG Missouri,  in turn, is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
American General Corporation, a Texas holding corporation engaged primarily in
the insurance business.

                            REGULATION AND RESERVES

AG Life is subject to regulation and supervision by the insurance  departments
of the states in which it is licensed to do business. This regulation covers a
variety  of  areas,  including  benefit  reserve  requirements,   adequacy  of
insurance  company capital and surplus,  various  operational  standards,  and
accounting  and  financial  reporting  procedures.  AG Life's  operations  and
accounts  are  subject  to  periodic   examination  by  insurance   regulatory
authorities.

Under  insurance  guaranty fund laws in most states,  insurers  doing business
therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for insurance contract losses,
if  covered,  incurred  by  insolvent  companies.  The  amount  of any  future
assessments of AG Life under these laws cannot be reasonably  estimated.  Most
of these  laws do  provide,  however,  that an  assessment  may be  excused or
deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength.

Although  the federal  government  generally  has not directly  regulated  the
business  of  insurance,  federal  initiatives  often  have an  impact  on the
business in a variety of ways.  Federal measures that may adversely affect the
insurance  business  include  employee  benefit  regulation,  tax law  changes
affecting  the  taxation of  insurance  companies  or of  insurance  products,
changes in the relative  desirability of various personal investment vehicles,
and  removal  of  impediments  on the entry of banking  institutions  into the
business of insurance.  Also, both the executive and  legislative  branches of
the federal government have under consideration  various insurance  regulatory
matters,  which could ultimately  result in direct federal  regulation of some
aspects of the insurance business.  It is not possible to predict whether this
will occur or, if so, what the effect on AG Life would be.

Pursuant to state  insurance  laws and  regulations,  AG Life is  obligated to
carry on its books,  as liabilities,  reserves to meet its  obligations  under
outstanding  insurance  contracts.  These  reserves  are based on  assumptions
about,  among other things,  future claims experience and investment  returns.
Neither  the reserve  requirements  nor the other  aspects of state  insurance
regulation  provide  absolute  protection  to holders of insurance  contracts,
including the Contracts,  if AG Life were to incur claims or expenses at rates
significantly  higher than  expected,  for  example,  due to  acquired  immune
deficiency  syndrome  or  other  infectious   diseases  or  catastrophes,   or
significant unexpected losses on its investments.


                                       2

<PAGE>


                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The consolidated  financial statements of AG Life and the financial statements
of Separate  Account D included in this  Statement of  Additional  Information
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors, as set forth in
their respective  reports thereon appearing  elsewhere herein.  Such financial
statements  have been included in this Statement of Additional  Information in
reliance  upon such  reports of Ernst & Young LLP given upon the  authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.  Ernst & Young LLP is located
at One Houston Center, 1221 McKinney, Suite 2400, Houston, TX 77010-2007.

                                   SERVICES

A Service  Agreement  exists between AG Life and Continuum  Computer  Systems,
Inc.  ("Continuum")  to provide  certain  services in connection with Separate
Account D.  Continuum  has developed a  computerized  data  processing  record
keeping system for annuity  accounting  and has the necessary data  processing
equipment and personnel to provide and support remote  terminal  access to its
system for the maintenance of annuity records, processing information, and the
generation of output with respect to the records and information.  AG Life has
contracted with Continuum for the right to use Continuum's  system.  For these
services AG Life paid Continuum $28,080 in 1995,  $78,840 in 1994, and $62,691
in 1993.

                             PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

American General Securities Incorporated ("AGSI") is the principal underwriter
with respect to the  Contracts.  AGSI also serves as principal  underwriter to
American General Life Insurance  Company of New York Separate Account E and AG
Life's Separate Account A, both of which are unit investment trusts registered
under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  AGSI, a Texas  corporation,  is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AG Life and a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.

As principal  underwriter,  with respect to Separate  Account D, AGSI received
from AG Life  less  than  $1,000 of  compensation  for each of the last  three
fiscal years.

The securities  offered  pursuant to the Contracts are offered on a continuous
basis.

                               ANNUITY PAYMENTS

                            A. GENDER OF ANNUITANT

When annuity payments are based on life expectancy, the amount of each annuity
payment  ordinarily will be higher if the Annuitant or other measuring life is
a male, as compared with a female under an otherwise identical Contract.  This
is because, statistically,  females tend to have longer life expectancies than
males.

However,  there  will be no  differences  between  males  and  females  in any
jurisdiction,  including Montana, where such differences are not permitted. We
will also make available Contracts with no such differences in connection with
certain  employer-sponsored  benefit  plans.  Employers  should be aware that,
under most such plans,  Contracts that make  distinctions  based on gender are
prohibited by law.


                                       3

<PAGE>


                B. MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX AND OTHER ERRORS

If the age or sex of an Annuitant has been misstated to us, any amount payable
will be that which the  purchase  payments  paid would have  purchased  at the
correct  age and  sex.  If we  made  any  overpayments  because  of  incorrect
information about age or sex, or any error or  miscalculation,  we will deduct
the  overpayment  from the  next  payment  or  payments  due.  We will add any
underpayments  to the next  payment.  The  amount  of any  adjustment  will be
credited or charged  with  interest at the assumed  interest  rate used in the
Contract's annuity tables.

               CHANGE OF INVESTMENT ADVISER OR INVESTMENT POLICY

Unless otherwise required by law or regulation, neither the investment adviser
to any Series nor any investment  policy may be changed without the consent of
AG Life. If required,  approval of or change of any investment  objective will
be filed with the insurance department of each state where a Contract has been
delivered.  The Owner (or, after annuity  payments  start,  the payee) will be
notified of any material investment policy change that has been approved.  You
will be notified of any investment  policy change prior to its  implementation
by Separate Account D if your comment or vote is required for such change.

            TERMS OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IN CONNECTION WITH MORTALITY
                            AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

AG Life and AGSI  have  obtained  exemptive  relief  from the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") in connection  with  deducting the mortality and
expense risk charge  pursuant to the  Contracts.  In the  application  for the
exemption,  AG Life and AGSI have  represented  and  undertaken,  among  other
things, that:

     o    The level of the  mortality  and  expense  risk charge is within the
          range of industry practice for comparable annuity contracts;

     o    This  conclusion  is based upon a review  that AG Life and AGSI have
          conducted  of   publicly-available   information  regarding  annuity
          contracts of other  companies which they will maintain at their Home
          Office,  and make  available  on  request to the  Commission  or its
          staff,  a memorandum  setting  forth the variable  annuity  products
          analyzed and the methodology and results of the comparative review;

     o    There is a  reasonable  likelihood  that the  proposed  distribution
          financing  arrangements  with respect to the Contracts  will benefit
          Separate Account D and investors in the Contracts, and the basis for
          this  conclusion  is  set  forth  in  a  memorandum  which  will  be
          maintained  by AG Life at its Home Office and will be  available  to
          the Commission or its staff on request.

                      PERFORMANCE DATA FOR THE DIVISIONS

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

     Each  Division  may  advertise  its average  annual  total  return.  Each
Division's  average  annual total return  quotation is computed in  accordance
with a standard method  prescribed by the SEC. The average annual total return
for a Division for a specific  period is found by first taking a  hypothetical
$1,000 investment in the Division's Accumulation Units on the first day of the
period at the maximum offering price, which is the Accumulation Unit value per
unit ("initial investment"), and computing

                                       4

<PAGE>


the ending redeemable value ("redeemable value") of that investment at the end
of the period.  The  redeemable  value  reflects the effect of the  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that may be imposed at the end of the period as well as all
other recurring  charges and fees  applicable  under the Contract to all Owner
accounts.  Such other  charges and fees include the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  and the  Administrative  Expense  Charge.  Any premium  taxes are not
reflected.  The redeemable value is then divided by the initial investment and
this  quotient is taken to the Nth root (N  represents  the number of years in
the period) and 1 is subtracted from the result,  which is then expressed as a
percentage.

TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS (WITHOUT SURRENDER CHARGE OR CONTRACT FEE)

     Each Division may also advertise its non-standardized total return, which
is  calculated  in the  same  manner  and for the  same  time  periods  as the
standardized average annual total returns described  immediately above, except
that the  redeemable  value does not reflect the  deduction of any  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that may be imposed at the end of the  period,  since it is
assumed that the Contract will continue through the end of each period, or the
deduction of the Annual Contract Fee. If reflected, these charges would reduce
the performance results presented.

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

     No  standardized  formula has been  prescribed by the SEC for calculating
cumulative total return  performance.  Cumulative total return  performance is
the compound rate of return on a hypothetical  initial investment of $1,000 in
each  Division's  Accumulation  Units on the  first  day of the  period at the
maximum  offering  price,  which  is the  Accumulation  Unit  value  per  unit
("initial  investment").  Cumulative  total  return  figures  (and the related
"Growth of a $1,000  Investment"  figures set forth  below) do not include the
effect of any premium taxes or any applicable  Surrender  Charge or the Annual
Contract  Fee.   Cumulative  total  return   quotations   reflect  changes  in
Accumulation  Unit value and are calculated by finding the cumulative rates of
return of the hypothetical initial investment over various periods,  according
to the following formula, and then expressing that as a percentage:

                C = (ERV/P) - 1
Where:

     C =   cumulative total return
     P =   a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000
     ERV = ending  redeemable  value is the value at the end of the
           applicable period of a hypothetical $1,000 investment made
           at the beginning of the applicable period.

HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE

   
     The tables below provide hypothetical  performance  information for eight
of the  available  Divisions  of  Separate  Account  D  based  on  the  actual
historical  performance  of the  corresponding  Series in which  each of these
Divisions invests. This information reflects all actual charges and deductions
of these Series and all Separate Account charges and deductions,  with respect
to the Contracts,  that  hypothetically  would have been made had the Separate
Account, with respect to the Contracts,  been invested in these Series for all
the periods indicated. No comparable hypothetical information is shown for the
remaining Divisions of Separate Account D, because the corresponding Series in
which they invest had not commenced operating as of the date of this Statement
of Additional Information.
    


                                       5

<PAGE>


             Hypothetical Historical Average Annual Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                             Since
                                                                                             Series
Investment Division                      One Year                 Five Years                 Inception*
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                        <C>
    

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market

</TABLE>

                     Hypothetical Historical Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                             Since
                                                                                             Series
Investment Division                      One Year                 Five Years                 Inception*
    

<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                        <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>


               Hypothetical Historical Cumulative Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             Since
                                                                                             Series
Investment Division                      One Year                 Five Years                 Inception*
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                        <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>




                                       6

<PAGE>


    Hypothetical Historical Growth of a $1,000 Investment in the Divisions
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   
                                                                                     Since
                                                                                     Series
Investment Division                      One Year                 Five Years         Inception*
    

<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market

     The  Money  Market  Division's  hypothetical  historical  yield  for  the
seven-day  period  ended  December  31,  1995 was  _____%.  The  Money  Market
Division's  hypothetical  historical  effective yield for the seven day period
ended December 31, 1995 was _____%.


   
<FN>
* The inception  dates for each Series funding the Divisions  are: April 4, 1986
for the Money Market,  Enterprise, and Government Divisions; June 30, 1987 for
the  Asset  Allocation  Division;  November  4, 1987 for the  Domestic  Income
Division; July 3, 1995 for the Emerging Growth, Global Equity, and Real Estate
Securities Divisions.
</FN>
    

</TABLE>

YIELD CALCULATIONS

The yields for the Domestic  Income  Division and the Government  Division are
each computed in accordance with a standard method  prescribed by the SEC. The
yield  quotation  is  computed  by  dividing  the net  investment  income  per
Accumulation  Unit earned  during the  specified one month or 30-day period by
the Accumulation  Unit values on the last day of the period,  according to the
following formula that assumes a semi-annual reinvestment of income:

                                     a - b   (6)
                         YIELD = 2[(------- +1) - 1]
                                      cd

a=   net  dividends  and interest  earned  during the period by the  Portfolio
     attributable to the Division

b=   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

c=   the average daily number of  Accumulation  Units  outstanding  during the
     period

d=   the Accumulation Unit value per unit on the last day of the period


The yield of each Division  reflects the  deduction of all recurring  fees and
charges  applicable to each  Division,  such as the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  and the  Administrative  Expense  Charge  but  does not  reflect  the
deduction of Surrender Charges or premium taxes.

                                       7

<PAGE>


MONEY MARKET DIVISION YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD CALCULATIONS

     The Money  Market  Division's  yield is  computed  in  accordance  with a
standard  method  prescribed by the SEC. Under that method,  the current yield
quotation  is based on a seven-day  period and  computed  as follows:  the net
change in the  Accumulation  Unit  value  during  the period is divided by the
Accumulation  Unit  value at the  beginning  of the  period to obtain the base
period return; the base period return is then multiplied by the fraction 365/7
to  obtain  the  current  yield  figure,  which  is  carried  to  the  nearest
one-hundredth of one percent.  Realized capital gains or losses and unrealized
appreciation or  depreciation of the Division's  Portfolio are not included in
the calculation.

     The Money Market  Division's  effective yield is determined by taking the
base period return (computed as described above) and calculating the effect of
assumed  compounding.  The formula for the  effective  yield is:
                               365/7
         (base period return +1)     -1

Yield and effective yield do not reflect the deduction of Surrender Charges or
premium taxes that may be imposed upon the redemption of Accumulation Units.

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

     The  performance  of each or all of the  available  Divisions of Separate
Account  D may be  compared  in  advertisements  and sales  literature  to the
performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance
of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or series
of mutual funds, with investment  objectives  similar to each of the Divisions
of Separate Account D. Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  ("Lipper") and the
Variable  Annuity  Research  and Data  Service  ("VARDS(R)")  are  independent
services which monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers in
each of the major  categories  of investment  objectives  on an  industry-wide
basis.  Lipper's  rankings  include  variable life issuers as well as variable
annuity issuers.  VARDS(R) rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. The
performance  analyses prepared by Lipper and VARDS(R) rank such issuers on the
basis of total return,  assuming  reinvestment of dividends and distributions,
but do not take sales charges,  redemption fees or certain expense  deductions
at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDS(R) prepares
risk  adjusted  rankings,  which  consider the effects of market risk on total
return performance.

     In   addition,   each   Division's   performance   may  be   compared  in
advertisements  and sales  literature  to the  following  benchmarks:  (1) the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index, an unmanaged weighted index
of 500 leading  domestic  companies that represents  approximately  80% of the
market  capitalization  of the United States equity market;  (2) the Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  an  unmanaged  unweighted  average  of thirty  blue chip
industrial  corporations  listed on the New York Stock  Exchange and generally
considered  representative of the United States stock market; (3) the Consumer
Price Index,  published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,  a statistical
measure of change,  over time,  in the prices of goods and  services  in major
expenditure  groups and  generally is considered to be a measure of inflation;
(4) the Lehman Brothers  Government and Domestic  Strategic  Income Index, the
Salomon  Brothers High Grade Domestic  Strategic Income Index, and the Merrill
Lynch Government/Corporate  Master Index, unmanaged indices that are generally
considered to represent the  performance of  intermediate  and long term bonds
during various market cycles; and (5) the Morgan Stanley Capital International
Europe  Australia Far East Index,  an unmanaged index that is considered to be
generally representative of major non-United States stock markets.


                                       8

<PAGE>


   
EFFECT OF TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION

     The  Contracts  qualify for  tax-deferred  treatment  on  earnings.  This
tax-deferred  treatment  increases the amount  available for  accumulation  by
deferring  taxes on any earnings until the earnings are withdrawn.  The longer
the taxes are deferred,  the more the accumulation potential effectively grows
over the term of the Contracts.

     The  hypothetical  tables set out below  illustrate this  potential.  The
tables compare  accumulations  based on a single initial  purchase  payment of
[$100,000] compounded annually under (1) a Contract,  under which earnings are
not  taxed  until  withdrawn  in  connection  with a full  surrender,  partial
withdrawal, or annuitization, or termination due to insufficient Account Value
("withdrawal  of  earnings")  and (2) an investment  under which  earnings are
taxed on a current basis ("Taxable Investment"),  based on an assumed tax rate
of 28%, and the assumed earning rates specified.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   [5 Years]      [10 Years]     [20 Years]

                                           [(7.50% earnings rate)]

<S>                                 <C>             <C>            <C>     
Contract                            $_______        $_______       $_______

Contract (after Taxes)              $_______        $_______       $_______

Taxable Investment                  $_______        $_______       $_______
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           [(10.00% earnings rate)]

<S>                                 <C>             <C>            <C>     
Contract                            $_______        $_______       $_______

Contract (after Taxes)              $_______        $_______       $_______

Taxable Investment                  $_______        $_______       $_______
</TABLE>


     The hypothetical  tables do not reflect any fees or charges imposed under
a Contract or Taxable  Investment.  However,  the Contracts impose a Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge of 1.25%, a Surrender Charge (applicable to withdrawal
of  earnings  for the first  seven  Contract  years) up to a maximum of 6%, an
Administrative  Expense Charge of .15%,  and an Annual  Contract Fee of $30. A
Taxable  Investment could incur  comparable fees or charges.  Fees and charges
would reduce the return from a Contract or Taxable Investment.

     Under the Contracts,  a withdrawal of earnings is subject to tax, and may
be subject to an additional 10% penalty before age 59-1/2.

     These  tables  are  only  illustrations  of the  effect  of  tax-deferred
accumulations and are not a guarantee of future performance.
    


                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
The  financial  statements  for Separate  Account D that are  included  herein
relate to 5 of its Divisions.  Separate  Account D has 28 other  Divisions for
which no financial statements are included,  because 21 of those Divisions are
available  only pursuant to contracts  other than the  Contracts  that are the
subject of this Statement of Additional Information, and 7 of those Divisions,
which are  available  pursuant to the  Contracts  that are the subject of this
Statement of Additional  Information,  had not commenced  operations as of the
date of this Statement of Additional Information.
    


The  financial  statements  of AG Life that are included in this  Statement of
Additional  Information  should be  considered  primarily  as  bearing  on the
ability of AG Life to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

               [Financial Statements to be Filed by Amendment.]


                                       9

<PAGE>

                                    PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

         (a)  Financial Statements

              PART A: None

              PART B:

              (1)  Financial  Statements  of American  General Life  Insurance
                   Company Separate Account D (to be filed by amendment):
 
   
              Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
              Statement of Net Assets as of December 31, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995
              Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December
               31, 1995 and 1994
              Notes to Financial Statements
    

              (2)  Consolidated  Financial Statements of American General Life
                   Insurance Company (to be filed by amendment):

              Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
              Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994
              Consolidated  Statements of Income for the years ended  December
                31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
              Consolidated  Statements of  Shareholder's  Equity for the years
                ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
              Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for the  years  ended
                December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

              PART C: None

         (b)  Exhibits

1(a)     American  General  Life  Insurance   Company  of  Delaware  Board  of
         Directors  resolution   authorizing  the  establishment  of  Separate
         Account D. (1)

(b)      Resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  American  General  Life
         Insurance Company of Delaware  authorizing,  among other things,  the
         redomestication  of that  company in Texas and the  renaming  of that
         company as American General Life Insurance Company. (2)


                                      C-1

<PAGE>


(c)      Resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  American  General  Life
         Insurance Company of Delaware  providing,  inter alia, for Registered
         Separate Accounts' Standards of Conduct. (3)

2        None

3(a)(i)  Distribution  Agreement  dated  October  3,  1991,  between  American
         General  Securities  Incorporated and American General Life Insurance
         Company. (2)

   
(ii)     Form of Master  Marketing and  Distribution  Agreement,  by and among
         American General Life Insurance Company,  American General Securities
         Incorporated, and Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
    

(b)(i)   Form of Selling Group and General Agent Agreement  utilizing American
         Capital Marketing, Inc. as distributor.(4)

(ii)     Form of Selling Group and General Agent Agreement  utilizing American
         General Securities Incorporated as distributor. (4)

(iii)    Concession Schedule A, attached to and forming a part of each form of
         Selling Group Agreement. (4)

   
(iv)     Form of Selling Group  Agreement by and among  American  General Life
         Insurance Company, American General Securities Incorporated,  and Van
         Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
    

(c)(i)(A)Fund Participation Agreement,  dated March 27, 1992, between American
         General Life Insurance  Company and American  Capital Life Investment
         Trust. (4)

   
(B)      Form of Participation  Agreement,  by and among American General Life
         Insurance  Company,  American General  Securities  Incorporated,  Van
         Kampen American  Capital Life Investment  Trust,  Van Kampen American
         Capital  Asset  Management,  Inc.,  and Van Kampen  American  Capital
         Distributors, Inc.
    

(ii)     Sales  Agreement,  dated  July 7,  1994,  among  Neuberger  &  Berman
         Advisers   Management   Trust,    Neuberger   &   Berman   Management
         Incorporated, and American General Life Insurance Company. (6)

(iii)    Participation  Agreement,  dated  February  2, 1994,  among  Variable
         Insurance  Products  Fund,  Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation,  and
         American General Life Insurance Company. (5)

(iv)     Participation  Agreement,  dated  February  2, 1994,  among  Variable
         Insurance Products Fund II, Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation,  and
         American General Life Insurance Company. (5)

   
(v)      Participation  Agreement by and among American General Life Insurance
         Company,  American General  Securities  Incorporated,  Morgan Stanley
         Universal   Funds,    Inc.,   and   Van   Kampen   American   Capital
         Distributors (to be filed by amendment).
    

(d)      Form of Agreement between American General Life Insurance Company and
         Dealer regarding exchange and allocation transaction requests. (4)

4(a)     Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
         (Form No. 93010). (2)


                                      C-2

<PAGE>


(b)      Form of Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider. (2)

(c)      Form of Qualified Contract Endorsement. (2)

(d)(i)   Revised  pages to Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and  Variable
         Annuity Contract. (3)

(ii)     Revised  Schedule  Page to  Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and
         Variable Annuity Contract. (4)

   
(e)(i)(A)Specimen form of Individual  Retirement Annuity Disclosure  Statement
         available under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021. (9)

(B)      Specimen form of Individual  Retirement Annuity Disclosure  Statement
         available under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021. (8)
    

(ii)     Specimen form of Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement. (6)

(iii)    Specimen form of IRA Instruction Form. (4)

(f)(i)   Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
         (Form No. 93020). (7)

(ii)     Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
         (Form No. 93021). (7)

(iii)    Specimen form of pages for Contract  Forms 93020 and 93021,  filed in
         the following states:  California,  Minnesota,  North Carolina, North
         Dakota, Oklahoma. (7)

   
(g)(i)   Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
         (Form No. 95020 Rev 896).

(ii)     Specimen  form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  contract
         (Form No. 95021 Rev 896).

(iii)    Specimen form of pages for Contract Forms 95020 Rev 896 and 95021 Rev
         896,  filed  in the  following  states:  California,  Idaho,  Kansas,
         Massachusetts,  Minnesota,  North Carolina,  North Dakota,  Oklahoma,
         Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, and West Virginia.

(iv)     Specimen form of Waiver of Surrender  Charges Rider for Contract Form
         Nos. 95020 Rev 896 and 95021 Rev 896.
    

5(a)(i)  Specimen form of Application  for Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021.
         (4)

   
(ii)     Specimen form of Application for Contract Form Nos. 95020 Rev 896 and
         95021 Rev 896 (to be filed by amendment).
    

(b)(i)   Specimen  form of  Separate  Account D Election  of  Annuity  Payment
         Option/Change Form. (4)

(ii)     Specimen  form of  Absolute  Assignment  to  Effect  Section  1035(a)
         Exchange and Rollover of a Life Insurance Policy or Annuity Contract.
         (4)

(c)(i)   Specimen form of VAriety Plus Service  Request,  including  telephone
         transfer authorization. (4)

(ii)     Form of  Authorization  Limited to Execution of Transaction  Requests
         for VAriety Plus Variable Annuity. (4)


                                      C-3

<PAGE>


(iii)    Form of Transaction Request Form. (4)

6(a)     Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of American General
         Life Insurance Company, effective December 31, 1991. (2)

(b)      Bylaws of American  General Life Insurance  Company,  adopted January
         22, 1992. (4)

7        None

8        None

9        Opinion and consent of Counsel. (4)

   
10       Consent of Independent Auditors (to be filed by amendment).
    

11       None

12       None

   
13(a)(i) Computations  of  standardized  average annual total returns for each
         Division  available  under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021 for the
         one and  five  year  periods  ended  December  31,  1994,  and  since
         inception. (6)

(ii)     Computations  of  non-standardized  total  returns for each  Division
         available  under  Contract Form Nos.  93020 and 93021 for the one and
         five year periods ended December 31, 1994, and since inception. (6)

(iii)    Computations of  non-standardized  cumulative  total returns for each
         Division  available  under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021 for the
         one and  five  year  periods  ended  December  31,  1994,  and  since
         inception. (6)
    

(iv)     Computations  of 30 day yield for the Domestic Income  Division,  the
         Government  Division,  and the Multiple Strategy  Division  available
         under  Contract  Form Nos.  93020 and 93021 for the one month  period
         ended December 31, 1993. (5)

(v)      Computations  of seven day yield  and  effective  yield for the Money
         Market  Division  available  under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021
         for the seven day period ended December 31, 1993. (5)

   
(b)(i)   Computations of hypothetical  historical  standardized average annual
         total returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,  Global  Equity,
         Real  Estate   Securities,   Asset   Allocation,   Domestic   Income,
         Government, and Money Market Divisions, available under Contract Form
         Nos.  95020  Rev 896 and  95021  Rev  896 for the one and  five  year
         periods ended December 31, 1995, and since  inception (to be filed by
         amendment).

(ii)     Computations  of  hypothetical   historical   non-standardized  total
         returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,  Global  Equity,  Real
         Estate Securities, Asset Allocation, Domestic Income, Government, and
         Money Market Divisions,  available under Contract Form Nos. 95020 Rev
         896 and  95021  Rev 896 for the  one  and  five  year  periods  ended
         December 31, 1995, and since inception (to be filed by amendment).
    


                                      C-4

<PAGE>


   
(iii)    Computations of hypothetical historical  non-standardized  cumulative
         total returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,  Global  Equity,
         Real  Estate   Securities,   Asset   Allocation,   Domestic   Income,
         Government, and Money Market Divisions, available under Contract Form
         Nos.  95020  Rev 896 and  95021  Rev  896 for the one and  five  year
         periods ended December 31, 1995, and since  inception (to be filed by
         amendment).
    

(iv)     Computations of hypothetical historical 30 day yield for the Domestic
         Income Division,  the Government  Division,  and the Asset Allocation
         Division,  available under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the
         one month period ended December 31, 1995 (to be filed by amendment).

(v)      Computations of hypothetical historical seven day yield and effective
         yield for the Money Market  Division,  available  under Contract Form
         Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the seven day period ended December 31, 1995
         (to be filed by amendment).

14       A Financial Data Schedule  meeting the requirements of Rule 483(e) of
         the Securities Act of 1933 is filed as Exhibit 27 hereof.

15(a)    Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following   persons  in  their
         capacities as directors and, where  applicable,  officers of American
         General Life Insurance Company:  Messrs.  Devlin, Rashid, Reddick and
         Luther. (2)

(b)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments  thereto signed by Robert S. Cauthen,  Jr. in his capacity
         as  a  director  and  officer  of  American  General  Life  Insurance
         Company. (4)

(c)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments  thereto  signed by James R.  Tuerff in his  capacity as a
         director or officer of American General Life Insurance Company. (6)

(d)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments  thereto  signed by Peter V.  Tuters in his  capacity as a
         director or officer of American General Life Insurance Company. (5)

(e)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following   persons  in  their
         capacities as directors and, where  applicable,  officers of American
         General Life Insurance Company:  Messrs. Kelley,  Pulliam, and Young.
         (6)

(f)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments  thereto  signed by George W. Bentham in his capacity as a
         director or officer of American General Life Insurance Company. (7)

   
(g)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following   persons  in  their
         capacities as directors and, where  applicable,  officers of American
         General Life Insurance Company : Messrs. Atnip and Newton. (9)

(h)      Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
         Amendments  thereto  signed by Rodney O.  Martin  Jr.  and  Robert F.
         Herbert, Jr.

16       Amended Statement of Exemptive Relief Relied Upon.

27       Financial Data Schedule (to be filed by amendment).
    


                                      C-5

<PAGE>


(1)      Incorporated   herein  by   reference   to  the  initial   filing  of
         Registrant's  Form N-4  Registration  Statement (File No. 2-49805) on
         December 6, 1973.

(2)      Previously filed in the initial filing of this Registration Statement
         (File No. 33-43390) on October 16, 1991.

   
(3)      Previously   filed  in   Pre-Effective   Amendment   No.  1  to  this
         Registration  Statement  (File No. 33-43390),  filed  on December 31,
         1991.
    

(4)      Previously   filed  in   Post-Effective   Amendment  No.  1  to  this
         Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on April 30, 1992.

(5)      Previously   filed  in   Post-Effective   Amendment  No.  3  to  this
         Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on March 2, 1994.

(6)      Previously   filed  in   Post-Effective   Amendment  No.  4  to  this
         Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on April 28, 1995.

(7)      Previously   filed  in   Post-Effective   Amendment  No.  5  to  this
         Registration  Statement  (File No.  33-43390),  filed on December 27,
         1995.

   
(8)      Included  in  Part  A of  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  6  to  this
         Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on March 14, 1996.

(9)      Included  in  Part  A of  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  7  to  this
         Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on April 30, 1996.
    


                                      C-6

<PAGE>


ITEM 25.     DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

     The directors,  executive  officers,  and, to the extent  responsible for
     variable annuity  operations,  other officers of the depositor are listed
     below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Positions and Offices
 Name and Principal                                    with the
 Business Address                                     Depositor
 ------------------                              ---------------------
<S>                                                 <C>
Harold S. Hook                                      Senior Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Robert M. Devlin                                    Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

   
Rodney O. Martin, Jr.                               Director, President, &
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Chief Executive Officer
Houston, TX  77019
    

Michael G. Atnip                                    Director
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

George W. Bentham                                   Director, Senior Vice President &
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Chief Marketing Officer
Houston, TX  77019

Bill B. Luther                                      Director, Senior Vice President &
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Chief Systems Officer
Houston, TX 77019

Jon P. Newton                                       Director
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Robert F. Herbert, Jr.                              Director, Senior Vice President,
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Houston, TX 77019                                   & Controller

Peter V. Tuters                                     Director, Vice President, &
2929 Allen Parkway                                  Chief Investment Officer
Houston, TX  77019

Austin P. Young                                     Director
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019


                                      C-7

<PAGE>


Thomas B. Phillips                                  Vice President, General
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Counsel & Secretary
Houston, TX 77019

Wayne A. Barnard                                    Vice President & Chief Actuary
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, Texas  77019

Timothy W. Still                                    Vice President
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, Texas  77019

Steven A. Glover                                    Associate General Counsel &
2727-A Allen Parkway                                Assistant Secretary
Houston, TX 77019

Joyce R. Bilski                                     Administrative Officer
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Farideh Farrokhi                                    Assistant Controller
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019

Kenneth D. Nunley                                   Associate Tax Officer
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019
</TABLE>


                                      C-8

<PAGE>

   
ITEM 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL  WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

                 SUBSIDIARIES OF AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION1

The following is a list of American General  Corporation's  subsidiaries as of
June 30, 1996. All  subsidiaries  listed are  corporations,  unless  otherwise
indicated.  Subsidiaries  of subsidiaries  are indicated by  indentations  and
unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  subsidiaries  are wholly  owned.  Inactive
subsidiaries are denoted by an asterisk (*).
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Jurisdiction of
                              Name                                          Incorporation
 ----------------------------------------------------------------          ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
   
AGC Life Insurance Company (2)...................................              Missouri
 The Franklin Life Insurance Company.............................              Illinois
   The American Franklin Life Insurance Company..................              Illinois
   Franklin Financial Services Corporation.......................              Delaware
 American General Life and Accident Insurance Company............              Tennessee
   American General Exchange, Inc................................              Tennessee
 American General Life Insurance Company.........................              Texas
   American General Annuity Service Corporation..................              Texas
   American General Life Insurance Company of New York...........              New York
     The Winchester Agency Ltd...................................              New York
   American General Securities Incorporated (3)..................              Texas
     American General Insurance Agency, Inc......................              Missouri
     American General Insurance Agency of Hawaii, Inc............              Hawaii
     American General Insurance Agency of
     Massachusetts, Inc..........................................              Mass.
   The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company...................              Texas
     The Variable Annuity Marketing Company......................              Texas
 Independent Investment Advisory Services, Inc...................              Florida
 The Independent Life and Accident Insurance Company.............              Florida
   Independent Fire Insurance Company............................              Florida
     Herald Underwriters, Inc....................................              Florida
     Independent Fire Insurance Company of Florida...............              Florida
     Independent Service Company.................................              Florida
     Old Faithful General Agency, Inc............................              Texas
   Thomas Jefferson Insurance Company............................              Florida
 Independent Property & Casualty Insurance Company...............              Florida
 Independent Real Estate Management Corporation..................              Florida
Allen Property Company...........................................              Delaware
  Florida Westchase Corporation..................................              Delaware
  Greatwood Development, Inc.....................................              Delaware
  Greatwood Golf Club, Inc.......................................              Texas
  Highland Creek Golf Club, Inc..................................              No. Carolina
  Hunter's Creek Communications Corporation......................              Florida
  Pebble Creek Corporation.......................................              Delaware
  Pebble Creek Development Corporation...........................              Florida
  Westchase Development Corporation..............................              Delaware
  Westchase Golf Corporation.....................................              Florida
American General Capital Services, Inc...........................              Delaware
American General Delaware Management Corporation (1).............              Delaware
American General Finance, Inc....................................              Indiana
  AGF Investment Corp............................................              Indiana
  American General Auto Finance, Inc.............................              Delaware
  American General Finance Corporation (4).......................              Indiana

                                      C-9
<PAGE>


    American General Finance Group, Inc..........................              Delaware
      American General Financial Services, Inc. (5)..............              Delaware
        The National Life and Accident
        Insurance Company .......................................              Texas
    Merit Life Insurance Co......................................              Indiana
    Yosemite Insurance Company...................................              California
  American General Finance, Inc..................................              Alabama
  American General Financial Center..............................              Utah
  American General Financial Center, Inc.*.......................              Indiana
  American General Financial Center, Incorporated*...............              Indiana
  American General Financial Center Thrift Company*..............              California
  Thrift, Incorporated*..........................................              Indiana
American General Investment Corporation..........................              Delaware
  American General Mortgage Company..............................              Delaware
  American General Realty Investment Corporation.................              Texas
    American Athletic Club, Inc..................................              Texas
    Hope Valley Farms Recreation Association, Inc................              No. Carolina
    Ontario Vineyard Corporation.................................              Delaware
    Pebble Creek Country Club Corporation........................              Florida
    Pebble Creek Service Corporation.............................              Florida
    SR/HP/CM Corporation.........................................              Texas
American General Mortgage and Land Development, Inc..............              Delaware
  American General Land Development, Inc.........................              Delaware
  American General Realty Advisors, Inc..........................              Delaware
American General Property Insurance Company......................              Tennessee
Bayou Property Company...........................................              Delaware
  AGLL Corporation (6)...........................................              Delaware
  American General Land Holding Company..........................              Delaware
    AG Land Associates, LLC (6)..................................              California
    Hunter's Creek Realty, Inc.*.................................              Florida
    Summit Realty Company, Inc...................................              So. Carolina
Financial Life Assurance Company of Canada.......................              Canada
Florida GL Corporation...........................................              Delaware
GPC Property Company.............................................              Delaware
  Cinco Ranch Development Corporation............................              Texas
  Cinco Ranch East Development, Inc..............................              Delaware
  Cinco Ranch West Development, Inc..............................              Delaware
  The Colonies Development, Inc..................................              Delaware
  Fieldstone Farms Development, Inc..............................              Delaware
  Hickory Downs Development, Inc.................................              Delaware
  Lake Houston Development, Inc..................................              Delaware
  South Padre Development, Inc...................................              Delaware
Green Hills Corporation..........................................              Delaware
INFL Corporation.................................................              Delaware
Knickerbocker Corporation........................................              Texas
Lincoln American Corporation.....................................              Delaware
Pavilions Corporation............................................              Delaware

American General Finance Foundation,  Inc. is not included on this list. It is
a non-profit corporation.

                                     C-10

<PAGE>


<FN>
(1)  The following  limited  liability  companies  were formed in the State of
     Delaware on March 28, 1995. The limited  liability  interests of each are
     jointly  owned by AGC and AGDMC and the  business and affairs of each are
     managed by AGDMC:

     American General Capital, L.L.C.
     American General Delaware, L.L.C.

(2)  The  following  companies  became  approximately  40%  owned  by  AGCL on
     December 23, 1994:

       Western National Corporation ("WNC") (DE)
         WNL Holding Corporation
           Western National Life Insurance Company (TX)
             WesternSave (401K Plan)
           Independent Advantage Financial & Insurance Services, Inc.
           WNL Investment Advisory Services, Inc.
           Conseco Annuity Guarantee Corp.
           WNL Brokerage Services, Inc.
           WNL Insurance Services, Inc.

     Accordingly,  these  companies  became AGCL  affiliates  under  insurance
     holding  company  laws.  However  the WNC  stock is held  for  investment
     purposes by AGCL and there are no plans for AGCL to direct the operations
     of any of these companies.

(3)  The following  companies  are  indirectly  controlled  by, or related to,
     AGSI:

     American General Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.
     American General Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.
     American General Insurance Agency of Oklahoma, Inc.
     Insurance Masters Agency, Inc.

(4)  American  General  Finance  Corporation is the parent of an additional 41
     wholly owned  subsidiaries  incorporated  in 26 states for the purpose of
     conducting its consumer finance operations.

(5)  American General Financial Services,  Inc. is the parent of an additional
     7 wholly owned subsidiaries  incorporated in 4 states and Puerto Rico for
     the purpose of conducting its consumer finance operations.

(6)   AG Land Associates,  LLC is jointly owned by AGLH and AGLL. AGLH holds a
      98.75% managing interest and AGLL owns a 1.25% managing interest.
    
</FN>
</TABLE>
All of the subsidiaries of AG Life are included in its consolidated  financial
statements, which are filed in Part B of this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>

ITEM 27.  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS 

   
As of July 31, 1996, there were 360 owners of Contracts of the class presently
offered by this registration statement.
    


                                     C-11

<PAGE>


ITEM 28.  INDEMNIFICATION

Article VII, section 1, of the Company's By-Laws  provides,  in part, that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in
the right of the  Company)  by  reason of the fact that such  person is or was
serving at the request of the Company,  against  expenses,  judgments,  fines,
settlements,  and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with such  proceeding  if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person  reasonably  believed to be in the best interest of the Company and, in
the case of a criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  the
conduct of such person was unlawful.

Article VII,  section 1 (in part),  section 2, and section 3, provide that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending, or completed action
by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason
of the fact that  such  person  is or was  acting  in  behalf of the  Company,
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
with the defense or  settlement  of such  action if such person  acted in good
faith,  in a manner such person  believed to be in the best  interests  of the
Company,  and with such care,  including  reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily
prudent  person in a like position would use under similar  circumstances.  No
indemnification  shall be made  under  section 1: (a) in respect of any claim,
issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable
to the  Company,  unless and only to the  extent  that the court in which such
action was brought shall determine upon  application  that, in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for the expenses  which such court shall  determine;  (b) of amounts
paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action with
or  without  court  approval;  or (c)  of  expense  incurred  in  defending  a
threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without
court approval.

Article  VII,  section  3,  provides  that,  with  certain   exceptions,   any
indemnification  under  Article  VII  shall  be  made by the  Company  only if
authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that  indemnification of
the  person is proper in the  circumstances  because  the  person  has met the
applicable  standard of conduct set forth in section 1 of Article VII by (a) a
majority vote of a quorum  consisting of directors who are not parties to such
proceeding;  (b)  approval of the  shareholders,  with the shares owned by the
person to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon;  or (c) the court
in which  such  proceeding  is or was  pending  upon  application  made by the
Company or the indemnified  person or the attorney or other persons  rendering
services in connection  with the defense,  whether or not such  application by
the attorney or indemnified person is opposed by the Company.

Article VII,  section 7,  provides  that for  purposes of Article  VII,  those
persons  subject  to  indemnification  include  any  person  who  is or  was a
director,  officer,  or employee of the  Company,  or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer, or employee of another foreign
or domestic corporation which was a predecessor  corporation of the Company or
of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

Insofar as  indemnification  for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a  claim  for  indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the


                                     C-12

<PAGE>



payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer
or  controlling  person of the  Registrant  in the  successful  defense of any
action,  suit  or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by  such  director,  officer  or
controlling  person in connection with the securities  being  registered,  the
Registrant  will,  unless in the  opinion of its  counsel  the matter has been
settled  by   controlling   precedent,   submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.


ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a) Registrant's  principal  underwriter,   American  General  Securities
         Incorporated, also acts as principal underwriter for American General
         Life  Insurance  Company of New York Separate  Account E and American
         General Life Insurance Company Separate Account A.

     (b) The  directors and  principal  officers of the principal  underwriter
         are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Position and Offices
                                                     with Underwriter,
     Name and Principal                              American General
      Business Address                               Securities Incorporated
     ------------------                              -----------------------
<S>                                                  <C>
     Rodney O. Martin, Jr.                           Chairman
     American General Life
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX  77019

     F. Paul Kovach, Jr.                             Director & President
     American General Securities
     Incorporated
     2727 Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

     George W. Bentham                               Director, Senior Vice President &
     American General Life                           Chief Marketing Officer
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX  77019

     Robert F. Herbert, Jr.                          Director, Vice President &
     American General Life                           Treasurer
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

     Bill B. Luther                                  Director & Vice President
     American General Life
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

                                     C-13

<PAGE>


     Thomas B. Phillips                              Director & Secretary
     American General Life
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX  77019

     Fred G. Fram                                    Vice President
     American General Securities
     Incorporated
     2727 Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

     Steven A. Glover                                Assistant Secretary
     American General Life
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX  77019

     Carole D. Hlozek                                Administrative Officer
     American General Securities
     Incorporated
     2727 Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

     J. Andrew Kalbaugh                              Administrative Officer
     American General Securities
     Incorporated
     2727 Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX 77019

     Kenneth D. Nunley                               Associate Tax Officer
     American General Life
     2727-A Allen Parkway
     Houston, TX  77019
</TABLE>


     (c) Not Applicable.


ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF RECORDS

All records  referenced  under  Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1
through  31a-3  thereunder,  are  maintained  and in the  custody of  American
General Life Insurance  Company at its principal  executive  office located at
2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, TX 77019.


ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.


                                     C-14

<PAGE>


ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

The  Registrant  undertakes:  A) to file a  post-effective  amendment  to this
registration  as  frequently  as is  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  audited
financial  statements  in the  Registration  Statement  are never more than 16
months old for so long as payments under the Contracts may be accepted;  B) to
include either (1) as part of any  application to purchase a Contract  offered
by these  prospectuses,  a space  that an  applicant  can  check to  request a
Statement of Additional Information,  or (2) a toll-free number or a post card
or similar  written  communication  affixed to or included  in the  applicable
prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
Information;  C) to deliver any  Statement of Additional  Information  and any
financial  statements  required to be made available  under this form promptly
upon written or oral request.


                                     C-15

<PAGE>


   
     SIGNATURES As required by the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant,  American General Life Insurance  Company
Separate Account D, certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act
Rule 485(a), for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration Statement
and has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration  Statement to be signed
on its behalf, in the City of Houston,  and State of Texas on this 15th day of
August, 1996.
    

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE           AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
  COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D                           COMPANY
        (Registrant)                                 (Depositor)

By:  /s/ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.           By:  /s/ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.
     -------------------------                -------------------------
     ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.                   ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.

     Senior Vice President of                 Senior Vice President
     American General Life
     Insurance Company

     As  required  by  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this  Amendment  to the
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by the  following  persons  in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Signature                                  Title                                Date
    ---------                                  -----                                ----
<S>                                         <C>                                <C>
   
 RODNEY O. MARTIN, JR.*                     Principal Executive                August 15, 1996
 -------------------------                       Officer
 (Rodney O. Martin, Jr.)

 ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.*                    Principal Financial and            August 15, 1996
 -------------------------                  Accounting Officer
 (Robert F. Herbert, Jr.) 
    
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                   Directors

<S>                                                <C>
                                                   ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.*
 -------------------------                         -------------------------
 (Harold S. Hook)                                  (Robert F. Herbert, Jr.)

   
 RODNEY O. MARTIN, Jr.*                            BILL B. LUTHER*
 -------------------------                         -------------------------
 (Rodney O. Martin, Jr.)                           (Bill B. Luther)
    

 MICHAEL G. ATNIP*                                 JON P. NEWTON*
 -------------------------                         -------------------------
 (Michael G. Atnip)                                (Jon P. Newton)

 ROBERT M. DEVLIN*                                 PETER V. TUTERS*
 -------------------------                         -------------------------
 (Robert M. Devlin)                                (Peter V. Tuters)

 GEORGE  W. BENTHAM*                               AUSTIN P. YOUNG*
 -------------------------                         -------------------------
 (George W. Bentham)                               (Austin P. Young)


   
 /s/Steven A. Glover                               August 15, 1996
 --------------------
 *By Steven A. Glover, Attorney-in-Fact
    

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


   
3(a)(ii)   Form of Master Marketing and Distribution  Agreement,  by and among
           American   General  Life  Insurance   Company,   American   General
           Securities   Incorporated,   and  Van   Kampen   American   Capital
           Distributors, Inc.

3(b)(iv)   Form of Selling Group Agreement by and among American  General Life
           Insurance Company,  American General Securities  Incorporated,  and
           Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.

3(c)(i)(B) Form of Participation Agreement, by and among American General Life
           Insurance Company,  American General Securities  Incorporated,  Van
           Kampen American Capital Life Investment  Trust, Van Kampen American
           Capital Asset  Management,  Inc., and Van Kampen  American  Capital
           Distributors, Inc.

4(g)(i)    Specimen form of Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
           (Form No. 95020 Rev 896).

4(g)(ii)   Specimen form of Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  contract
           (Form No. 95021 Rev 896).

4(g)(iii)  Specimen  form of pages for Contract  Forms 95020 Rev 896 and 95021
           Rev 896, filed in the following states: California, Florida, Idaho,
           Kansas, Maryland,  Massachusetts,  Minnesota, North Carolina, North
           Dakota, Oklahoma,  Pennsylvania,  South Carolina,  Texas, Utah, and
           West Virginia.

4(g)(iv)   Specimen  form of Waiver of  Surrender  Charges  Rider for Contract
           Form Nos. 95020 Rev 896 and 95021 Rev 896.

15(h)      Power of  Attorney  with  respect to  Registration  Statements  and
           Amendments  thereto  signed by Rodney O.  Martin  Jr. and Robert F.
           Herbert, Jr.

16         Amended Statement  of  Exemptive  Relief  Relied  Upon.

    


                                                               EXHIBIT 3(a)(ii)

                                   FORM OF
                  MASTER MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                 BY AND AMONG

                   AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
                   AMERICAN GENERAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED,
              AND VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<CAPTION>
Description                                                               Page
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1.  AVAILABLE CONTRACTS...........................................  1
         1.1   Availability.  ............................................  1
         1.2   Modification of Contracts..................................  2
         1.3   Suspension or Restriction of Sales. .......................  2
         1.4   Reinsurance of Contracts...................................  2


SECTION 2. CONTRACT DISTRIBUTION..........................................  2
         2.1   Exclusive Appointment. ....................................  2
         2.2   Best Efforts...............................................  3
         2.3   Selling Groups.  ..........................................  3
         2.4   Suitability Determinations.................................  3
         2.5   Sales Persons/Associated Agencies..........................  4
         2.6   Insurance Agent Licensing..................................  4
         2.7   Compliance, Training, and Supervision......................  5
         2.8   Marketing Materials.  .....................................  5
         2.9   Marketing Services.  ......................................  6
         2.10  Non-Marketing Materials....................................  7
         2.11  Information About AGL and  DISTRIBUTOR.....................  8
         2.12  Complaints.................................................  8
         2.13  Premium Payments...........................................  8
         2.14  Limitations on Authority...................................  8
         2.15  Independent Contractor.....................................  9

SECTION 3.  ADMINISTRATION AND RECORDKEEPING..............................  9
         3.1   Contract Administration....................................  9
         3.2   Performance Standards......................................  9
         3.3   Recordkeeping.............................................. 10

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................ 10
         4.1   By AGL..................................................... 10
         4.2   By AGSI.................................................... 12
         4.3   By DISTRIBUTOR ............................................ 12

SECTION 5.  COMPENSATION; COSTS AND EXPENSES.............................. 13
         5.1   Compensation............................................... 13
         5.2   Registration Fees.  ....................................... 13
         5.3   Each Party To Bear Own Costs............................... 13

                                       i

<PAGE>


Description                                                               Page

SECTION 6.  INDEMNIFICATION............................................... 14
         6.1   Indemnification by AGL and AGSI............................ 14
         6.2   Indemnification by DISTRIBUTOR............................. 15
         6.3   Limitation on Liability.................................... 16
         6.4   Injunctive Relief.......................................... 16

SECTION 7.  TERM AND TERMINATION.......................................... 17
         7.1   Term....................................................... 17
         7.2   Events of Termination...................................... 17
         7.3   Remedy of Events of Default................................ 18
         7.4   Parties to Cooperate Respecting Termination................ 18

SECTION 8.  ASSIGNMENT.................................................... 18

SECTION 9.  CONTRACT LAPSE, TERMINATION, SURRENDER, ETC................... 19

SECTION 10. CONFIDENTIALITY............................................... 19

SECTION 11. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES....................................... 19
        11.1   Arbitration Binding.  ..................................... 19
        11.2   Initiation of Arbitration.  ............................... 19
        11.3   Selection of Arbitrators................................... 20
        11.4   Impartiality............................................... 20
        11.5   Hearing Date and Time...................................... 20

SECTION 12. TRADEMARKS.................................................... 21
        12.1   DISTRIBUTOR Trademarks..................................... 21
        12.2   AGL Trademarks............................................. 21
        12.3   Grant of License........................................... 21
        12.4   Prior Approval............................................. 22
        12.5   Sample Materials........................................... 22
        12.6   Trademarks Valid and Enforceable. ......................... 22

SECTION 13.  BONDING AND INSURANCE........................................ 22

SECTION 14.  NOTICES...................................................... 22
        14.1   Manner of Notices.......................................... 22
        14.2   Notice of Regulatory Proceedings........................... 23

SECTION 15.  MISCELLANEOUS................................................ 23
        15.1   Amendment.................................................. 23
        15.2   Governing Law.............................................. 23
        15.3   Survival of Provisions..................................... 23

                                      ii

<PAGE>


Description                                                              Page

        15.4   Severability............................................... 24
        15.5   Waiver..................................................... 24
        15.6   Force Majeure.............................................. 24
        15.7   Parties to Cooperate....................................... 24
        15.8   Entire Agreement........................................... 24
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>


                  MASTER MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


     This Master  Marketing and  Distribution  Agreement (the  "Agreement") is
made on this ________ day of ___________________,  1996, by and among AMERICAN
GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Texas insurance company ("AGL"),  on behalf
of itself and each of its separate  accounts  listed on Schedule A hereto,  as
the same may be  amended  from time to time  (each,  an  "Account"),  AMERICAN
GENERAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED,  a Texas corporation ("AGSI"), and VAN KAMPEN
AMERICAN CAPITAL  DISTRIBUTORS,  INC., a Delaware corporation  ("DISTRIBUTOR")
(each, a "Party," collectively, the "Parties").


                                   RECITALS


     WHEREAS,   AGL  and   DISTRIBUTOR   (including   certain   affiliates  of
DISTRIBUTOR)  are jointly  developing a variable annuity contract known as the
Generations  Annuity  ("New  Contract"),  which is to be issued  through AGL's
Separate Account D ("Separate Account D");

     WHEREAS,   AGL  and   DISTRIBUTOR   (including   certain   affiliates  of
DISTRIBUTOR)  may in the future  jointly  develop  other  annuity  and/or life
insurance contracts  (collectively referred to, together with the New Contract
and any  certificates  under any group  contract,  as the  "Contracts")  to be
issued  through  one or more  separate  accounts  established  by AGL for such
purposes  (collectively  referred to, together with Separate Account D, as the
"Accounts");

     WHEREAS,  AGL has  appointed  AGSI the principal  underwriter  of the New
Contract and currently  intends to appoint AGSI the principal  underwriter  of
all other Contracts;

     WHEREAS,  AGL and AGSI  desire to  retain  DISTRIBUTOR,  on an  exclusive
basis,  to market and  distribute  the  Contracts and  DISTRIBUTOR  desires to
provide such services; and

     WHEREAS,  AGL, AGSI, and DISTRIBUTOR  desire to allocate among themselves
certain functions relating to the administration of the Contracts.

     NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained,  and of the  mutual  expectations  of  benefit  occurring  from the
activities herein contemplated, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


                        SECTION 1. AVAILABLE CONTRACTS


     1.1 AVAILABILITY.  AGL  shall  make  available  for  offer  and  sale  by
DISTRIBUTOR,  pursuant  to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
Contracts  described  in  Schedule  A  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  by
reference  herein,  as the  Parties  may  amend  from  time to time by  mutual
agreement.

     1.2 MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS. AGL, in its sole discretion, may modify or
delete the

                                       1

<PAGE>


terms of any Contract, to the extent permitted by the Contracts and applicable
law. DISTRIBUTOR may, from time to time, propose modifications to the terms of
any  Contract,  and AGL agrees to consider any such proposed  modification  in
good  faith,  provided,  however,  that any  implementation  of such  proposed
modification shall remain in AGL's sole discretion.

     1.3 SUSPENSION OR RESTRICTION OF SALES. AGL, in its sole discretion,  may
suspend  or  restrict  the  sale  of  any  Contract  in  any  state  or  other
jurisdiction  upon 30 days' prior written  notice to  DISTRIBUTOR or upon such
shorter notice period as may be required by applicable law, without  incurring
any  liability or  obligation to  DISTRIBUTOR.  Upon such notice,  DISTRIBUTOR
agrees to immediately  cease, and shall instruct all Selling Group Members (as
defined below) to immediately cease, all solicitation activity with respect to
the Contracts in those states or other  jurisdictions  where AGL has suspended
or  restricted  the  sale  of  Contracts.  In  addition,  notwithstanding  any
provision  herein to the contrary,  AGL may refuse to sell any Contract to any
applicant for any reason.

     1.4 REINSURANCE OF CONTRACTS.  AGL may reinsure any of the Contracts with
a reinsurer of its choice at any time,  to the extent  permitted by applicable
law.


                       SECTION 2. CONTRACT DISTRIBUTION


     2.1 EXCLUSIVE APPOINTMENT.

     (a) AGL,  as the  issuer of the  Contracts,  and AGSI,  as the  principal
underwriter  of  the  Contracts,  hereby  appoint  DISTRIBUTOR  the  exclusive
distributor,  during  the  term  of this  Agreement,  for  the  marketing  and
distribution of the Contracts.

     (b) The foregoing  appointment shall be limited to those states and other
jurisdictions  in which the  Contracts may lawfully be offered and sold and in
which  DISTRIBUTOR  and any Associated  Agency (as defined below) are properly
licensed as provided in Section 2.5 below,  registered or otherwise  qualified
to offer and sell the Contracts under the applicable  federal  securities laws
and the applicable insurance and other laws and regulations of each such state
or other jurisdiction.  AGL shall periodically provide DISTRIBUTOR with notice
pursuant to Section 14 hereof of all states and other  jurisdictions  in which
the Contracts may lawfully be offered and sold.

     (c) As exclusive distributor for the Contracts, DISTRIBUTOR shall:

          (i) assist in servicing the  Contracts by either (A)  communicating,
     as appropriate,  with Contract  owners,  annuitants,  beneficiaries,  and
     participants (collectively,  "Contract owners") regarding such matters as
     the exercise of rights and  privileges  available to them under the terms
     of the Contracts or offered to them by AGL; or by (B) referring  Contract
     owners to AGL as appropriate; and

          (ii) enter into agreements  ("selling group  agreements") with other
     persons  ("Selling Group Members"),  pursuant to which such Selling Group
     Members will offer, sell,

                                       2

<PAGE>



     and service Contracts in those states and other  jurisdictions where they
     and their Associated  Agencies (as defined below) are properly  licensed,
     registered or otherwise  qualified to offer and sell the Contracts  under
     the  applicable  insurance  and other  laws of each  such  state or other
     jurisdiction.

     (d) DISTRIBUTOR hereby expressly  acknowledges and consents to the offer,
sale, and servicing of Contracts directly by AGSI and AGSI's own Sales Persons
(as defined  below).  The Parties  hereby agree to enter into a selling  group
agreement in order to support such activity. This Agreement does not limit the
rights of AGL or AGSI to offer or sell insurance contracts, including, without
limitation,  variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance  policies,
other than the Contracts.

     In addition, DISTRIBUTOR authorizes AGSI to enter into agreements to sell
the  Contracts  with persons who are qualified to sell as described in Section
2.3.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall bear no  responsibility or liability for any activity
related  to sales  under such  agreements,  and in this  regard  shall be held
harmless by AGL and AGSI. AGSI shall receive  DISTRIBUTOR's  specific  written
consent  before  entering  into any such  agreement,  which  consent  shall be
provided within ten calendar days after AGSI has given notice of its intent to
enter into the agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  DISTRIBUTOR, in its
sole discretion, may refuse to consent to the appointment of any Selling Group
Member or any Sales Person (as defined  below),  or may require  revocation of
such appointment for any reason.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall consult with AGL prior to
refusing  to  consent to an  appointment  or  renewal  of an  appointment,  or
requiring a revocation, as to the reasons for such decision. DISTRIBUTOR shall
not incur any  obligation  to  compensate  or reimburse any expenses of AGL or
AGSI as a result of any such refusal to approve the appointment of any Selling
Group Member or Sales Person for which AGSI seeks approval.

     2.2 BEST  EFFORTS.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall use its best  efforts  to  recruit
Selling Group Members to offer, sell, and service Contracts.

     2.3 SELLING  GROUPS.  Each Selling Group Member shall be registered  with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") as a broker-dealer  under the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  ("1934  Act") and shall be a member in good
standing of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),
unless the Selling Group Member is exempt from the broker-dealer  registration
requirements  of the 1934 Act. In addition,  each  Selling  Group Member shall
have  received an  appropriate  appointment  or license by or through AGL and,
unless exempt, a level of qualification with the NASD appropriate to enable it
to offer and sell  Contracts.  Each  Selling  Group  Member shall enter into a
selling group agreement the form of which shall be as agreed to by the Parties
from  time to  time.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall  not  enter  into any  selling  group
agreement unless and until AGL has given written approval of the Selling Group
Member,  which  approval  shall be  provided  within ten  calendar  days after
DISTRIBUTOR has given notice of its intent to enter into the agreement.

     2.4 SUITABILITY DETERMINATIONS.  AGL, AGSI and DISTRIBUTOR wish to ensure
that the Contracts,  the  applications  for which will be solicited by Selling
Group Members and their respective registered sales  representatives  (Selling
Group  Members  and  registered  sales  representatives  may  be  referred  to
collectively as "Sales Persons"; if the context so warrants,  registered sales
representatives  may be  referred  to as "Sales  Persons.")  will be issued to
persons for whom the  Contracts  will be suitable.  Each Selling  Group Member
shall take  reasonable  steps to ensure  that  neither it nor any other  Sales
Person makes recommendations to an applicant to purchase any of the Contracts,
or to select any investment option thereunder, in the absence of reasonable

                                       3

<PAGE>

grounds to believe  that the  purchase of the  Contracts  or selection of that
option is suitable for such  applicant in compliance  with federal  securities
law requirements governing suitability  obligations.  While not limited to the
following,  a  determination  of  suitability  shall be  based on  information
furnished  to  Sales  Persons  after  reasonable  inquiry  of  such  applicant
concerning the applicant's  insurance and investment  objectives and financial
situation and needs,  including the  likelihood  that the applicant  will make
sufficient  premium payments to derive the benefits  thereof,  and tax status.
The  responsibility  of Sales Persons to take such  reasonable  steps and make
such  determinations  of  suitability  shall be a requirement  of each selling
group agreement entered into by DISTRIBUTOR.

     2.5 SALES  PERSONS/ASSOCIATED  AGENCIES.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall enter into a
separate selling  agreement  whereby Selling Group Members will represent that
such  Selling  Group  Member and its Sales  Persons  are duly  registered  and
qualified pursuant to the 1934 Act, NASD regulations, and any other securities
regulatory  requirements.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall  assist  in  ensuring  that  any
insurance agency associated with DISTRIBUTOR and to whom it may assign certain
rights or  obligations  under  this  Agreement  pursuant  to Section 8 of this
Agreement  and any  insurance  agency  associated  with a Selling Group Member
(each,  an  "Associated  Agency") is and remains  properly  licensed under the
applicable  insurance laws and  regulations of each state or  jurisdiction  in
which the Associated Agency is engaged in the offer or sale of the Contracts.

     2.6 Insurance Agent Licensing.

     (a) Neither  DISTRIBUTOR  nor  any  Selling  Group  Member or other Sales
Person  thereof,  shall engage in any activities  with respect to the offer or
sale of Contracts that would require insurance agent licensing in the state or
jurisdiction where such activities are performed,  unless and until such Sales
Persons are properly licensed to perform such services in the particular state
or other jurisdiction.

     (b) DISTRIBUTOR shall  immediately  notify AGL if its license is revoked,
suspended,  or  terminated,  and  shall  immediately  notify  AGL at such time
DISTRIBUTOR  becomes  aware  that the  license  of any Sales  Person  has been
revoked, suspended, or terminated.

     (c) AGL agrees to take all actions necessary to effect the appointment of
the Sales Persons as insurance agents of AGL, and to effect renewals  thereof,
all as required for the business of this Agreement.

     (d) DISTRIBUTOR shall, from time to time, advise AGL of the Sales Persons
that  DISTRIBUTOR  wishes AGL to appoint as AGL  insurance  agents.  AGL shall
forward  all  approved  agent  appointment  forms that it receives in a timely
manner to the appropriate state insurance departments.

     (e) DISTRIBUTOR and AGL shall cooperate in making  arrangements with each
Selling  Group  Member  in order  to help to keep  costs  associated  with the
appointment  of  Sales  Persons  at  reasonable  levels.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  AGL,  in its sole  discretion,  may refuse to appoint or renew the
appointment  of any Sales  Person,  or may  revoke  such  appointment  for any
reason. AGL shall consult with DISTRIBUTOR prior to refusing to appoint, renew
appointment,  or revoking an appointment, as to the reasons for such decision.
Neither AGL nor AGSI shall incur any obligation to compensate or reimburse any
expenses of DISTRIBUTOR as a result of any such refusal to

                                       4

<PAGE>


appoint or renew an appointment of a Sales Person.

     2.7 Compliance, Training, and Supervision.

     (a) COMPLIANCE.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall be responsible for  ensuring that all
Sales  Persons  comply  with  all  applicable   federal  and  state  laws  and
regulations  and the rules of the NASD  relating  to the offer and sale of the
Contracts.

     (b) TRAINING. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to conduct initial and periodic training
and education of the Sales Persons in their  solicitations of applications for
the  Contracts  and  all of  their  activities  relating  to  this  Agreement.
DISTRIBUTOR  agrees  to  train  the  Sales  Persons  as to  the  Contracts  in
accordance  with any  guidelines  furnished  by AGL or  AGSI.  AGL or AGSI may
assist DISTRIBUTOR by assisting in the training and education of DISTRIBUTOR's
training personnel in product specifications and markets.

     (c) SUPERVISION.  Selling  Group Members  shall  be  responsible  for the
supervision of the Sales Persons in their solicitation of applications for the
Contracts and all of their activities  relating to this Agreement and that are
provided for under the Selling Group  Agreement.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall establish
and implement reasonable procedures for periodic inspection and supervision of
sales  practices of the Sales Persons and submit reports to AGL or AGSI as may
be  requested  from  time to time on the  result of such  inspections  and the
compliance with such procedures.

     2.8 MARKETING MATERIALS.

     (a) DISTRIBUTOR,  at its sole cost,  shall  be responsible for developing
(with  the  assistance  of  AGL),  printing  and  distributing  all  marketing
materials to be used in connection  with the offer and sale of the  Contracts,
except  for (i)  any  prospectus  for the  Contracts,  including  any  related
statement of additional information ("SAI"), and any amendments or supplements
to  the  foregoing   (collectively,   as  the  context   requires,   "Contract
Prospectus")  and  (ii) any  annual  or  semi-annual  reports  for an  Account
("Account Reports"), the preparation of which shall be the sole responsibility
of AGL. As used herein,  "marketing  materials" shall mean any "advertisement"
or "sales  literature,"  as those  terms are  defined in Section  35(a) of the
NASD's  Rules of Fair  Practice,  as  amended  from  time to time,  including,
without limitation, any so-called "dealer only" materials.

     (b) The  responsibility  for  (i)  printing  and  distributing   Contract
Prospectuses (including any related SAI) and Account Reports used as marketing
materials  and (ii) the  costs of  printing  and  distributing  such  Contract
Prospectuses  and  Account  Reports  shall  be set  forth in the  Amended  and
Restated Fund  Participation  Agreement by and among AGL, Van Kampen  American
Capital  Distributors,   Inc.,  and  other  parties  thereto   ("Participation
Agreement").   DISTRIBUTOR  shall  deliver  the  current  Contract  Prospectus
together with the current  prospectus  of the  investment  vehicles  available
under the Contracts,  including any  supplements  thereto ("Fund  Prospectus")
(generally attached thereto) to every applicant for the related Contract at or
prior to the time that an application  form or other  marketing  materials are
submitted to the applicant (other than materials  submitted in compliance with
Rules 134 or 482 of the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"). DISTRIBUTOR shall
deliver the current SAI related to the Contracts  promptly to any applicant or
Selling Group Member who requests one and AGL shall promptly  forward all such
requests  that it  receives  to  DISTRIBUTOR.  AGL  shall  at all  times  keep
DISTRIBUTOR informed of the dates of

                                       5

<PAGE>


the appropriate current Contract Prospectus and SAI.

     (c) AGL and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall submit by telecopy or overnight  delivery
definitive  copies of all  marketing  materials to the other for its approval,
which  approval  shall be provided  within at least ten (10)  business days of
receipt or such period to which the Parties may agree from time to time.

     (d) DISTRIBUTOR  shall, to the extent  required,  file in a timely manner
all marketing  materials with the NASD, the SEC, and any other regulatory body
(other than state insurance  regulatory  bodies),  as  appropriate,  and shall
obtain any necessary  approval of these  regulatory  bodies of such  marketing
materials.  AGL shall,  to the extent  required,  file in a timely  manner all
marketing  materials with the various state insurance  regulatory  bodies,  as
appropriate,  and shall  obtain any  necessary  approval  of these  regulatory
bodies of such marketing materials.

     (e) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  AGL acknowledges  that Selling Group
Members,  at  their  own  cost,  may from  time to time  develop,  print,  and
distribute  marketing  materials  that are not  jointly  developed  by AGL and
DISTRIBUTOR   ("supplemental   marketing   materials").   In  no  event  shall
DISTRIBUTOR  utilize, or permit or encourage Selling Group Members to utilize,
any  supplemental  marketing  materials  unless AGL has  provided  its written
approval  of  such   materials   prior  to  their   intended  first  use.  The
responsibility of Selling Group Members to obtain AGL's prior written approval
of  supplemental  marketing  materials  shall be a requirement of each selling
group agreement entered into by DISTRIBUTOR.

     2.9 MARKETING  SERVICES.  In  connection  with   the  offer  and  sale of
Contracts, DISTRIBUTOR agrees to:

     (a) develop a marketing plan for the  introduction and continuing sale of
the Contracts through Selling Group Members;

     (b) provide  AGL on  an ongoing  basis with  information  concerning  the
marketability  of the Contracts and the usefulness of the marketing  materials
jointly  prepared by AGL and  DISTRIBUTOR or any other  documents  prepared by
AGL, and advise AGL with regard to the desirability of revising or redesigning
the same;

     (c) provide  AGL on  an ongoing  basis with  comparative  data  regarding
products offered by other life insurance companies and mutual fund groups;

     (d) initiate and maintain  contact with  existing and  potential  Selling
Group Members for purposes of advising AGL on the  desirability  of developing
and implementing new Contract features;

     (e) receive  written and oral  inquiries  from Selling Group Members with
respect to the Contracts and coordinate responses to the same with AGL;

     (f) provide  assistance  to Selling  Group  Members in arranging  for the
insurance licensing and appointment of the Members' Sales Persons;

     (g) distribute  to Selling  Group  Members  copies of  all  marketing and
non-marketing  materials,  described herein,  that are approved or prepared by
AGL pursuant to this Agreement;

                                       6

<PAGE>


     (h) maintain a toll-free  number and  support and service  unit to render
assistance to Selling  Group Members in connection  with the offer and sale of
Contracts;

     (i) provide  Selling  Group   Members,  to  the  extent  requested,  with
technical assistance at the time of sale of the Contracts;

     (j) hold seminars for customers and potential  customers of Selling Group
Members; and

     (k) provide  such  other  marketing  services  and  support  as  AGL  may
reasonably request from time to time.

     2.10 NON-MARKETING MATERIALS.

     (a) AGL, at its sole cost,  shall be responsible for preparing,  printing
in  quantity  and  delivering  to   DISTRIBUTOR:   (i)  all  Contract   forms,
applications  and related  materials,  (ii) all  documents  pertaining  to the
processing  of  premium  payments,  refunds  and other  monies,  and (iii) all
documents  pertaining to transactions,  claims,  and other features  available
under  the  Contracts,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  full  or  partial
surrenders,  exchanges,  transfers, loans, systematic purchases, death claims,
changes in premium allocations, and changes in beneficiary.

     (b) AGL, at its sole cost, shall be responsible for preparing,  printing,
and  distributing  all  correspondence   with  Contract  owners,   except  for
correspondence  prepared,  printed, and distributed by DISTRIBUTOR pursuant to
AGL'S prior approval.

     (c) The   responsibility   for   printing   and   distributing   Contract
Prospectuses   to  existing   Contract  owners  shall  be  set  forth  in  the
Participation Agreement.

     (d) AGL, at its sole cost, shall be responsible for preparing,  printing,
distributing to existing Contract owners, and, to the extent required,  filing
with any appropriate  regulatory body, in a timely manner, or causing the same
to be done: (i) all Contract owner account  statements,  (ii) Account Reports,
(iii) voting cards, as  appropriate;  and (iv) all reports,  forms,  and other
information necessary to comply with applicable federal and state tax law.

     (e) AGL shall provide to DISTRIBUTOR or its designated agent at least one
complete  copy  of all SEC  registration  statements,  Contract  Prospectuses,
Account  Reports,  any preliminary and final voting  instruction  solicitation
material, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all
amendments to any of the above,  that relate to the Account or the  Contracts,
contemporaneously  with  the  filing  of such  document  with the SEC or other
regulatory authorities.

     (f) AGL, as agent for AGSI and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall,  upon or prior to the
completion of each Contract  transaction  for which a confirmation  is legally
required,  send a written  confirmation  to the  Contract  owner for each such
transaction,  in a form and manner which complies with the requirements of the
1934 Act, state laws and regulations,  and the disclosure  requirements of the
NASD.  Such  confirmations  shall  be  furnished  to all  Contract  owners  in
accordance with securities  laws,  shall reflect the facts of the transaction,
and,  if  applicable,  shall show that they are being sent by AGL on behalf of
AGSI and DISTRIBUTOR.

     2.11 INFORMATION ABOUT AGL AND DISTRIBUTOR

                                       7

<PAGE>


     (a) Neither AGL nor any of its  affiliates  will give any  information or
make any representations or statements on behalf of or concerning  DISTRIBUTOR
or its affiliates in connection  with the sale of the Contracts other than the
information or representations provided by or on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR and its
affiliates that are contained (i) in the registration statement, including the
Contract  Prospectus  contained  therein,  as such registration  statement and
Prospectus may be amended from time to time; (ii) in Account Reports or voting
instruction  solicitation  materials  for each  Account;  or  (iii)  marketing
materials prepared, except with the express written permission of DISTRIBUTOR.
As used herein, the term "affiliate" shall have the same meaning as defined in
Section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act").

     (b) Neither  DISTRIBUTOR  nor  any   of  its  affiliates  will  give  any
information  or  make  any  representations  or  statements  on  behalf  of or
concerning  AGL, AGSI, or their  respective  affiliates in connection with the
sale of the Contracts other than the information or  representations  provided
by or on  behalf  of AGL,  AGSI,  or  their  respective  affiliates  that  are
contained in (i) the registration statement, including the Contract Prospectus
contained  therein,  as such  registration  statement  and  Prospectus  may be
amended  from time to time;  (ii) in  Account  Reports  or voting  instruction
solicitation  materials  for each  Account;  or (iii) in  marketing  material,
except with the express written permission of AGL.

     2.12 COMPLAINTS.

     In  the  case  of an  oral  or  written  consumer  or  regulatory  agency
complaint,  AGL, AGSI, and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall each promptly notify the others
and shall  coordinate  and fully  cooperate in responding to such  complaints.
AGL, AGSI, and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall jointly  develop  procedures to coordinate,
investigate and respond to such complaints. 

     AGL, AGSI and DISTRIBUTOR  agree to consult with one another with respect
to the disposition of any complaints or grievances and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall use
its best  efforts  to  obtain  the  cooperation  of any  Sales  Person  in the
disposition  thereof.  AGSI and DISTRIBUTOR shall maintain customer  complaint
files pursuant to applicable NASD rules.

     2.13 PREMIUM  PAYMENTS.  DISTRIBUTOR  and AGL  shall enter into  separate
agreements  with  Selling  Group  Members  setting  forth the method for,  and
responsibilities  with  respect to, the  handling  and  processing  of premium
payments  or  other  monies  received  in  connection  with  the  sale  of the
Contracts.

     2.14 LIMITATIONS ON AUTHORITY.  DISTRIBUTOR  and Sales Persons shall have
no authority to, and shall not:

     (a) alter or  substitute  AGL's  Contract  applications  or forms  in any
manner;

     (b) guarantee the  issuance of any Contract or the  reinstatement  of any
lapsed Contract (in the case of life insurance Contracts), or the reinvestment
of any Contract (in the case of annuity Contracts);

     (c) add,  alter,  waive or discharge any Contract  provision,  including,
without limitation,  any forfeiture  provision,  or represent that such can be
done by AGL;

     (d) make any  settlement of any claim or claims or bind AGL or any of its
affiliates in any

                                       8

<PAGE>

way;

     (e) extend the time of making any premium  payments,  or pay or allow any
inducement  not specified in the Contracts to any Contract owner or applicant,
or rebate any portion of a premium payment, in any manner whatsoever;

     (f) incur  any  indebtedness  or  liability  on  behalf  of or  expend or
contract for the expenditure of the funds by AGL;

     (g) enter into legal proceedings in connection with any matter pertaining
to the  business  of AGL  without  the prior  written  consent of AGL,  unless
DISTRIBUTOR  or any  Sales  Person,  as the  case  may be,  is  named  in such
proceedings;

     (h) give or offer to give,  on  behalf  of AGL,  any tax or legal  advice
related to the purchase of a Contract; or

     (i) exercise any  authority  on behalf of  AGL other than that  expressly
conferred on DISTRIBUTOR or any Sales Person by this Agreement.

     2.15 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.  DISTRIBUTOR shall at all times function as,
and be deemed to be, an independent contractor. Nothing contained herein shall
be construed as creating the  relationship of employer and employee between or
among AGL, AGSI,  and  DISTRIBUTOR  (or any Sales Person or Associated  Agency
thereof).


                  SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION AND RECORDKEEPING


     3.1 CONTRACT   ADMINISTRATION.   Each   Party   agrees  to   perform  the
administrative  duties assigned to such Party under Schedule B attached hereto
and  incorporated by reference  herein,  as the Parties may amend from time to
time by mutual  agreement.  DISTRIBUTOR  acknowledges that AGL may subcontract
its rights and responsibilities  enumerated in Schedule B to one or more third
party  vendors.  Although such duties may be delegated,  AGL agrees that it is
legally liable for the performance of the same.

     3.2 PERFORMANCE  STANDARDS.  Each  Party  agrees to  meet or  exceed  the
standards for performing the various administrative duties set out in Schedule
B attached  hereto and  incorporated by reference  herein,  as the Parties may
amend from time to time by mutual agreement.

     3.3 RECORDKEEPING.

     (a) Each Party agrees to keep,  at its  principal  office,  all accounts,
books  and  other  records  (collectively,   "records")  required  by  and  in
accordance with  applicable  federal and state law, and the regulations of any
regulatory  body having  jurisdiction  over such records,  including,  without
limitation, Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act and Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4
under the 1934 Act.

     (b) Each Party  agrees to maintain  any and all records as may pertain to
the  Contracts  and this  Agreement  in a manner that  clearly and  accurately
discloses  the  precise  nature and details of  Contract  transactions  or any
transactions related thereto.

                                       9

<PAGE>


     (c) Each Party agrees to assist the others in the timely  preparation  of
records.  In this regard, each Party shall promptly furnish to any other Party
hereto any reports and  information  that such other Party may request for the
purpose  of  meeting  reporting  and  recordkeeping   requirements  under  the
insurance  laws of the state of Texas or any other state and under the federal
or state securities laws or the rules of the NASD.

     (d) To the extent that records  maintained  by AGL,  AGSI or  DISTRIBUTOR
(each, a "Maintaining  Party" as the case may be) are necessary to satisfy the
recordkeeping  requirements imposed by federal securities laws and regulations
on  any  other  Party  to  this  Agreement  (the  "Responsible   Party"),  the
Responsible  Party hereby appoints the Maintaining  Party as its agent for the
purpose of keeping and maintaining such records.  As required by 1940 Act Rule
31a-3(a)  and 1934 Act  Rule  17a-4(i),  such  records  will be the  exclusive
property of the Responsible Party, but this shall not preclude the Maintaining
Party from having access to such records or keeping copies of such records for
its own files. In addition, as required by 1940 Act Rule 31a-3(a) and 1934 Act
Rule 17a-4(i),  the Maintaining Party shall,  promptly upon the request of the
Responsible  Party,  surrender or provide  reasonable access to, as requested,
all records held by it for the Responsible Party pursuant to this Agreement in
a form mutually  agreed to by such  Parties.  In order to comply with 1934 Act
Rule  17a-4(i),  with  respect to books and records  maintained  or  preserved
subject thereto, the Maintaining Party hereby undertakes to permit examination
of such  books and  records at any time or from time to time  during  business
hours by  representatives  or designees of the SEC, and to promptly furnish to
the SEC or its designee true,  correct,  complete and current hard copy of any
or all of any part of such books and records.


                   SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


     4.1 BY AGL

     AGL represents and warrants that:

     (a) it is an insurance  company duly organized,  validly  existing and in
good  standing  under the laws of the  State of Texas  and has full  corporate
power,  authority  and legal right to execute,  deliver and perform its duties
and comply with its obligations under this Agreement,


     (b) it has legally and validly  established and maintains each Account as
a segregated  asset account under the Texas Insurance Code and the regulations
thereunder,

     (c) the  Contracts  comply  in  all  material  respects  with  all  other
applicable federal and state laws and regulations,

     (d) interests  in  each  Account  pursuant  to  the   Contracts  will  be
registered under the 1933 Act to the extent required by the 1933 Act,

     (e) the  Contracts  will be duly  authorized  for  issuance  and  sold in
compliance  with all  applicable  federal and state laws,  including,  without
limitation,  the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, Texas law, and the laws
of any other state in which the Contracts are offered and sold,

                                      10

<PAGE>


     (f) each Account is and will remain registered under the 1940 Act, to the
extent  required by the 1940 Act, and each Account does and will comply in all
material  respects  with  the  requirements  of the  1940  Act and  the  rules
thereunder, to the extent required,

     (g) each  Account's  1933  Act  registration  statement  relating  to the
Contracts,  together with any amendments thereto,  will at all times comply in
all  material  respects  with the  requirements  of the 1933 Act and the rules
thereunder,

     (h) AGL will amend the registration statement for its Contracts under the
1933 Act and for its Accounts under the 1940 Act from time to time as required
in  order  to  effect  the  continuous  offering  of its  Contracts  or as may
otherwise be required by applicable law, and

     (i) each  Contract  Prospectus  will at all times  comply in all material
respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules  thereunder,  but
excluding  information contained or omitted in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished to AGL or AGSI by or on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR.

     AGL further represents that:

     (a) the  Contracts  currently  are   and  will  be  treated  as  annuity,
endowment,  or life insurance  contracts  under  applicable  provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"),  that it will use its best
efforts  to  maintain  such  treatment,  and that it will  notify  DISTRIBUTOR
immediately  upon  having a  reasonable  basis for  believing  that any of the
Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in
the future, and

     (b) that each Account is a "segregated  asset account," that interests in
the Account are offered exclusively through the purchase of or transfer into a
"variable contract," within the meaning of such terms under Section 817 of the
Code and the  regulations  thereunder,  that it will use its best  efforts  to
continue  to meet  such  definitional  requirements,  and that it will  notify
DISTRIBUTOR immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such
requirements  have  ceased  to be met or  that  they  might  not be met in the
future.


     4.2 BY AGSI

     AGSI represents and warrants that:

     (a) it is a corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing  under the laws of the State of Texas and has full power,  authority,
and legal  right to execute,  deliver,  and perform its duties and comply with
its obligations under this Agreement,

     (b) it is a member in good  standing of the NASD and that it has obtained
all approvals  necessary to offer the  Contracts and otherwise  enter into and
carry out all  transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  has obtained or
will obtain all approvals, licenses,  authorizations,  orders or consents, and
shall be duly  registered or otherwise  qualified under the securities laws of
any state or other  jurisdiction where offers or sales of the Contracts may be
made,

                                      11

<PAGE>


     (c) it is bonded as required by all applicable  laws and  regulations and
that it will carry out its sales and  underwriting  obligations  hereunder  in
continued  compliance  with the NASD Rules of Fair  Practice  and  federal and
state   securities   laws  and   regulations  and  state  insurance  laws  and
regulations,

     (d) it is duly registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer  under the 1934
Act, and that the  activities of  DISTRIBUTOR  and Sales Persons in connection
with the offer and sale of Contracts  shall be in compliance  with  applicable
federal and state  securities laws and  regulations in all material  respects,
and

     (e) it shall  take all  actions  necessary  to obtain  and  maintain  all
regulatory  approvals  required to  underwrite  the  Contracts for sale in all
states and jurisdictions in which the Contracts may be sold.

     4.3 BY DISTRIBUTOR

     DISTRIBUTOR represents and warrants that:

     (a) it is a corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing  under  the  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware  and has  full  power,
authority,  and legal  right to execute,  deliver,  and perform its duties and
comply with its obligations under this Agreement,

     (b) it is a member in good  standing of the NASD and that it has obtained
all approvals  necessary to offer the  Contracts and otherwise  enter into and
carry out all  transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  has obtained or
will obtain all approvals, licenses,  authorizations,  orders or consents, and
shall be duly  registered  or otherwise  qualified  under the  securities  and
insurance laws of any state or other jurisdiction where offers or sales of the
Contracts may be made,

     (c) it is bonded as required by all applicable  laws and  regulations and
that it will carry out its sales and  underwriting  obligations  hereunder  in
continued  compliance  with the NASD Rules of Fair  Practice  and  federal and
state   securities   laws  and   regulations  and  state  insurance  laws  and
regulations,

     (d) it is duly registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer  under the 1934
Act,  and  that  the  activities  of  DISTRIBUTOR  and the  Sales  Persons  in
connection  with the offer and sale of Contracts  shall be in compliance  with
applicable  federal and state  securities laws and regulations in all material
respects,

     (e) neither it nor its Associated Persons shall make any  representations
concerning the Contracts, except those contained in or reasonably derived from
the  Contract  Prospectus,  registration  statements,  annual  or  semi-annual
reports of each  Account,  or in other  written  materials  prepared  by or on
behalf of AGL, and

     (f) to the extent that  DISTRIBUTOR  assigns rights or obligations  under
this  Agreement  to  an  Associated  Agency  pursuant  to  Section  8  hereof,
DISTRIBUTOR  represents and warrants that such Associated Agency will have and
maintain  all  governmental  approvals,  licenses,  authorizations,  orders or
consents  that are necessary for it to be assigned such rights and perform any
such

                                      12

<PAGE>


obligations.   In  addition,   the  representations  and  warranties  made  by
DISTRIBUTOR  in this  Section  4.3  shall be read to  apply to the  Associated
Agency where the context so requires.


                  SECTION 5. COMPENSATION; COSTS AND EXPENSES


     5.1 COMPENSATION.

     (a) AGL agrees to compensate  DISTRIBUTOR  for its services  hereunder in
accordance  with  Schedule  C  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference, as the Parties may amend from time to time by mutual agreement.

     (b) DISTRIBUTOR agrees that neither it nor any Sales Person or Associated
Agency will pay any  commission,  or portion  thereof,  or other  compensation
based upon a percentage of premium  payments or other  valuable  consideration
for services rendered in soliciting the sale of the Contracts to any person or
entity (i) that is not duly licensed or appointed by AGL to sell the Contracts
under the  applicable  laws of any state or  jurisdiction  or (ii) that is not
duly registered or otherwise qualified under the 1934 Act and rules thereunder
or under any  applicable  state laws and rules  governing  broker-dealers  and
their Sales Persons,  unless exempt therefrom;  provided,  however,  that this
representation shall not prohibit the payment of compensation to the widow(er)
or  other   beneficiary  of  a  person  lawfully   entitled  to  receive  such
compensation pursuant to a bona fide contract that calls for such payment.

     5.2 REGISTRATION FEES. The fees imposed by the SEC pursuant to Rule 24f-2
under the 1940 Act in connection  with the  registration of an Account's units
of interest under the 1933 Act shall be borne equally by AGL and DISTRIBUTOR.

     5.3 EACH PARTY TO BEAR OWN COSTS. Except as otherwise expressly provided,
each Party to this Agreement  shall bear all expenses of fulfilling its duties
and obligations  hereunder.  To the extent one Party initially bears any costs
or expenses that are the  responsibility  of another  Party,  that other Party
shall  reimburse the Party that  initially  bore such  expenses  promptly upon
request.


                          SECTION 6. INDEMNIFICATION


     6.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY AGL AND AGSI

     (a) Except  as  limited  by  and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Sections  6.1(c)  and 6.1(d)  below,  AGL and AGSI  shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless  DISTRIBUTOR against any loss, claim, damage or liability  (including
amounts  paid in  settlement  with the  written  consent of AGL and AGSI),  or
litigation (including reasonable counsel fees and other costs of investigating
or  defending  any  alleged  loss,  claim,  damage,  or  liability)  to  which
DISTRIBUTOR may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities are related
to the sale of the Contracts and:

          (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statements or alleged
     untrue

                                      13

<PAGE>


     statements  of  any  material  fact   contained  in  the  Contract,   the
     registration   statement   relating  to  the   Contracts,   the  Contract
     Prospectus,  or in any published  marketing  materials or  communications
     with any Contract  owner (or any  amendment or  supplement  to any of the
     foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged
     omission to state therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading,  provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as
     to any Indemnified Party, as defined below, if such statement or omission
     or such alleged  statement  or omission was made in reliance  upon and in
     conformity with  information  furnished to AGL or AGSI by or on behalf of
     DISTRIBUTOR  or any  Associated  Agency  thereof for use in the foregoing
     materials; or

          (ii) arise  out  of the  failure  of  AGL,  AGSI,  or any of  their
     respective affiliates,  officers, directors, or employees, to comply with
     any  applicable  securities or other laws and  regulations  in connection
     with its  rendering of Contract  issue,  recordkeeping,  confirmation  or
     other services under this Agreement; or

          (iii) arise out of AGL's or AGSI's negligence or misconduct, or that
     of their respective affiliates,  officers, directors, or employees in the
     performance of its duties hereunder; or

          (iv) arise  as  a  result  of   any   failure  by  AGL  or  AGSI  to
     substantially  provide the services and furnish the  materials  under the
     terms of this Agreement; or

          (v) arise  out  of  or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
     representation or warranty made by AGL or AGSI in this Agreement or arise
     out of or result from any other material  breach of this Agreement by AGL
     or AGSI.

     (b) The  indemnities  in this Section 6.1 shall,  upon the same terms and
conditions,  extend to and inure to the benefit of each director,  officer, or
Sales Person of DISTRIBUTOR and any person controlling  DISTRIBUTOR within the
meaning  of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each an
"Indemnified Party").

     (c) Neither  AGL nor AGSI  shall  be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect  to  any  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise
from  such  Indemnified  Party's  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  or gross
negligence in the performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason
of such Indemnified  Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under
this Agreement.

     (d) Neither  AGL or AGSI  shall  be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have notified AGL and AGSI, if appropriate,  in
writing  within a  reasonable  time  after the  summons or other  first  legal
process  giving  information of the nature of the claim shall have been served
upon such  Indemnified  Party (or after  such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have
received  notice of such  service on any  designated  agent),  but  failure to
notify AGL and AGSI of any such claim  shall not relieve AGL and AGSI from any
liability which it may have to the Indemnified  Party against whom such action
is brought  otherwise than on account of this  indemnification  provision.  In
case any such action is brought  against an  Indemnified  Party,  AGL and AGSI
shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to
the party named in the action. After notice from AGL and AGSI to such party of
AGL's and AGSI's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party
shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and
AGL will not be liable to such party under

                                      14

<PAGE>


this Agreement for any legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such
party  independently  in  connection  with  the  defense  thereof  other  than
reasonable costs of investigation.

     6.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY DISTRIBUTOR

     (a) Except  as  limited  by and in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of
Sections  6.2(c)  and  6.2(d)  below,  DISTRIBUTOR  shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless AGL and AGSI against any loss, claim, damage or liability  (including
amounts  paid in  settlement  with the  written  consent of AGL and AGSI),  or
litigation (including reasonable counsel fees and other costs of investigating
or defending any alleged loss,  claim,  damage,  or liability) to which AGL or
AGSI may  become  subject  under any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities are related
to the sale of the Contracts and:

          (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statements or alleged
     untrue  statements  of any material fact  contained in the Contract,  the
     registration   statement   relating  to  the   Contracts,   the  Contract
     Prospectus,  or in any published  marketing  materials or  communications
     with any Contract  owner (or any  amendment or  supplement  to any of the
     foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged
     omission to state therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading,  if such  statement or omission or such alleged  statement or
     omission was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  information
     furnished to AGL or AGSI by or on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR or any Associated
     Agency thereof for use in the foregoing materials; or

          (ii) arise out of the failure of  DISTRIBUTOR or any Sales Person or
     Associated  Agency,   including  affiliates,   officers,   directors,  or
     employees of the foregoing,  to comply with any applicable  securities or
     other laws and  regulations in connection  with its rendering of Contract
     marketing,  distribution,  recordkeeping,  or other  services  under this
     Agreement; or

          (iii) arise out of the  negligence or misconduct of  DISTRIBUTOR  or
     any Sales Person or Associated Agency, or that of any affiliate, officer,
     director, or employee of the foregoing,  in the performance of its duties
     hereunder; or

          (iv) arise  as  a   result  of  any   failure  by   DISTRIBUTOR   to
     substantially  provide the services and furnish the  materials  under the
     terms of this Agreement; or

          (v) arise  out  of  or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
     representation or warranty made by DISTRIBUTOR in this Agreement or arise
     out of or result  from any other  material  breach of this  Agreement  by
     DISTRIBUTOR.

     (b) The  indemnities  in this Section 6.2 shall,  upon the same terms and
conditions,  extend to and inure to the benefit of each director, officer, and
affiliate  of AGL or AGSI and any person  controlling  AGL or AGSI  within the
meaning  of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each an
"Indemnified Party").

     (c) DISTRIBUTOR shall not be liable under this indemnification  provision
with  respect  to any  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  litigation
incurred or assessed against an Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance  of  such  Indemnified   Party's  duties  or  by  reason  of  such
Indemnified  Party's  reckless  disregard of  obligations or duties under this
Agreement.

                                      15

<PAGE>


     (d) DISTRIBUTOR shall not be liable under this indemnification  provision
with  respect  to any claim made  against an  Indemnified  Party  unless  such
Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  DISTRIBUTOR  in  writing  within  a
reasonable  time  after  the  summons  or other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature of the claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified  Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice
of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify DISTRIBUTOR of
any such claim shall not relieve  DISTRIBUTOR  from any liability which it may
have to the  Indemnified  Party against whom such action is brought  otherwise
than on account of this indemnification  provision. In case any such action is
brought against an Indemnified Party,  DISTRIBUTOR shall be entitled to assume
the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to the party named in the
action. After notice from DISTRIBUTOR to such party of DISTRIBUTOR's  election
to assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and DISTRIBUTOR will not be
liable to such party  under  this  Agreement  for any legal or other  expenses
subsequently  incurred  by such party  independently  in  connection  with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     6.3 LIMITATION  ON  LIABILITY.  In  no event  shall any Party  under this
Agreement be liable for lost profits or for  exemplary,  special,  punitive or
consequential  damages  alleged to have been sustained by the other Party,  as
opposed to a third party.

     6.4 INJUNCTIVE  RELIEF.  The Parties each agree that monetary damages may
be an  inadequate  remedy  in the event of a breach by any Party of any of the
covenants in this Agreement, and that any such breach by a Party may cause the
other  Parties  great and  irreparable  injury and  damage.  Accordingly,  the
Parties  agree  that the  non-breaching  Parties  shall be  entitled,  without
waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise  available to it at law or
in equity or by statute, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event
of a breach or intended or threatened breach by any other Party of any of said
covenants.


                        SECTION 7. TERM AND TERMINATION


     7.1 TERM.  This  Agreement  shall be effective as of the date first above
written and shall,  unless earlier terminated  pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3,
remain in full force and effect  thereafter  with respect to all  Contracts of
each  particular  form type until no  Contracts of that  particular  form type
remain outstanding.


     7.2 EVENTS OF TERMINATION.

     (a)  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  at any  Party's  option,  without
penalty:

          (i) with or without cause, on not less than 180 days' written notice
     to the other Parties;

          (ii) upon the mutual written consent of the Parties;

          (iii) upon written  notice of one Party to the other  Parties in the
     event of bankruptcy or insolvency of such party to which notice is given;
     or

                                      16

<PAGE>


          (iv) in the event of an assignment of this Agreement, subject to the
     provisions of Section 8.

     (b) This Agreement shall terminate at the option of DISTRIBUTOR,  subject
to Section 7.3, in the event of:

          (i) fraud, misrepresentation,  conversion or unlawful withholding of
     funds by AGL or AGSI;

          (ii) the  dissolution  or  disqualification  of  AGL or  AGSI  to do
     business  under any  applicable  state or federal law where AGL or AGSI's
     ability to perform is  materially  impaired;  however,  such  termination
     shall extend only to the jurisdiction(s)  where AGL or AGSI is prohibited
     from doing business;

          (iii) the suspension or revocation of any material license or permit
     held by AGL or AGSI by the appropriate  governmental agency or authority;
     however,  such termination shall extend only to the jurisdiction(s) where
     AGL or AGSI is prohibited from doing business;

          (iv) the sale  (without the prior  written  consent of  DISTRIBUTOR,
     which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld)  of the AGL or AGSI
     business  relating  to the  Contracts,  which sale is to an  unaffiliated
     person  or  entity,  whether  by  merger,   consolidation,   or  sale  of
     substantially  all of AGL or AGSI's  assets,  during the term of, and any
     extension of, this Agreement; or

          (v) upon the institution of formal  proceedings  against AGL or AGSI
     by the NASD,  SEC, or any other  regulatory  body regarding AGL or AGSI's
     duties under this Agreement,  the sale of the Contracts, or the operation
     of any Account,  provided  that such  proceedings  result in a finding of
     material wrongdoing by AGL or AGSI.

     (c) This Agreement shall terminate at the option of AGL or AGSI,  subject
to Section 7.3, in the event of:

          (i) fraud, misrepresentation,  conversion or unlawful withholding of
     funds by DISTRIBUTOR;

          (ii) the  dissolution  or  disqualification  of  DISTRIBUTOR  to  do
     business  under any applicable  state or federal law where  DISTRIBUTOR's
     ability to perform is  materially  impaired;  however,  such  termination
     shall extend only to the jurisdiction(s)  where DISTRIBUTOR is prohibited
     from doing business;

          (iii) the suspension or revocation of any material license or permit
     held by DISTRIBUTOR by the appropriate  governmental agency or authority;
     however,  such termination shall extend only to the jurisdiction(s) where
     DISTRIBUTOR is prohibited from doing business;

          (iv) the sale  (without  the prior  written  consent  of AGL,  which
     consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld) of DISTRIBUTOR's business to
     an unaffiliated person or entity,  whether by merger,  consolidation,  or
     sale of substantially all of DISTRIBUTOR'S assets

                                      17

<PAGE>


     during the term of, and any extension of, this Agreement; or

          (v) upon the institution of formal disciplinary  proceedings against
     DISTRIBUTOR by the NASD,  SEC, or any other  regulatory  body,  regarding
     DISTRIBUTOR's  duties under this  Agreement or the sale of the Contracts,
     provided that such proceedings result in a finding of material wrongdoing
     by DISTRIBUTOR.

     7.3 REMEDY OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  If any Party breaches this Agreement or
is in  default  in  the  performance  of any of  its  duties  and  obligations
hereunder (the "defaulting Party"), including, without limitation, a breach in
any   representation   or  warranty  made  by  the   defaulting   Party,   the
non-defaulting  Parties  may give  written  notice  thereof to the  defaulting
Party,  and if such breach is not  remedied  within 30 days after such written
notice is given, then the non-defaulting  Parties may terminate this Agreement
by giving 30 days' written notice of such termination to the defaulting Party.

     7.4 PARTIES TO COOPERATE  RESPECTING  TERMINATION.  The Parties  agree to
cooperate and give reasonable assistance to each other in effecting an orderly
transition following termination.


                             SECTION 8. ASSIGNMENT


     This  Agreement is not  assignable  by  DISTRIBUTOR  and shall  terminate
automatically in the event of a purported assignment;  provided, however, that
DISTRIBUTOR  may, with the prior written  consent of AGL, assign its rights or
obligations under this Agreement to an Associated Agency of DISTRIBUTOR to the
extent  necessary or  appropriate in order to comply with  applicable  laws or
regulations. If obligations under this Agreement are assigned to an Associated
Agency as permitted  herein,  DISTRIBUTOR shall not be relieved of any of such
obligations.


            SECTION 9. CONTRACT LAPSE, TERMINATION, SURRENDER, ETC.


     During the term of this  Agreement  and for five (5) years  following the
termination of this Agreement,  neither  DISTRIBUTOR nor any of its Associated
Agencies or Sales Persons, or any affiliate,  director, officer or employee of
the foregoing,  shall induce or cause, or attempt to induce or cause, directly
or  indirectly,  any  Contract  owner  (a)  to  lapse,  terminate,  surrender,
exchange,  or cancel his or her Contract,  (b) to cease or discontinue  making
premium payments  thereunder,  or (c) to direct cash value or premium payments
thereunder to any other financial product without the prior written consent of
AGL,  unless  such act is in  response  to an  enactment  of  federal or state
legislation,  order or decision  of any court or  regulatory  authority,  or a
change in  circumstances  that makes the  Contracts or insurance  contracts of
that type (e.g.,  annuity contracts or life insurance contracts) an unsuitable
investment  for existing  Contract  owners.  AGL shall have the right to cease
compensation payments to DISTRIBUTOR in the event this provision is violated.

                          SECTION 10. CONFIDENTIALITY

                                      18

<PAGE>


     Each Party to this  Agreement  shall keep  confidential  any  information
about each other Party, or its operations  obtained pursuant to this Agreement
or the  transactions  contemplated  herein and shall disclose such information
only if such other Party has authorized such disclosure, or if such disclosure
is  required  by  federal  or state  regulatory  bodies.  If any Party  hereto
receives a request from such regulatory body requiring such  disclosure,  that
Party shall immediately notify the other Parties of the request.


                      SECTION 11. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES


     11.1 ARBITRATION  BINDING.  Any  controversy  or  claim arising out of or
relating  to this  Agreement,  or the  breach  hereof,  shall  be  settled  by
arbitration  under the rules of the NASD in effect at that  time.  If the NASD
refuses   jurisdiction,   or  the  Parties  mutually  agree  in  writing,  the
arbitration  procedure  described  herein shall be used. In either event,  the
decision  of the  arbitrator(s)  shall be final  and  judgment  upon the award
rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

     11.2 INITIATION  OF  ARBITRATION.  To  initiate  arbitration,  the  Party
seeking  arbitration   ("Claimant")  shall  notify  the  Party(ies)  (each,  a
"Respondent") in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its
dispute  and  the  remedy  sought.  The  Respondent(s)  shall  respond  to the
notification in writing within 10 days of its receipt.

     11.3 SELECTION OF ARBITRATORS.

     (a) The arbitration hearing shall be before a panel of three arbitrators,
each of whom must be (i) a present or former  officer of a life  insurance  or
reinsurance  company  and/or (ii) an officer  and  principal  of a  registered
broker-dealer. The panel must contain at least one representative from each of
(i)  and  (ii).  An  arbitrator  may not be a  present  or  former  affiliate,
director,  officer,  employee,  attorney,  or  consultant  of AGL,  AGSI,  and
DISTRIBUTOR (or any Associated Agency or Sales Person thereof).

     (b) Claimant and Respondent  shall each name five (5) candidates to serve
as an arbitrator. Claimant and Respondent shall each choose one candidate from
the other Party's list, and these two candidates  shall serve as the first two
arbitrators. Claimant and Respondent shall each present their initial lists of
five (5) candidates by written  notification to the other Party within 25 days
of the date of the mailing of the notification initiating the arbitration. Any
subsequent  additions to the list that are required shall be presented  within
10 days of the date the naming Party receives notice that a candidate that has
been chosen declines to serve.

     (c) The two arbitrators  shall then select the third  arbitrator from the
eight (8)  candidates  remaining on the lists of the  Claimant and  Respondent
within 14 days of the acceptance of their positions as arbitrators. If the two
arbitrators  cannot agree on the choice of a third,  then this choice shall be
referred  back to the  Parties.  Claimant  and  Respondent  shall  take  turns
striking the name of one of the  remaining  candidates  from the initial eight
(8) candidates  until only one candidate  remains.  If the candidate so chosen
shall decline to serve as the third  arbitrator,  the candidate whose name was
stricken last shall be nominated as the third  arbitrator.  This process shall
continue until a candidate has been chosen and accepted.  This candidate shall
serve as the third arbitrator. The first turn at

                                      19

<PAGE>


striking the name of a candidate shall belong to the Respondent.  Once chosen,
the arbitrators are empowered to decide all substantive and procedural  issues
by a majority of votes.

     11.4 IMPARTIALITY.  The Parties agree that  each of the three arbitrators
should be  impartial  regarding  the dispute.  Therefore,  at no time will any
Party contact or otherwise communicate with any person who is to be or who has
been  designated  as a  candidate  to serve as an  arbitrator  concerning  the
dispute,  except upon the basis of jointly drafted communications  provided by
the Parties to inform those  candidates  actually chosen as arbitrators of the
nature and facts of the  dispute.  Likewise,  any  written  or oral  arguments
provided to the arbitrators  concerning the dispute shall be coordinated  with
the  other  Party(ies)  and  shall be  provided  simultaneously  to the  other
Party(ies)  or shall  take  place in the  presence  of the  other  Party(ies).
Further,  at no time shall any  arbitrator be informed that the arbitrator has
been named or chosen by one Party or another.

     11.5 HEARING DATE AND TIME.  The  arbitration  hearing shall be held on a
date fixed by the  arbitrators.  In no event shall this date be later than six
(6) months after the appointment of the third arbitrator. As soon as possible,
the arbitrators shall establish pre-arbitration procedures as warranted by the
facts  and  issues  of the  particular  case.  At least  10 days  prior to the
arbitration  hearing,  each Party shall provide the other  Party(ies)  and the
arbitrators with a detailed  statement of the facts and arguments that it will
present at the arbitration  hearing. The arbitrators may consider any relevant
evidence; they shall give the evidence such weight as they deem it entitled to
after consideration of any objections raised concerning it. The Claimant shall
have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance  of the evidence.  Each
Party may examine any witnesses who testify at the arbitration  hearing.  Each
Party shall bear its own costs of  arbitration,  except  that the  arbitrators
shall apportion  their own reasonable  fees and expenses  between or among the
Parties, as they deem appropriate.


                            SECTION 12. TRADEMARKS


     12.1 DISTRIBUTOR TRADEMARKS.  DISTRIBUTOR has filed for a service mark in
order to establish  ownership  to all right,  title and interest in and to the
name,  trademark  and service mark "Van  Kampen,"  and such other  tradenames,
trademarks and service marks  identified in Schedule D hereto,  as the Parties
hereto may amend from time to time (the  "DISTRIBUTOR  licensed  marks" or the
"licensor's licensed marks").  DISTRIBUTOR hereby grants to AGL (including its
affiliates) a non-exclusive  license to use the DISTRIBUTOR  licensed marks in
connection  with AGL's  performance  of the services  contemplated  under this
Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12.

     12.2 AGL TRADEMARKS. AGL owns all right, title and interest in and to the
tradename,  trademarks  and service  mark  "American  General  Life  Insurance
Company," and such other  tradenames,  trademarks and service marks identified
in Schedule D hereto,  as the Parties  hereto may amend from time to time (the
"AGL licensed marks" or the "licensor's licensed marks"). AGL hereby grants to
DISTRIBUTOR  (including its affiliates) a non-exclusive license to use the AGL
licensed marks in connection  with  DISTRIBUTOR's  performance of the services
contemplated by this Agreement,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this Section 12.

     12.3 GRANT OF LICENSE. The grant of license by DISTRIBUTOR and AGL (each,
a

                                      20

<PAGE>


"licensor")  to the other  and  affiliates  thereof  (the  "licensees")  shall
terminate  automatically  when  the  Contracts  (or  any  particular  form  of
Contract)  cease to be  outstanding  or by either Party at its  election  upon
termination of this Agreement. Upon automatic termination, each licensee shall
cease to use a licensor's  licensed marks. Upon AGL's elective  termination of
this license,  DISTRIBUTOR  (including its affiliates) shall immediately cease
to distribute  marketing  material relating to any Contract and shall likewise
cease any activity  that suggests that it has any right under the AGL licensed
marks  or that it has any  association  with  AGL or any  affiliate  of AGL in
connection with any such Contracts.  Similarly,  upon  DISTRIBUTOR's  elective
termination of this license,  AGL (including  its  affiliates)  shall cease to
issue as soon as reasonably practicable,  any new Contracts bearing any of the
DISTRIBUTOR  licensed  marks  and shall  likewise  cease  any  activity  which
suggests that it has any right under any of the DISTRIBUTOR  licensed marks or
that it has any association  with DISTRIBUTOR or any affiliate of DISTRIBUTOR,
except that AGL shall have the right to continue to administer any outstanding
Contracts  bearing any of the  DISTRIBUTOR  licensed  marks and in  connection
therewith to use the DISTRIBUTOR licensed marks.

     12.4 PRIOR APPROVAL.  Notwithstanding  any provision in this Agreement to
the  contrary,  a licensee  shall  obtain the prior  written  approval  of the
licensor for the public release by such licensee of any materials  bearing the
licensor's  licensed marks. The licensor's  approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

     12.5 SAMPLE  MATERIALS.  During  the term  of this  grant of  license,  a
licensor may request that a licensee  submit samples of any materials  bearing
any of the  licensor's  licensed  marks that were  previously  approved by the
licensor  but,  due  to  changed  circumstances,  the  licensor  may  wish  to
reconsider,  or that were not  previously  approved  in the  manner  set forth
above. If, on the reconsideration or on initial review, respectively, any such
samples  fail to meet with the  written  approval  of the  licensor,  then the
licensee shall immediately cease distributing such disapproved materials.  The
licensor's  approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The licensee shall
obtain  the prior  written  approval  of the  licensor  for the use of any new
materials  developed to replace the disapproved  materials,  in the manner set
forth above.

     12.6 TRADEMARKS  VALID AND  ENFORCEABLE.  Each  licensee  hereunder:  (a)
acknowledges  and stipulates that the licensor's  licensed marks are valid and
enforceable  trademarks  and/or  service marks and that such licensee does not
own the licensor's licensed marks and claims no rights therein other than as a
licensee under this Agreement;  (b) agrees never to contend otherwise in legal
proceedings or in other  circumstances;  and (c)  acknowledges and agrees that
the use of the  licensor's  licensed  marks  pursuant to this grant of license
shall inure to the benefit of the licensor.


                       SECTION 13. BONDING AND INSURANCE


     Each Party shall maintain  sufficient  fidelity bond coverage  (including
coverage  for larceny and  embezzlement)  and errors and  omissions  insurance
coverage as may be required by applicable law or as such Party seems necessary
in light of its obligations  under this Agreement.  DISTRIBUTOR shall maintain
errors and omissions coverage from a reputable  insurance company in an amount
and form acceptable to AGL at all times during the term of this Agreement.

                                      21

<PAGE>


                              SECTION 14. NOTICES


     14.1 MANNER OF NOTICES. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement,  any
notice required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be given to
the following  persons at the following  addresses and facsimile  numbers,  or
such other persons, addresses or facsimile numbers as the Party receiving such
notices or communications may subsequently direct in writing:

                  American General Life Insurance Company
                  2727-A Allen Parkway
                  Houston, Texas  77019
                  Attn:  Steven A. Glover
                  Telecopier: (713) 831-3071

                  American General Securities Incorporated
                  2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 290
                  Houston, Texas  77019
                  Attn:  F. Paul Kovach, Jr.
                  Telecopier: (713) 831-3366

                  Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
                  One Parkview Plaza
                  Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 601801
                  Attn:  Ronald A. Nyberg
                  Telecopier: (708) 684-6155

     14.2 NOTICE OF REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS.

     (a) AGL  and  AGSI  shall  immediately  notify  DISTRIBUTOR  of:  (i) the
issuance by any court or regulatory  body of any stop order,  cease and desist
order, or other similar order with respect to any Contract or to any Account's
registration  statement  under the 1933 Act  relating to the  Contracts or any
Contract Prospectus,  (ii) any request by the SEC or other regulatory body for
any amendment to such registration statement or Contract Prospectus, (iii) the
initiation  of any  proceeding  for  that  purpose  or for any  other  purpose
relating to the offering of any Contract,  or the  registration or offering of
the Account's interests pursuant to the Contracts, or (iv) any other action or
circumstances that may prevent or otherwise materially affect the lawful offer
or sale of said  interests in any state or  jurisdiction,  including,  without
limitation,  any circumstances in which said interests are not registered and,
in all material respects,  issued and sold in accordance with applicable state
and federal  law. AGL and AGSI shall make every  reasonable  effort to prevent
the issuance of any such stop order,  cease and desist order or similar  order
and,  if any such  order is  issued,  to obtain  the  lifting  thereof  at the
earliest possible time.

     (b) DISTRIBUTOR shall immediately  notify AGL of: (i) the issuance by any
court or regulatory body of any order having a material effect with respect to
DISTRIBUTOR's  ability  to  perform  its  obligations   hereunder,   (ii)  the
initiation  of any  proceeding  for any  purpose  relating  to the sale of the
Contracts,  and (iii) any other actions or circumstances  that may prevent the
lawful  offer or sale of any of the  Contracts  in any state or  jurisdiction.
DISTRIBUTOR  shall also immediately  notify AGL if any of its Sales Persons or
Associated  Agencies is or becomes subject to any proceedings or is sanctioned
or  suspended  (i) by the SEC or NASD,  (ii) by any court for  securities  law
violations, or (iii) by any state regulatory authority.

                                      22

<PAGE>


                           SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS


     15.1 AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement may be  amended at any time by a writing
executed by the parties.

     15.2 GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be interpreted in  accordance
with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

     15.3 SURVIVAL OF  PROVISIONS.  Upon  termination of this  Agreement,  the
following provisions shall survive:  Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12,
2.13, 2.14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, and 15.

     15.4 SEVERABILITY. Should any provision of this Agreement be held or made
invalid by a court  decision,  statute,  rule, or otherwise,  the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

     15.5 WAIVER. Any failure or delay by any Party to enforce at any time any
of the provisions of this Agreement,  or to exercise any right or option which
is herein  provided,  or to require at any time the  performance of any of the
provisions  hereof,  shall  in no way be  construed  to be a  waiver  of  such
provision of this  Agreement.  If any Party waives the breach of any provision
of this Agreement by another  Party,  the waiving Party still has the right to
require  performance  of that provision and its conduct shall not be construed
to waive  succeeding  breaches of that  provision or any breaches of any other
provision.

     15.6 FORCE MAJEURE.  No Party shall be liable for damages due to delay or
failure to perform any  obligation  under this  Agreement  where such delay or
failure results directly or indirectly from  circumstances  beyond the control
and without the fault or negligence of such Party.

     15.7 PARTIES TO COOPERATE.

     (a) AGL, AGSI,  DISTRIBUTOR,  and any necessary  Associated  Agencies and
Selling  Group Members  shall  cooperate  fully in any insurance or securities
regulatory   examination,   investigation,   or  proceeding  or  any  judicial
proceeding  with  respect  to AGL,  AGSI,  DISTRIBUTOR,  and their  respective
affiliates,  agents and  representatives  to the extent that such examination,
investigation,  or proceeding arises in connection with Contracts  distributed
under this Agreement.  DISTRIBUTOR shall furnish  applicable federal and state
regulatory  authorities with any information or reports in connection with its
services  under  this  Agreement  that  authorities  may  request  in order to
ascertain  whether AGL's operations are being conducted in a manner consistent
with any applicable law or regulations.

     (b) DISTRIBUTOR  shall execute such papers and do such acts and things as
shall  from time to time be  reasonably  requested  by AGL for the  purpose of
qualifying and maintaining  qualification  of the Contracts for sale under the
applicable  laws  of  any  state,  and  maintaining  the  registration  of the
Contracts under the 1933 Act and any Account under the 1940 Act.

     15.8  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  shall  be the  sole  and  only
agreement  among AGL,  AGSI,  and  DISTRIBUTOR  regarding  the  marketing  and
distribution  of Contracts,  and it supersedes  all prior and  contemporaneous
agreements.  The Parties  recognize that AGL and DISTRIBUTOR may be parties to
other agreements, the terms and conditions of which may pertain

                                      23

<PAGE>


to their respective duties and obligations under this Agreement. To the extent
anything in those other  agreements  contradicts  the terms of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall control. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented,
or  modified,  except as  expressly  permitted  herein,  without  the  written
agreement of the Parties.

                          -------------------------

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first written above.


AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
on behalf of itself and each Account
named in Schedule A hereto,
as amended from time to time



__________________________________
BY:



AMERICAN GENERAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED



__________________________________
BY:



VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



__________________________________
BY:


                                      24

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE A



NAMES OF SEPARATE ACCOUNTS


American General Life Insurance Company Separate Account D




AVAILABLE CONTRACTS (IDENTIFIED BY FORM NUMBER)

Generations Variable Annuity

  Contract form numbers:  95020 Rev 896
                          95021 Rev 896


                                      A-1

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE B


AGL Administrative Responsibilities

1.   CONTRACT MAINTENANCE

     (a) File and obtain state approvals for the Contracts  being issued,  and
         any amendments thereof.

     (b) Notify  DISTRIBUTOR of the effective date for each state in which the
         Contracts become available for issue.

     (c) Customize   and   support   state   specific    requirements    where
         administratively feasible.

2.   CONTRACT SERVICING

     (a) Issue and  maintain  master  records  for  Contracts  applied for and
         accepted.

     (b) Provide maintenance support for all Contract features:

         (i)  Purchase Payments (new issues, 1035 Exchanges, EFT, additions);

         (ii) Withdrawals  (SAFEs,  partial,  full,  cancellations,  and death
              claims);

         (iii)Exchanges among Divisions, change of allocations;

         (iv) Title Changes (beneficiary, ownership, name, assignments);

         (v)  Rebalancing, Dollar-Cost Averaging;

         (vi) Annuitization.

3.   CUSTOMER CORRESPONDENCE

     (a)  Generate and provide various customer correspondence documents:

         (i)  Contract (with appropriate riders and endorsements);

         (ii) Confirmations of financial transactions;

         (iii)Quarterly statements of account activity and balances;

         (iv) Billing forms, in a manner agreed to between Owner and AGL.

4.   CUSTOMER SERVICE FUNCTIONS

     (a) Provide a  telephone  staff or other  medium to respond  to  customer
         inquiries.

     (b) Prepare and update service forms necessary to support the Contract.


                                      B-1

<PAGE>


     (c) Respond to written inquiries from Contract Owners.

     (d) Coordinate complaint resolution (formal and informal).

5.   COMPLIANCE

     (a) Coordinate the printing and mailing of the following documents:

         (i)  Separate Account semiannual and annual reports;

         (ii) Evergreen prospectus.

     (b) Coordinate  proxy  solicitations  as  outlined  in the  Participation
         Agreement.

     (c) Prepare updates and regulatory filings as warranted.

     (d) Generate tax  reporting  for Contract  Owners as warranted by account
         activity.

     (e) Maintain appropriate books and records.

6.   FINANCIAL

     (a) Calculate unit values on business days of the separate account.

     (b) Place trades with corresponding Trust funds and settle such trades as
         defined in the Participation Agreement.

     (c) Prepare Separate Account semiannual and annual reports .

7.   LICENSING/CONTRACTING AND COMPENSATION

     (a) Establish  the initial  record and perform  ongoing  maintenance  for
         representatives appointed to sell the product.

     (b) Maintain copies of all approved Selling Group Agreements.

     (c) Arrange for payment of appointment fees.

     (d) Pay compensation based on arrangements of marketing and Selling Group
         Agreements.

8.   REPORTING

     (a) Provide  sales or other  reports as  mutually  agreed upon by AGL and
         Distributor or Selling Group Member.

9.   COMMUNICATIONS

     (a) Provide  review  and   feedback/approval  for  all  marketing  pieces
         associated with the Contract.


                                      B-2

<PAGE>


DISTRIBUTOR Administrative Responsibilities

1.   DISTRIBUTION

     (a) Solicit and obtain Selling Group Agreements.

     (b) Assist in appointing Sales Persons.

     (c) Assist in arranging for payment of appointment fees as required.

2.   MARKETING SUPPORT

     (a) Provide  wholesaling support to prospective and current Selling Group
         Members.

     (b) Draft and  distribute  approved  marketing and product  literature as
         well as all forms associated with the Contract (applications, service
         forms, etc.).

     (c) Provide sales reporting data to wholesalers.

     (d) Provide training on Contract features and procedures.

     (e) Provide hypothetical data and illustrations for Fund performance.


                                      B-3

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE C


     This Schedule  governs the  compensation  to be paid by AGL in connection
with the Contracts issued in accordance with the Agreement.  The defined terms
used  herein  shall have the same  meaning as in the  Agreement  to which this
Schedule C is attached or as in the Contracts, whichever is applicable.


1.   DISTRIBUTION FEE TO DISTRIBUTOR.

     AGL  shall  pay or cause  to be paid to  DISTRIBUTOR,  each  semi-monthly
period,  a  Distribution  Fee ("Fee")  equal to one  percent  (1%) of Purchase
Payments received by AGL during such period that are attributable to Contracts
solicited by Sales  Persons.  All Purchase  Payments upon which the Fee may be
based must be received by AGL in accordance  with the Agreement and such other
requirements that AGL and DISTRIBUTOR may, from time to time,  establish.  The
Fee shall constitute the sole and exclusive payment by AGL to DISTRIBUTOR with
respect to the  Contracts  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement and all services
rendered under or in contemplation of this Agreement.


2.   COMPENSATION TO SELLING GROUP MEMBERS.

     AGL shall remit to DISTRIBUTOR,  or cause to be remitted, the amounts set
out in the schedules below, which DISTRIBUTOR agrees to pay as compensation to
the  appropriate  Selling Group Members who have  submitted  applications  for
Contracts  that AGL has  approved  for  issuance  ("Sales  Commissions").  The
Parties  agree  that  more than one  schedule  may be in effect at a time with
respect to a Selling Group Member.


                          SALES COMMISSION SCHEDULES


Schedule 1:         6% commission, 0% trail commission

Schedule 2:         4.75% commission, plus a 0.25% trail commission commencing
                    at the end of the 15th month after receipt of the Purchase
                    Payment and continuing through the end of the seventh year
                    following receipt of the Purchase  Payment,  followed by a
                    0.50% trail commission  commencing at the end of the third
                    month of the eighth year following receipt of the Purchase
                    Payment.

Schedule 3:         5.5% commission plus a 0.50% trail  commission  commencing
                    at the end of the third month of the eighth year following
                    receipt of the Purchase Payment.

     Commissions shall be paid semi-monthly (unless otherwise agreed). As used
in the above schedules,  the term "commission"  refers to an amount equal to a
fixed percentage of Purchase Payments received by AGL during each semi-monthly
period that are attributable to Contracts


                                      C-1

<PAGE>


solicited by Sales  Persons.  All Purchase  Payments upon which the commission
may be based must be received by AGL in accordance with the Agreement and such
other requirements that AGL and DISTRIBUTOR may, from time to time, establish.

     As used in the above schedules,  the term "trail commission" refers to an
amount equal to an annual percentage of that portion of Contract Account Value
attributable  to Purchase  Payments  eligible  for a trail  commission.  Trail
commissions  shall be computed by multiplying  0.0625% (in the case of a 0.25%
trail commission) or 0.125% (in the case of a 0.50% trail commission) and such
portion of  Contract  Account  Value at the end of the  relevant  three  month
period following receipt of the Purchase  Payment.  Trail commissions shall be
paid at the end of the calendar quarter immediately  following the computation
of the  trail  commission.  Trail  commissions  shall  begin  as of  the  date
specified in the above  schedules,  and shall  continue  until  annuitization,
surrender, or death which requires distribution of the Contract Account Value.


3.   COMMISSION REDUCTIONS.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the following commission reductions shall
apply  to  all  DISTRIBUTOR  Commissions  and  Sales  Commissions,  except  as
otherwise noted, under the circumstances described below.

     (a) REDUCTIONS  FOR  PURCHASE  PAYMENTS  AT  AGE  81  AND  LATER.  A  50%
commission  reduction shall apply with respect to Purchase Payments made on or
after  the  Annuitant's  eighty-first  birthday  (regardless  of  whether  the
Contract  has a  Contingent  Annuitant).  Such  commission  reduction  is  not
applicable to trail commissions.

     (b) CHARGEBACKS FOR  WITHDRAWALS.  The following  commission  chargebacks
shall  apply  on full  or  partial  withdrawals  (excluding  withdrawals  made
pursuant to the  Systematic  Withdrawal  Program  that are within the 10% Free
Withdrawal Privilege):

     o    100% for full or  partial  withdrawal  of a  Purchase  Payment  made
          during the first six months following its receipt; and

     o    50% for full or partial withdrawal of a Purchase Payment made during
          the next six months following its receipt.

     The  foregoing  chargebacks  shall not apply in the event of the death of
the Annuitant or Owner during the periods specified above.


4.   NO COMPENSATION PAYABLE.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no compensation shall be payable, and any
compensation  already paid by AGL hereunder shall either be promptly  returned
by check  payable  to AGL on request or will be  deducted  by AGL from  future
payments due under this Schedule C, under each of the following conditions:


                                      C-2

<PAGE>


     (a) if AGL, in its sole discretion,  determines not to issue the Contract
applied for or rescinds the Contract;

     (b) if the  Contract  owner  returns the  Contract  pursuant to the "Free
Look" provision of the Contract;

     (c) if a Purchase  Payment is received  within 60 days  following a prior
partial  withdrawal,  and such Purchase Payment is reasonably believed to be a
reinvestment of part or all of the prior partial withdrawal;

     (d) if AGL refunds all or any portion of the Purchase Payment as a result
of a complaint or grievance;

     (e) if the Contract owner, at the time the Contract is purchased,  is (i)
an employee or registered  representative  (or the spouse or minor child of an
employee or registered representative) of any broker-dealer authorized to sell
the Contracts, or (ii) is an officer,  director, or bona-fide employee of AGL,
AGSI, or any of their company affiliates, or DISTRIBUTOR;  provided,  however,
that the owner shall have  completed,  at the time the Contract is  purchased,
appropriate  documents  supplied  by AGL  which  provide  for a waiver  of all
surrender charges; or

     (f)  if  AGL  or  AGSI  determines  that  any  Sales  Person  signing  an
application  or any person or entity  receiving  compensation  for  soliciting
purchases of the  Contracts is not duly  licensed to sell the Contracts in the
state or  jurisdiction  of such  attempted  sale and  registered  or otherwise
qualified  under the 1934 Act and rules  thereunder and any  applicable  state
laws and rules governing broker-dealers and their related persons.

     In  addition,  if AGL  determines  that  any  Contract  applied  for is a
replacement  of any insurance or annuity  product  issued by AGL or any of its
affiliates,  AGL reserves the right not to pay any compensation and to require
the return of any compensation already paid.


5.   MISCELLANEOUS.

     The  Parties may also  supplementally  agree that AGL will  directly  pay
Sales  Commissions  to the  appropriate  Selling  Group  Member.  AGL,  in its
discretion,  may offset  against  compensation  payable by it pursuant to this
paragraph any due and unpaid amounts owed to AGL by DISTRIBUTOR.


                                      C-3

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE D



DISTRIBUTOR TRADEMARKS



                       [DESCRIBE DISTRIBUTOR TRADEMARKS]





AGL TRADEMARKS



                           [DESCRIBE AGL TRADEMARKS]


                                      D-1



                                                               EXHIBIT 3(b)(iv)

                                    FORM OF
                            SELLING GROUP AGREEMENT

              VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. AND
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


This Selling Group Agreement  ("Agreement")  is made among Van Kampen American
Capital  Distributors,  Inc., a registered broker - dealer and the distributor
for the variable life insurance policies and/or annuity contracts set forth in
Schedule A ("Distributor"),



 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ("Selling Group Member")



 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             ("Associated Agency")


and, as the fourth party,  American  General Life Insurance  Company  ("AGL").
Selling Group Member is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") as a  broker-dealer  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934
Act") and under any appropriate regulatory requirements of state law, and is a
member in good standing of the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  ("NASD"),  unless Selling Group Member is exempt from the  broker-dealer
registration requirements of the 1934 Act. Unless exempt, Selling Group Member
maintains a level of  qualification  with the NASD appropriate to enable it to
offer and sell the products  set forth in Schedule A. Selling  Group Member is
affiliated  with  Associated  Agency,  which is  properly  licensed  under the
insurance  laws of the state(s) in which  Selling  Group Member will act under
this Agreement.

This Agreement is for the purpose of providing for the distribution of certain
variable  life  insurance  policies  and/or  annuity  contracts  set  forth in
Schedule A and any successor or additional SEC registered  insurance  products
(as  discussed in Part (1) "NEW  PRODUCTS" of this  Agreement) to be issued by
AGL and distributed through Distributor through  representatives who are state
insurance  licensed and appointed agents of AGL and associated with Associated
Agency and are also NASD  registered  representatives  of Selling Group Member
("Sales Persons"). The policies and/or annuity contracts set forth in Schedule
A, along with any successor or additional SEC registered  insurance  products,
are referred to collectively herein as the "Contracts".

In  consideration  of the mutual  promises  and  covenants  contained  in this
Agreement,  AGL and Distributor appoint Selling Group Member and those persons
associated with Associated Agency who are NASD registered  representatives  of
Selling Group Member and state insurance licensed agents of AGL to solicit and
procure  applications for the Contracts.  This appointment is not deemed to be
exclusive  in any manner and only  extends  to those  jurisdictions  where the
Contracts  have been approved for sale.  Selling Group Member is authorized to
collect the first purchase payment or


<PAGE>


premium  (collectively  "Premiums") on the Contracts and, unless Selling Group
Member and AGL have otherwise agreed,  must remit such premiums in full dollar
amount to AGL.  Unless  Selling  Group Member and AGL have  otherwise  agreed,
applications  shall be taken only on preprinted  application forms supplied by
AGL. All completed applications and supporting documents are the sole property
of AGL and must be promptly  delivered to AGL. All applications are subject to
acceptance by AGL at its sole discretion.


(1) NEW PRODUCTS

AGL and  Distributor  may propose,  and AGL may issue  additional or successor
products,  in which event Selling Group Member will be informed of the product
and its related concession schedule. If Selling Group Member does not agree to
distribute such  product(s),  it must notify  Distributor in writing within 30
days of receipt of the  Concession  Schedule for such  product(s).  If Selling
Group Member does not indicate  disapproval of the new product(s) or the terms
contained in the related  Concession  Schedule,  Selling  Group Member will be
deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute  such product(s) and agreed to the
related Concession Schedule which shall be attached to and made a part of this
Agreement.


(2) SALES PERSONS

Associated  Agency is authorized to recommend Sales Persons for appointment by
AGL to solicit sales of the  Contracts.  Associated  Agency  warrants that all
such Sales  Persons  shall not  commence  solicitation  nor aid,  directly  or
indirectly, in the solicitation of any application for any Contract until that
Sales  Person is  appropriately  licensed for such  product  under  applicable
insurance laws and is a currently NASD  registered  representative  of Selling
Group Member.  Associated Agency shall be responsible for all fees required to
obtain  and/or  maintain  any licenses or  registrations  required by state or
federal law, for Associated  Agency and its Sales Persons.  From time to time,
AGL will provide  Associated Agency and Selling Group Member with informati in
which AGL is  authorized  to solicit  applications  for the  Contracts and any
limitations on the availability of such Contracts in any jurisdiction.


(3) SALES MATERIAL

Associated  Agency and Selling Group Member shall not utilize in their efforts
to  market  the  Contracts,  any  written  brochure,  prospectus,  descriptive
literature, printed and published material,  audio-visual material or standard
letters  unless  such  material  has  been  provided   preprinted  by  AGL  or
Distributor or unless AGL and Distributor  have provided  written approval for
the use of such literature. In accordance with the requirements of the laws of
the several states,  Associated Agency and Selling Group Member shall maintain
complete records  indicating the manner and extent of distribution of any such
solicitation material, shall make such records and files available to staff of
AGL and/or  Distributor  in field  inspections  and shall  make such  material
available  to  personnel  of state  insurance  departments,  the NASD or other
regulatory  agencies,  including the SEC, which have regulatory authority over
AGL or  Distributor.  Associated  Agency and Selling Group Member  jointly and
severally  hold  AGL,  Distributor  and  their  affiliates  harmless  from any
liability  arising from the use of any material  which either (a) has not been
specifically  approved in writing by AGL, or (b) although previously approved,
has been disapproved by AGL or Distributor, in writing for further use.

                                       2

<PAGE>


(4) PROSPECTUSES

Selling Group Member and Associated  Agency warrant that  solicitation for the
sale of SEC registered  insurance  products will be made by use of a currently
effective  prospectus,  that a prospectus will be delivered  concurrently with
each  sales  presentation  and  that no  statements  shall be made to a client
superseding or  controverting  any statement made in the  prospectus.  AGL and
Distributor  shall furnish Selling Group Member and Associated  Agency,  at no
cost to Selling Group Member or Associated  Agency,  reasonable  quantities of
prospectuses to aid in the solicitation of Contracts.


(5) SELLING GROUP MEMBER COMPLIANCE

Selling   Group   Member   shall  be   responsible   for  making   suitability
determinations  in compliance with federal and state securities laws and shall
supervise   Associated   Agency  and  Sales  Persons  in  determining   client
suitability.

Selling Group Member will fully comply with the  requirements  of the NASD and
of the 1934 Act and such  other  applicable  federal  and state  laws and will
establish  rules,  procedures,   and  supervisory  and  inspection  techniques
necessary  to  diligently  supervise  the  activities  of its NASD  registered
representatives  who are state insurance licensed agents or solicitors of AGL,
in connection with offers and sales of the Contracts.  Such supervision  shall
include  providing,  or  arranging  for,  initial  and  periodic  training  in
knowledge of the Contracts.  Upon request by Distributor or AGL, Selling Group
Member will furnish appropriate records as are necessary to establish diligent
supervision and client suitability.

Selling  Group Member shall fully  cooperate  in any  insurance or  securities
regulatory   examination,   investigation,   or  proceeding  or  any  judicial
proceeding  with  respect  to AGL,  Distributor,  Selling  Group  Member,  and
Associated Agency and their respective affiliates,  agents and representatives
to the extent that such  examination,  investigation,  or proceeding arises in
connection  with the  Contracts.  Selling  Group  Member  shall  immediatelyts
broker-dealer  registration or the registration of any of its Sales Persons is
revoked, suspended, or terminated.


(6) ASSOCIATED AGENCY AND SALES PERSON COMPLIANCE

Associated  Agency will fully comply with the  requirements of state insurance
laws and  applicable  federal  laws and will  establish  rules and  procedures
necessary to diligently  supervise the activities of the Sales  Persons.  Upon
request by Distributor or AGL,  Selling Group Member will furnish  appropriate
records as are necessary to establish such supervision.  Associated Agency and
Sales Persons shall be responsible for making  suitability  determinations  in
compliance with federal and state securities laws.

Associated  Agency  shall  fully  cooperate  in any  insurance  or  securities
regulatory   examination,   investigation,   or  proceeding  or  any  judicial
proceeding  with  respect  to AGL,  Distributor,  Selling  Group  Member,  and
Associated Agency and their respective affiliates,  agents and representatives
to the extent that such  examination,  investigation,  or proceeding arises in
connection with the Contracts.

                                       3

<PAGE>


Associated  Agency  shall  immediately  notify  Distributor  if its  insurance
license or the license of any of its Sales Persons is revoked,  suspended,  or
terminated.


(7) AGL COMPLIANCE

AGL represents that the prospectus(es) and registration  statement(s) relating
to the Contracts  contain no untrue statements of material fact or omission to
state a material fact, the omission of which makes any statement  contained in
the prospectus and registration statement misleading.  AGL agrees to indemnify
Associated  Agency and  Selling  Group  Member  from and  against  any claims,
liabilities  and expenses  which may be incurred by any of those parties under
the Securities Act of 1933, the 1934 Act, the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
common law, or otherwise, and that arises out of a breach of this paragraph.


(8) COMPENSATION

AGL will remit to Associated  Agency  compensation  as set forth in Schedule B
hereto.


(9) CUSTOMER SERVICE, COMPLAINTS, AND INDEMNIFICATION

The  parties  agree that AGL may  contact by mail or  otherwise,  any  client,
agent, account executive, or employee of Associated Agency or other individual
acting in a similar  capacity if deemed  appropriate  by AGL, in the course of
normal  customer  service for  existing  Contracts,  in the  investigation  of
complaints, or as required by law.

Selling  Group  Member,  Associated  Agency,  and Sales  Persons agree to hold
harmless  and  indemnify  Distributor  and AGL  against  any  and all  claims,
liabilities  and expenses  incurred by either  Distributor or AGL, and arising
out of or based upon any alleged or untrue  statement of Selling Group Member,
Associated  Agency or Sales  Person  other than  statements  contained  in the
approved sales material for any Contract, or in the registration  statement or
prospectus for any Contract.


(10) FIDELITY BOND

Associated Agency represents that all directors, officers, employees and Sales
Persons of Associated  Agency licensed  pursuant to this Agreement or who have
access  to  funds  of AGLt  fidelity  bond  including  coverage  for  larceny,
embezzlement  and other  defalcation,  issued by a reputable  bonding company.
This bond shall be maintained at Associated Agency's expense.  Such bond shall
be at least equivalent to the minimal  coverage  required under the NASD Rules
of Fair  Practice,  and  endorsed  to extend  coverage to life  insurance  and
annuity  transactions.  Associated  Agency  acknowledges  that AGL may require
evidence that such coverage is in force and  Associated  Agency shall promptly
give notice to AGL of any notice of cancellation or change of coverage.

                                       4

<PAGE>


Associated Agency assigns any proceeds received from the fidelity bond company
to AGL to the extent of AGL's loss due to  activities  covered by the bond. If
there is any deficiency,  Associated  Agency will promptly pay AGL that amount
on demand.  Associated  Agency  indemnifies  and holds  harmless  AGL from any
deficiency and from the cost of collection.


(11) LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY

The Contract  forms are the sole property of AGL. No person other than AGL has
the authority to make, alter or discharge any policy,  Contract,  certificate,
supplemental  contract  or form issued by AGL. No party has the right to waive
any  provision  with  respect to any  Contract  or  policy.  No person has the
authority  to  enter  into  any  proceeding  in a  court  of law or  before  a
regulatory agency in the name of or on behalf of AGL.


(12) ARBITRATION

The parties  agree that any  controversy  between or among them arising out of
their  business  or  pursuant  to this  Agreement  that  cannot be  settled by
agreement shall be taken to arbitration as set forth herein.  Such arbitration
will be conducted in the forum,  and according to the  securities  arbitration
rules then in effect, of the American  Arbitration  Association,  NASD, or any
registered  national  securities  exchange.  Arbitration  may be  initiated by
serving or mailing a written  notice.  The notice must specify which forum and
rules will apply to the arbitration. This specification will be binding on all
parties.

Any award  the  arbitrator  makes  will be final,  and  judgment  on it may be
entered in any court having  jurisdiction.  Any party to the  arbitration  may
request that the  arbitrator's  award include findings of fact and conclusions
of law. Each party shall bear its own costs of arbitration.  This  arbitration
agreement  shall be enforced and  interpreted  exclusively in accordance  with
applicable federal law, including the Federal Arbitration Act.


(13) GENERAL PROVISIONS

     (A)  Waiver

          Failure  of  any of the  parties  to  promptly  insist  upon  strict
          compliance with any of the obligations of any other party under this
          Agreement  will not be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to
          enforce strict compliance.

     (B)  Independent Contractors

          Distributor,   Selling  Group  Member  and  Associated   Agency  are
          independent  contractors  and not employees or  subsidiaries of AGL;
          Selling  Group  Member and  Associated  Agency are not  employees or
          subsidiaries of Distributor.

                                       5

<PAGE>


     (C)  Independent Assignment

          No assignment of this  Agreement or of commissions or other payments
          under this Agreement shall be valid without prior written consent of
          AGL and Distributor.

     (D)  Notice

          Any notice  pursuant to this  Agreement may be given  electronically
          (other  than  vocally  by  telephone)  or  by  mail,  postage  paid,
          transmitted to the last address  communicated by the receiving party
          to the other parties to this Agreement.

     (E)  Severability

          To the extent this  Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable
          law or  regulation,  this  Agreement  shall be construed in a manner
          consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality
          of any  provisions of this  Agreement  shall not be deemed to affect
          the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

     (F)  Amendment

          This  Agreement  may be amended  only in  writing  and signed by all
          parties.  No amendment will impair the right to receive  commissions
          as  accrued  with  respect  to  Contracts  issued  and  applications
          procured prior to the amendment.

     (G)  Termination

          This  Agreement  may be  terminated by any party upon 30 days' prior
          written  notice.  It may be  terminated,  for  cause,  by any  party
          immediately.  Termination  of this  Agreement  shall not  impair the
          right to receive  commissions  accrued with respect to  applications
          procured prior to the termination  except as otherwise  specifically
          provided in Schedule B.

     (H)  TEXAS LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
          STATE OF TEXAS.

     (I)  This  Agreement  replaces  and  supersedes  any other  agreement  or
          understanding related to the Contracts, between or among the parties
          to this Agreement.

By signing below, the undersigned agree to have read and be bound by the terms
and conditions of this Agreement.

Date:  _________________________

                                       6

<PAGE>


VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


By: _________________________________
            Name and Title


 Selling Group Member: _________________________

 Address: ______________________________________

          ______________________________________

By:       ______________________________________

          ______________________________________


 Associated Agency: ____________________________

 Address: ______________________________________

          ______________________________________

By:       ______________________________________

          ______________________________________


American General Life Insurance Company
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, Texas 77019

By: _________________________________
            Name and Title

                                       7

<PAGE>


                                                                    Schedule A

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                      CONTRACTS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Registration Forms              Separate
Contract Name                           and Numbers                  Account

<S>                                      <C>                            <C>
Generations Variable Annuity             Form N-4                       D
                                         Nos.  811-2441
                                               33-43390

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                                    Schedule B

                     SELLING GROUP AGREEMENT ("Agreement")

              VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC., AND
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


This Schedule B is attached to and made a part of the Agreement to which it is
attached.  It is subject to the terms and conditions of the  Agreement.  In no
event shall AGL be liable for the payment of any  commission  with  respect to
any  solicitation  made, in whole or in part, by any person not  appropriately
licensed and appointed prior to the commencement of such solicitation.

For  Contracts  listed on Schedule A, a commission  will be paid to Associated
Agency in the  amount of either:  (1) 6% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Payments
received  and  accepted  by AGL with a properly  completed  application  or as
subsequent  Purchase  Payments  under the  Contracts  after the Contract is in
force; or (2) 4.75% of such aggregate  Purchase  Payments,  plus a 0.25% trail
commission  commencing  at the end of the  15th  month  after  receipt  of the
Purchase Payments and continuing through the end of the seventh year following
receipt  of the  Purchase  Payments,  followed  by a  0.50%  trail  commission
commencing at the end of the third month of the eighth year following  receipt
of the Purchase Payments.

"Trail  commission"  refers to an amount equal to an annual percentage of that
portion of Contract Account Value  attributable to Purchase  Payments eligible
for a trail  commission.  Trail  commissions  shall be computed by multiplying
0.0625% (in the case of a 0.25% trail  commission) or 0.125% (in the case of a
0.50% trail  commission) and such portion of Contract Account Value at the end
of the relevant three month period following receipt of the Purchase Payments.
Trail commissions shall be paid at the end of the calendar quarter immediately
following the computation of the trail  commission.  Trail  commissions  shall
continue until annuitization,  surrender, or death which requires distribution
of the Contract Account Value.

Commission Reductions:

(a)  FREE LOOK.  If a Contract is returned to AGL  pursuant to the "Free Look"
     provision  of the  Contract,  the  full  commission  paid by AGL  will be
     returned  to AGL or,  in the  absence  of such  return,  charged  back to
     Associated Agency.

(b)  REDUCTIONS  FOR PURCHASE  PAYMENTS AT AGE 81 AND LATER.  A 50% commission
     reduction shall apply with respect to Purchase  Payments made on or after
     the Annuitant's eighty-first birthday (regardless of whether the Contract
     has a Contingent Annuitant).  Such commission reduction is not applicable
     to trail commissions.

(c)  CHARGEBACKS FOR WITHDRAWALS.  The following commission  chargebacks shall
     apply  on  full  or  partial  withdrawals:  (excluding  withdrawals  made
     pursuant to the  Systematic  Withdrawal  Program  that are within the 10%
     Free Withdrawal Privilege, as defined in the Contract):


<PAGE>

     o    100% for full or  partial  withdrawal  of a  Purchase  Payment  made
          during the first six months following its receipt; and

     o    50% for full or partial withdrawal of a Purchase Payment made during
          the next six months following its receipt.

     In no event shall any commission adjustment or chargeback be assessed for
     termination of a Contract  because of the death of the Annuitant or Owner
     during the periods specified above.

(d)  No Compensation Payable. No compensation shall be payable:

     o    if AGL, in its sole discretion, determines not to issue the Contract
          applied for or rescinds the Contract;

     o    if AGL  refunds  all or any  portion of the  Purchase  Payments as a
          result of a complaint or grievance; or

     o    if AGL  determines  that a  Purchase  Payment  made  within  60 days
          following  a  prior   partial   withdrawal,   including   systematic
          withdrawals,  is reasonably believed to be a reinvestment of part or
          all of the prior partial withdrawal.

     o    if the  Owner,  at the time the  Contract  is  purchased,  is (i) an
          employee or registered  representative (or the spouse or minor child
          of an employee or registered  representative)  of any  broker-dealer
          authorized to sell the Contracts,  or (ii) is an officer,  director,
          or bona-fide  employee of AGL or any of its company  affiliates,  or
          Distributor; provided, however, that the Owner shall have completed,
          at  the  time  the  Contract  is  purchased,  appropriate  documents
          supplied by AGL which provide for a waiver of all surrender charges.

Associated  Agency agrees to promptly deliver Contracts and holds AGL harmless
from and  against  any  claim  arising  from  market  loss to the owner of the
Contract resulting from late delivery by Associated Agency.

Unless otherwise agreed, Associated Agency shall forward to AGL the first full
payment collected by Associated Agency, without deduction for compensation.



                                                             EXHIBIT 3(c)(i)(B)

                                   FORM OF
               AMENDED AND RESTATED FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                 By and Among

                   American General Life Insurance Company,
                   American General Securities Incorporated,
              Van Kampen American Capital Life Investment Trust,
              Van Kampen American Capital Asset Management, Inc.,
                                      and
                Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1

FUND SHARES..............................................................  2
     1.1  Availability of Fund Shares....................................  2
     1.2  Purchases......................................................  2
     1.3  Redemptions....................................................  3
     1.4  Net Asset Value................................................  3
     1.5  Incorrect Net Asset Value......................................  3
     1.6  Separate Orders................................................  3
     1.7  Income Reinvestment............................................  4
     1.8  Book Entry.....................................................  4

SECTION 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...........................................  4
     2.1  Of the Trust and the Adviser; Registration.....................  4
     2.2  Of the Trust and the Adviser; Sales to General Public..........  5
     2.3  Of AGL.........................................................  5
     2.4  Of the Distributor and AGSI....................................  5
     2.5  Of the Adviser.................................................  5

SECTION 3

PROSPECTUSES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS.........................................  5
     3.1  Production and Distribution....................................  5
     3.2  Expenses.......................................................  6

SECTION 4

APPLICABLE LAWS..........................................................  8
     4.1  Qualification of Funds.........................................  8
     4.2  Qualification of Contracts.....................................  8
     4.3  Diversification Requirements...................................  8
     4.4  Segregated Asset Account.......................................  8
     4.5  Certification of Funds.........................................  9
     4.6  State Insurance Laws or Regulations............................  9
     4.7  Securities Laws................................................  9

SECTION 5

REGISTRATION STATEMENTS; SALES LITERATURE
     AND PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL............................................ 10
     5.1  Of the Contract................................................ 10
     5.2  Of the Trust................................................... 10
     5.3  Sales Literature and Promotional Material; Approval............ 10
     5.4  Statements of One Party Describing Another Party............... 11
     5.5  Court or Regulatory Orders..................................... 11

                                     - i -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


SECTION 6

MATERIAL IRRECONCILABLE CONFLICT........................................ 12
     6.1  AGL's Duty to Inform Trust.................................... 12
     6.2  Definition.................................................... 12
     6.3  AGL to Assist Trust........................................... 13
     6.4  AGL to Remedy or Eliminate.................................... 13
     6.5  Withdrawal From Investment.................................... 14
     6.6  Adequacy of Remedies.......................................... 14
     6.7  Trust's Duty to Inform AGL.................................... 14
     6.8  Annual Reports to Trust....................................... 14
     6.9  Mixed and Shared Funding...................................... 14
     6.10 Other Participating Insurance Companies....................... 15

SECTION 7

TERMINATION............................................................. 15
     7.1  Termination................................................... 15

SECTION 8

WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATIONS SURVIVE TERMINATION..................... 16
     8.1  Warranties and Indemnifications Survive Termination........... 16

SECTION 9

ASSIGNMENT.............................................................. 17
     9.1  Assignment.................................................... 17

SECTION 10

AVAILABILITY OF SHARES FOLLOWING TERMINATION............................ 17
    10.1  Availability of Shares Following Termination.................. 17

SECTION 11

PARTIES TO COOPERATE.................................................... 17
    11.1  Parties to Cooperate.......................................... 17

SECTION 12

RECIPIENTS OF NOTICE.................................................... 17
    12.1  Recipients of Notice.......................................... 17

SECTION 13

PROXY MATERIAL.......................................................... 18
    13.1  Proxy Material................................................ 18

SECTION 14

INDEMNIFICATION OF AGL AND AGSI......................................... 18

                                    - ii -
21130302.5

<PAGE>

    14.1  Separate Account Registration Statement and Separate
          Account Prospectus............................................ 18
    14.2  Indemnified Parties' Willful Acts............................. 20
    14.3  Notice Required............................................... 20

SECTION 15

INDEMNIFICATION OF THE ADVISER AND DISTRIBUTOR.......................... 20
    15.1  Trust Registration Statement and Trust Prospectus............. 20
    15.2  Indemnified Parties' Willful Acts............................. 22
    15.3  Notice Required............................................... 22

SECTION 16

AGREEMENT AUTHORIZED; SURVIVAL OF TERMS................................. 23
    16.1  Trust Approval................................................ 23
    16.2  Cooperation of the Parties.................................... 23
    16.3  Parties' Successors Bound..................................... 24

SECTION 17

APPLICABLE LAW.......................................................... 24
    17.1  Applicable Law................................................ 24

SECTION 18

CONFIDENTIALITY......................................................... 24
    18.1  Confidentiality............................................... 24

SECTION 19

MULTIPLE ORIGINAL AGREEMENTS............................................ 24
    19.1  Multiple Original Agreements.................................. 24

SECTION 20

INVALIDITY OF ONE OR MORE PROVISIONS.................................... 25
    20.1  Invalidity of One or More Provisions.......................... 25

SECTION 21

RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES................................................... 25
    21.1  Rights of the Parties......................................... 25

SECTION 22

OTHER INSURANCE COMPANIES' PARTICIPATION................................ 25
    22.1  Other Insurance Companies' Participation...................... 25

SECTION 23

FOREIGN TAX CREDITS..................................................... 25

                                    - iii -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


    23.1  Foreign Tax Credits........................................... 25

SCHEDULE A

Other Insurance Companies' Participation................................ 28

SCHEDULE B

Proxy Procedures and Responsibilities................................... 29
</TABLE>


                                    - iv -
21130302.5

<PAGE>

                                   FORM OF
               AMENDED AND RESTATED FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

     This amended and restated  Agreement,  is made and entered into as of the
___ day of  __________,  1996, by and among  American  General Life  Insurance
Company ("AGL") (on behalf of itself and each of its separate  accounts listed
in Schedule A attached  hereto and  incorporated by reference  herein,  as the
Parties  hereto may amend from time to time  ("Variable  Accounts"),  American
General  Securities  Incorporated  ("AGSI"),  the principal  underwriter  with
respect to the Contracts  referred to below,  Van Kampen American Capital Life
Investment  Trust  ("Trust"),  the  Trust's  investment  adviser,  Van  Kampen
American Capital Asset Management, Inc. ("Adviser"), and the Trust's principal
underwriter,   Van   Kampen   American   Capital   Distributors,   Inc.   (the
"Distributor")  (hereinafter,  AGLI, AGSI, Trust, Adviser, and Distributor may
be referred to individually as a "Party" or collectively as the "Parties").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Trust is a Delaware business trust registered as an open-end
management  investment  company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended (the "1940 Act"),  and its shares are registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act");

     WHEREAS,   the  Trust  currently  is  comprised  of  several   investment
portfolios ("Portfolios"), shares of which are currently sold to participating
life insurance companies and their separate accounts, including AGL's Separate
Account D, to fund benefits under certain  variable  annuity  contracts and/or
variable life insurance policies issued by these companies;

     WHEREAS,  the  Trust  and  Distributor  intend  to  offer  to AGL and its
Variable  Accounts  shares of the  Portfolios set forth on Schedule A attached
hereto (each, a "Fund," and, collectively, the "Funds"), as the Parties hereto
may amend from time to time;

     WHEREAS, the Trust has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC")  granting  participating  insurance  companies  and  their
separate  accounts  exemptions  from the provisions of Sections  9(a),  13(a),
15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act,  and  Rules  6e-2(b)(15)  and  6e-3(T)(b)(15)
thereunder,  to the extent  necessary to permit shares of the Funds to be sold
to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance  separate accounts
of  both  affiliated  and  unaffiliated   participating   insurance  companies
("Exemptive Order");


21130302.5

<PAGE>


     WHEREAS,  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  insurance  laws  and
regulations,  AGL  intends to  purchase  shares in one or more of the Funds on
behalf of its  Variable  Accounts  to fund  benefits  under  certain  variable
annuity contracts and/or variable life insurance policies ("New Contracts") to
be issued by AGL, as set forth on Schedule A attached  hereto,  as the Parties
hereto may amend from time to time;

     WHEREAS, the Parties executed a similar  participation  agreement,  dated
March 27,  1992,  pursuant to which Fund shares were made  available  to AGL's
separate  account to fund benefits under certain variable annuity and variable
life contracts; and

     WHEREAS,   the  Parties  wish  to  modify  the  terms  of  their  initial
participation  agreement to expand upon and clarify their  various  rights and
obligations thereunder.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, AGL, on behalf
of itself and each Variable  Account,  AGSI, the Trust,  the Adviser,  and the
Distributor agree as follows:


                                   SECTION 1

                                  FUND SHARES

1.1   AVAILABILITY OF FUND SHARES.  Trust and Distributor shall make shares of
      each Fund  available  to AGL for purchase  and  redemption  at net asset
      value and with no sales charges,  subject to the terms and conditions of
      this  Agreement.  The Board of  Trustees of the Trust may refuse to sell
      shares of any Fund to any person,  or suspend or terminate  the offering
      of shares of any Fund if such action is required by law or by regulatory
      authorities  having  jurisdiction  or if, in the sole  discretion of the
      Trustees  acting in good  faith and in light of their  fiduciary  duties
      under federal and any  applicable  state laws,  such action is deemed in
      the best interests of the shareholders of such Fund.

1.2   PURCHASES.  Trust and  Distributor  agree to sell to AGL those shares of
      the selected Funds of Trust which AGL orders, executing such orders on a
      daily basis at the net asset value next computed  after receipt by Trust
      or its  designee of the order for the shares of Trust.  For  purposes of
      this Section 1.2, AGL shall be the designee of Trust and Distributor for
      receipt of such orders and  receipt by such  designee  shall  constitute
      receipt by Trust. AGL shall use its best efforts to provide  Distributor
      with  notice  of such  orders  by 9:15  a.m.  Houston  time on the  next
      following  Business Day;  provided that such orders will not be executed
      at the net asset  value last  calculated  unless  they are  received  by
      Distributor  by  10:00  a.m.  Houston  time  on the  Business  Day  next
      following their

                                     - 2 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      receipt by AGL.  As used  herein,  "Business  Day" shall mean any day on
      which the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for trading and on which the
      Trust  calculates  its net  asset  value  as set  forth  in the  Trust's
      Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information  (collectively,  the
      "Trust Prospectus").

1.3   REDEMPTIONS.  Trust and  Distributor  agree to redeem for cash, on AGL's
      request,  any full or fractional shares of Trust held by AGL,  executing
      such  requests  on a daily  basis at the net asset  value next  computed
      after  receipt  by  Distributor  or  its  designee  of the  request  for
      redemption.  For purposes of this Section 1.3, AGL shall be the designee
      of Trust and Distributor for receipt of requests for redemption from AGL
      and receipt by such designee shall  constitute  receipt by  Distributor;
      provided that Distributor receives notice of such request for redemption
      in accord with the timing rules described in Section 1.2.

1.4   NET ASSET VALUE.  The Distributor  will provide closing net asset value,
      dividend  and  capital  gain  information  at the close of trading  each
      Business  Day to AGL.  The  Distributor  shall use its best  efforts  to
      provide this  information  by 6:00 p.m.  Houston time. AGL will use this
      data to  calculate  unit  values,  which will in turn be used to process
      that same Business Day's Variable  Account unit value. In the event that
      Distributor  is  unable to meet the 6:00 p.m.  time  stated  immediately
      above, then Distributor shall provide AGL with additional time to notify
      Distributor  of purchase or redemption  orders  pursuant to Sections 1.2
      and 1.3, respectively, above. Such additional time shall be equal to the
      additional  time that  Distributor  takes to make the net  asset  values
      available to AGL; provided,  however,  that notification must be made by
      10:00  a.m.  Houston  time  on the  Business  Day  such  order  is to be
      executed, regardless of when net asset value is made available.

1.5   INCORRECT NET ASSET VALUE. If Distributor  provides materially incorrect
      share net asset value information  through no fault of AGL, AGL shall be
      entitled to an adjustment  with respect to the Fund shares  purchased or
      redeemed to reflect the correct net asset value per share.  Any material
      error in the  calculation  or  reporting  of net asset  value per share,
      dividend or capital gain  information  shall be reported  promptly  upon
      discovery to AGL.

1.6   SEPARATE  ORDERS.  AGL will place separate  orders to purchase or redeem
      shares of each Fund.  Each order shall describe the net amount of shares
      and dollar amount of each Fund to be purchased or redeemed. In the event
      of net  purchases,  AGL  shall  pay for Fund  shares  in  federal  funds
      transmitted  by wire to a custodial  account  designated by the Trust on
      the next Business Day after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in

                                     - 3 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>



      accordance  with the  provisions of Section 1.2 hereof.  In the event of
      net redemptions,  the Trust shall pay the redemption proceeds in federal
      funds  transmitted  by wire on the next  Business  Day after an order to
      redeem Fund shares is made in accordance  with the provisions of Section
      1.3 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the payment of redemption
      proceeds  on the next  Business  Day would  require  Trust to dispose of
      Portfolio  securities or otherwise incur  substantial  additional costs,
      and if Trust has determined to settle  redemption  transactions  for all
      shareholders  of one or more  Portfolios  on a delayed  basis,  proceeds
      shall be wired to AGL within  seven (7) days and Trust  shall  notify in
      writing the person designated by AGL as the recipient for such notice of
      such delay by 3:00 p.m.  Houston time on the same  Business Day that AGL
      transmits the redemption  order to Trust.  The Parties agree to consider
      in the  future  whether  and how AGL may elect to  receive a credit  for
      shares of any Fund in lieu of receiving net redemption proceeds.

1.7   INCOME REINVESTMENT.  AGL hereby elects to reinvest all income dividends
      and capital  gains  distributions  as are payable on a Fund's  shares in
      additional  shares of that Fund at the net asset value calculated on the
      day that any such  distributions  are made.  AGL  reserves  the right to
      revoke this  election at any time and receive all such income  dividends
      and capital gain distributions in cash.

1.8   BOOK ENTRY.  Issuance  and  transfer of the shares will be by book entry
      only.  Stock  certificates  will not be  issued  to AGL or the  Variable
      Account.  The  shares  ordered  from the Trust  will be  recorded  in an
      appropriate title for the Variable Account or the appropriate  divisions
      thereof.


                                   SECTION 2

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1   OF THE TRUST AND THE  ADVISER;  REGISTRATION.  The Trust and the Adviser
      represent  and  warrant  that the  Trust is duly  organized  and in good
      standing as a Delaware  business  trust and that it is and shall  remain
      registered as an open-end  management  investment company under the 1940
      Act to the extent  required  by the 1940 Act.  The Trust and the Adviser
      further  represent and warrant that shares of each Fund sold pursuant to
      this Agreement shall be: (a) registered under the 1933 Act to the extent
      required by the 1933 Act, (b) duly authorized for issuance in accordance
      with the laws of the State of Delaware,  and (c) sold in compliance with
      all  applicable  federal  securities  laws. The Trust shall register and
      qualify its shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various

                                     - 4 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Trust,  AGL, or
      a participating insurance company.

2.2   OF THE TRUST AND THE ADVISER; SALES TO GENERAL PUBLIC. The Trust and the
      Adviser  represent  and warrant  that no shares of any Fund have been or
      will be sold to the general  public as  described  in  Internal  Revenue
      Service Revenue Ruling 81-225 and such other related rulings or guidance
      as now exist or may be issued in the future.

2.3   OF AGL. AGL  represents  and warrants  that  interests in each  Variable
      Account issued pursuant to the Contracts are or will be registered under
      the  1933  Act to the  extent  required  by the  1933  Act and  that the
      Contracts  will be issued  and sold in  compliance  with all  applicable
      federal and state laws.  AGL further  represents and warrants that it is
      an  insurance   company  duly  organized  and  in  good  standing  under
      applicable  law and that each  Variable  Account  is or will be  validly
      established as a segregated asset account under the Texas Insurance Code
      and is or will be  registered as a unit  investment  trust in accordance
      with and to the extent  required  by the  provisions  of the 1940 Act to
      serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

2.4   OF THE  DISTRIBUTOR  AND AGSI. The  Distributor and AGSI each represents
      and  warrants  that  it  is  registered  as  a  broker-dealer  with  the
      Securities and Exchange  Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
      1934 and is a member in good  standing of the  National  Association  of
      Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

2.5   OF  THE  ADVISER.  Adviser  represents  and  warrants  that  it is  duly
      registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of
      1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws.


                                   SECTION 3

                       PROSPECTUSES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

3.1   PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. Trust, Distributor, or their designee shall
      provide to AGL:

      (a)   such documentation (including a "camera ready" copy as set in type
            or, at the  request of AGL,  as a diskette in the form sent to the
            financial printer) and other assistance as is reasonably necessary
            in order for AGL once each year (or more  frequently  if the Trust
            Prospectus is  supplemented  or amended) to have the  prospectuses
            for the Contracts and Trust (respectively,

                                     - 5 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>

            the  "Contract  Prospectuses"  and "Trust  Prospectuses")  printed
            together in one document;

      (b)   such  documentation  (including a "camera  ready" copies as set in
            type or, at the  request of AGL, as a diskette in the form sent to
            the  financial  printer)  and other  assistance  as is  reasonably
            necessary  for AGL to print the  annual  and  semi-annual  reports
            ("Reports") of the Trust and Accounts together in one document;

      (c)   a  reasonable  quantity  of  any  proxy  material,  statements  of
            additional   information,   and  other   materials   (the   "Trust
            Documents") that AGL may require in sufficient quantity to be sent
            to Contract owners,  annuitants,  or participants  under Contracts
            (collectively, the "Participants"); and

      (d)   definitive  copies of the Trust Prospectus in sufficient  quantity
            to be distributed to each Participant of record as of November 29,
            1996, or such other date as the parties agree.

3.2   EXPENSES. With respect to the documents described in Section 3.1:

      (a)   Trust shall bear the following expenses:

            (i)   registration of Trust shares with the SEC;

            (ii)  qualifying Trust shares in states where required;

            (iii) preparation,  setting  in type,  and  printing  of any Trust
                  Documents made available or provided to Participants;

            (iv)  one  half  of the  cost of  setting  in  type  and  printing
                  together in a single document copies of the Trust Prospectus
                  and  Contract   Prospectus   that  are  made   available  to
                  Participants;  provided,  however,  that in no  event  shall
                  Trust pay for any such costs  that  exceed by more than five
                  (5)  percent  what  Trust  would  have  paid to  print  such
                  documents;

            (iv)  one half of the cost of  distributing  the Trust  Prospectus
                  and Trust Documents to Participants; and

            (v)   the  cost  of  setting  in  type  and   printing  any  Trust
                  Prospectuses  provided to  individuals  or entities that are
                  currently and were

                                     - 6 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                  Participants  as of November 29, 1996, or such other date as
                  the parties agree.

      (b)   Distributor shall bear the following expenses:

            (i)   preparation,  setting  in type,  and  printing  of any Trust
                  Documents   made   available  or  provided  to   prospective
                  Participants as sales literature;

            (ii)  one  half  of the  cost of  setting  in  type  and  printing
                  together in a single document copies of the Trust Prospectus
                  and  Contract   Prospectus   that  are  made   available  to
                  prospective  Participants  as  sales  literature;  provided,
                  however, that in no event shall Distributor pay for any such
                  costs  that  exceed  by more  than  five  (5)  percent  what
                  Distributor   or  Trust   would  have  paid  to  print  such
                  documents; and

            (iii) one half of the cost of  distributing  the Trust  Prospectus
                  and Trust  Documents to  prospective  Participants  as sales
                  literature.

      (c)   AGL shall bear the following expenses:

            (i)   one  half  of the  cost of  setting  in  type  and  printing
                  together  in a  single  document  any  copies  of the  Trust
                  Prospectus and Contract Prospectus plus any amount otherwise
                  payable  by Trust or  Distributor  determined  to exceed the
                  five (5) percent limit described in subsections  (a)(iv) and
                  (b)(2) of this Section;

            (ii)  one half of the cost of distributing any copies of the Trust
                  Prospectus and Trust Documents; and

            (iii) the  cost  of   distributing   the   Trust   Prospectus   to
                  Participants  of record as of  November  29,  1996,  or such
                  other date as the parties agree.

      (d)   In the event that AGL requests that Trust or its designee  provide
            the Trust  Prospectus  or reports in a "camera  ready" or diskette
            format,  Trust  shall  be  responsible  for  providing  the  Trust
            Prospectus  or  Trust  reports  in  the  format  in  which  it  is
            accustomed  to formatting  prospectuses  or reports and shall bear
            the expense of providing the Trust  Prospectus or Trust reports in
            such format (e.g., typesetting expenses), and, notwithstanding

                                     - 7 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>



            anything in subsection (a) and (b) of this Section, AGL shall bear
            the expense of  adjusting  or changing  the format to conform with
            any of its prospectuses or reports.

                                   SECTION 4

                                APPLICABLE LAWS

4.1   QUALIFICATION  OF FUNDS.  The Trust and the Adviser each represents that
      it believes,  in good faith, that each Fund is currently  qualified as a
      regulated  investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue
      Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"),  and that each will make every effort
      to maintain  such  qualification  of each Fund and that each will notify
      AGL immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Fund
      has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

4.2   QUALIFICATION  OF CONTRACTS.  AGL represents  that it believes,  in good
      faith,  that the Contracts  will be treated as annuity  contracts  under
      applicable provisions of the Code, and that it will make every effort to
      maintain  such  treatment  and that it will  notify  the  Trust  and the
      Adviser  immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing that
      the Contracts  have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so
      treated in the future.

4.3   DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  The Trust and the Adviser each represents
      that it believes,  in good faith, that each Fund currently complies with
      the diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Code
      and Section  1.817-5(b) of the regulations under the Code, and that each
      will make every  effort to  maintain  each Fund's  compliance  with such
      diversification requirements,  and that each will notify AGL immediately
      upon having a reasonable  basis for believing  that a Fund has ceased to
      so qualify or that a Fund might not so qualify in the future.

4.4   SEGREGATED  ASSET  ACCOUNT.  AGL  represents  that it believes,  in good
      faith,  that each Variable  Account is a "segregated  asset account" and
      that  interests  in  the  Variable   Account  are  or  will  be  offered
      exclusively  through  the  purchase  of or  transfer  into  a  "variable
      contract," within the meaning of such terms under Section  1.817-5(f)(2)
      of the regulations under the Code, and that it will make every effort to
      continue to meet such definitional requirements, and that it will notify
      the Trust and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
      believing  that  such  requirements  have  ceased to be met or that they
      might not be met in the future.

                                     - 8 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


4.5   CERTIFICATION  OF FUNDS.  The Adviser  shall provide AGL within ten (10)
      Business Days after the end of each  calendar  quarter a letter from the
      appropriate  Trust  officer  or  Compliance  Officer  certifying  to the
      continued accuracy of the  representations  contained in Section 4.1 and
      Section 4.3 above.  The Adviser  shall attach a detailed  listing of the
      individual  securities and other assets, if any, held by each Fund as of
      the end of such  calendar  quarter.  Within ten (10) calendar days after
      receipt of the Adviser's  confirmation  letter, AGL shall communicate to
      the Adviser any disagreement with the Adviser's conclusion regarding the
      continued accuracy of the  representations  contained in Section 4.1 and
      Section 4.3 above.

4.6   STATE INSURANCE LAWS OR REGULATIONS.  The Trust and the Adviser agree to
      comply  with  any  applicable   state  insurance  laws  or  regulations,
      including  cooperating  with  AGL  or  AGSI  in  any  filings  of  sales
      literature for the Contracts,  to the extent notified thereof in writing
      by AGL,  unless such compliance is deemed by the Trust or the Adviser to
      be unduly  burdensome,  in which event any Party may exercise its option
      under  Section  7(a) hereof upon one  month's,  rather than six months',
      advance written notice.

4.7      SECURITIES LAWS.

      (a)   AGL represents and warrants that each Variable Account will comply
            in all material respects with the requirements of the 1940 Act and
            the  rules  thereunder,  that  each  Variable  Account's  1933 Act
            registration  statement  relating to the Contracts,  together with
            any amendments  thereto,  will at all times comply in all material
            respects  with the  requirements  of the  1933  Act and the  rules
            thereunder,  and that each Contract Prospectus, and if applicable,
            statement of additional information (hereinafter all references to
            "Contract  Prospectus"  shall  include  the related  statement  of
            additional  information),  together with any supplements  thereto,
            will  at all  times  comply  in all  material  respects  with  the
            requirements of the 1933 Act and rules thereunder.

      (b)   The Trust and the Adviser  represent  and  warrant  that the Trust
            does  and  will  comply  in  all   material   respects   with  the
            requirements  of the 1940 Act and the rules  thereunder,  that its
            1933 Act  registration  statement,  together  with any  amendments
            thereto,  will at all times comply in all material  respects  with
            the  requirements of the 1933 Act and rules  thereunder,  and that
            each Trust Prospectus, together with any supplements thereto, will
            at all times comply in all material respects with the requirements
            of the 1933 Act and rules thereunder.

                                     - 9 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                   SECTION 5

                   REGISTRATION STATEMENTS; SALES LITERATURE
                           AND PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL

5.1   OF THE CONTRACT.  AGL will provide to the Trust one complete copy of all
      registration  statements,  reports,  any  preliminary  and  final  proxy
      material,  applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters,
      and all  amendments  to any of the above,  that  relate to the  Variable
      Account  or the  Contracts,  contemporaneously  with the  filing of such
      document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

5.2   OF THE TRUST.  The Trust will  provide to AGL one  complete  copy of all
      registration  statements,  reports,  any  preliminary  and  final  proxy
      material,  applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters,
      and all amendments to any of the above,  that relate to the Trust or its
      shares,  contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC
      or other regulatory authorities.

5.3   Sales Literature and Promotional Material; Approval.

      (a)   AGL or  AGSI  will  furnish  or will  cause  to be  furnished,  by
            telecopy or by overnight delivery, to Trust and Adviser each piece
            of sales literature or other promotional material prepared by AGL,
            AGSI, or any person  contracting with AGL or AGSI for distribution
            of the  Contracts  in which  Trust or Adviser is named at least 15
            Business  Days prior to its  intended  first use, or such  shorter
            period as the Parties  hereto may agree from time to time. No such
            material  will be used if Trust or  Adviser  objects to its use in
            writing within such 15 Business Days or shorter period.

      (b)   Trust or Adviser will furnish,  or will cause to be furnished,  by
            telecopy or by  overnight  delivery,  to AGL or AGSI each piece of
            sales  literature or other  promotional  material  prepared by the
            Trust,  Distributor,  or any person  contracting with the Trust or
            Distributor in which AGL, any Variable  Account,  the Contracts or
            AGSI is  named at least 15  Business  Days  prior to its  intended
            first use, or such shorter  period as the Parties hereto may agree
            from time to time.  No such  material  will be used if AGL or AGSI
            objects  to its use in writing  within  such 15  Business  Days or
            shorter period.

5.4   Statements of One Party Describing Another Party.

      (a)   Neither Trust,  Adviser,  Distributor nor any of their  respective
            affiliates or agents will give any information

                                    - 10 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


            or  make  any  representations  or  statements  on  behalf  of  or
            concerning AGL, AGSI, any Variable Account, or the Contracts other
            than (i) the  information  or  representations  contained  in each
            Variable   Account's   registration   statement  relating  to  the
            Contracts, including the Contract Prospectus contained therein, as
            such  registration  statement and  Prospectus  may be amended from
            time to time; or (ii) in reports or voting  instruction  materials
            for a  Variable  Account;  or (iii) in sales  literature  or other
            promotional  material  approved by AGL or its  affiliates,  except
            with the express written permission of AGL.

      (b)   Neither  AGL,  AGSI,  nor any of their  respective  affiliates  or
            agents will give any  information or make any  representations  or
            statements  on  behalf  of  or  concerning  the  Trust,   Adviser,
            Distributor  or any of their  respective  affiliates in connection
            with the sale of the Contracts  other than (i) the  information or
            representations contained in the registration statement, including
            the Trust Prospectus  contained therein,  relating to Fund shares,
            as such registration  statement and Prospectus may be amended from
            time to time; or (ii) in reports or proxy materials for the Trust;
            or  (iii)  in  sales  literature  or  other  promotional  material
            approved by the Trust or Adviser,  except with the express written
            permission of the Trust, Adviser or Distributor.

      (c)   As used herein,  the term "sales  literature and other promotional
            material"  or words  of  similar  import  shall  include,  without
            limitation,  all  materials  that come  within the  meaning of the
            terms  "advertisement" or "sales literature" as defined in Section
            35(a) of Article  III of the  NASD's  Rules of Fair  Practice,  as
            amended from time to time, and any broker-only materials.

5.5   COURT OR REGULATORY ORDERS.

      (a)   Trust  and  Distributor  will  immediately  notify  AGL of (i) the
            issuance by any court or regulatory body of any stop order,  cease
            and desist  order,  or other similar order with respect to Trust's
            registration statement under the 1933 Act or the Trust Prospectus,
            (ii) any request by the SEC for any amendment to such registration
            statement  or  Trust  Prospectus,  (iii)  the  initiation  of  any
            proceedings for that purpose or for any other purpose  relating to
            the registration or offering of Trust's shares,  or (iv) any other
            action or circumstances  that may prevent the lawful offer or sale
            of  shares of any Fund in any  state or  jurisdiction,  including,
            without limitation, any circumstances in which (a) such shares are
            not registered and, in all material respects, issued and sold in

                                    - 11 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


            accordance with  applicable  state and federal law or (b) such law
            precludes  the  use of such  shares  as an  underlying  investment
            medium of the Contracts issued or to be issued by AGL.

      (b)   AGL and the Underwriter will  immediately  notify Trust of (i) the
            issuance by any court or regulatory body of any stop order,  cease
            and  desist  order,  or other  similar  order  with  respect  to a
            Variable  Account's  registration  statement  under  the  1933 Act
            relating  to the  Contracts  or a  Contract  Prospectus,  (ii) any
            request  by  the  SEC  for  any  amendment  to  such  registration
            statement or Prospectus,  (iii) the initiation of any  proceedings
            for  that  purpose  or  for  any  other  purpose  relating  to the
            registration  or  offering  of  a  Variable  Account's   interests
            pursuant  to  the   Contracts,   or  (iv)  any  other   action  or
            circumstances  that may prevent  the lawful  offer or sale of said
            interests  in  any  state  or  jurisdiction,   including,  without
            limitation,  any  circumstances  in which said  interests  are not
            registered  and,  in all  material  respects,  issued  and sold in
            accordance with applicable state and federal law.


                                   SECTION 6

                       MATERIAL IRRECONCILABLE CONFLICT

6.1   AGL's Duty to Inform  Trust.  AGL agrees to inform the Board of Trustees
      of the  Trust of the  existence  of or any  potential  for any  material
      irreconcilable conflict of interest known to it between the interests of
      its Participants and those of any other separate  accounts  investing in
      the Trust.

6.2   Definition.  A material  irreconcilable conflict may arise for a variety
      of reasons, including:

      (a)   an action by any state insurance or other regulatory authority;

      (b)   a  change  in  applicable  federal  or  state  insurance,  tax  or
            securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter
            ruling,  no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action
            by insurance, tax or securities regulatory authorities;

      (c)   an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding;

      (d)   the manner in which the investments of any Fund are being managed;


                                    - 12 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      (e)   a  difference  in voting  instructions  given by annuity  contract
            owners or  participants  and life insurance  contract owners or by
            contract  owners of different life insurance  companies  utilizing
            the Trust; or

      (f)   a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting  instructions  of
            contract owners or participants.

6.3   AGL TO ASSIST TRUST.  AGL will be responsible for assisting the Board of
      Trustees of the Trust in carrying out its  responsibilities by providing
      the Board with all  information  reasonably  necessary  for the Board to
      consider any issue raised, including information as to a decision by AGL
      to disregard voting instructions of Participants.

6.4   AGL TO REMEDY OR  ELIMINATE.  It is agreed that if it is determined by a
      majority  of the  members  of the  Board of  Trustees  of the Trust or a
      majority of its  disinterested  Trustees that a material  irreconcilable
      conflict  exists  affecting  AGL, AGL and the other  relevant  insurance
      companies  shall,  at their own  expense  and to the  extent  reasonably
      practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested Trustees),
      take   whatever   steps  are   necessary  to  remedy  or  eliminate  the
      irreconcilable  material conflict,  which steps may include, but are not
      limited to,

      (a)   withdrawing  the assets  allocable  to some or all of the separate
            accounts of  participating  insurance  companies from the Trust or
            any Fund and  reinvesting  such assets in a  different  investment
            medium,  including  another Fund of the Trust,  or submitting  the
            questions whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
            of all affected participants and, as appropriate,  segregating the
            assets of any particular  group (e.g.,  annuity contract owners or
            participants,  life  insurance  contract  owners  or all  contract
            owners and  participants  of one or more  participating  insurance
            companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to
            the affected  contract owners or participants the option of making
            such a change; and

      (b)   establishing a new  registered  management  investment  company or
            managed separate account.

6.5   WITHDRAWAL  FROM  INVESTMENT.  If the material  irreconcilable  conflict
      arises  because  of  AGL's  decision  to  disregard  Participant  voting
      instructions and that decision  represents a minority  position or would
      preclude a majority vote, AGL may be required,  at the Trust's  election
      to withdraw a Variable  Account's  investment in the Trust. No charge or
      penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal.  AGL agrees that
      any remedial action taken by it in resolving any material

                                    - 13 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      conflicts of interest will be carried out at its expense and with a view
      only to the interests of Participants.

6.6   ADEQUACY OF REMEDIES.  For purposes of this Section 6, a majority of the
      disinterested  members  of the  Board of  Trustees  of the  Trust  shall
      determine  whether or not any proposed  action  adequately  remedies any
      material  irreconcilable  conflict.  In no event  will the  Trust or the
      Adviser be required to establish a new funding medium for any Contracts.
      AGL shall not be required by the terms hereof to establish a new funding
      medium for any  Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote
      of a majority  of  Participants  materially  adversely  affected  by the
      material irreconcilable conflict.

6.7   TRUST'S  DUTY TO INFORM AGL. The Trust will  undertake to promptly  make
      known in  writing  to AGL the Board of  Trustees'  determination  of the
      existence of a material irreconcilable conflict and its implications.

6.8   ANNUAL  REPORTS TO TRUST.  AGL and the Adviser  shall at least  annually
      submit to the Board of Trustees of the Trust such reports,  materials or
      data as the  Trustees  may  reasonably  request so that the Trustees may
      fully  carry out the  obligations  imposed  upon them by the  provisions
      hereof,  and said reports,  materials  and data shall be submitted  more
      frequently if deemed  appropriate by the Board of Trustees.  All reports
      received by the Board of Trustees of  potential  or existing  conflicts,
      and all Board  action  with regard to  determining  the  existence  of a
      conflict, notifying participating insurance companies of a conflict, and
      determining  whether any proposed action adequately remedies a conflict,
      shall  be  properly  recorded  in the  minutes  of the  Board  or  other
      appropriate  records,  and such minutes or other  records  shall be made
      available to the SEC upon request.

6.9   MIXED AND SHARED  FUNDING.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule
      6e-3T are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provided exemptive relief
      from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules  promulgated  thereunder
      with  respect  to mixed  or  shared  funding  on  terms  and  conditions
      materially  different from those described in this  Agreement,  then (a)
      the Trust  and/or AGL, as  appropriate,  shall take such steps as may be
      necessary  to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),  as amended,  and Rule
      6e-3,  as  adopted,  to the extent  such rules are  applicable;  and (b)
      Sections 6 and 14 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the
      extent  that  terms  and  conditions  substantially  identical  to  such
      sections are contained in such Rules as so amended or adopted.

6.10  OTHER PARTICIPATING  INSURANCE  COMPANIES.  Trust will require that each
      participating  insurance  company enter into an agreement with the Trust
      that contains in substance the same

                                    - 14 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      provisions  as are set forth in Sections 2.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 6
      and 13.


                                   SECTION 7

                                  TERMINATION

7.1   Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate as to the sale and issuance
      of new Contracts, including new certificates under group Contracts:

      (a)   at the option of AGL,  AGSI, the Adviser,  the  Distributor or the
            Trust upon six months' advance written notice to the other;

      (b)   at the option of AGL or AGSI if Trust shares are not available for
            any reason to meet the  requirements of Contracts as determined by
            AGL or AGSI.  Reasonable  advance  notice of election to terminate
            shall be furnished by AGL,  said  termination  to be effective ten
            (10) days after receipt of notice  unless Trust makes  available a
            sufficient number of shares to reasonably meet the requirements of
            the Variable Account within said ten (10) day period;

      (c)   at the option of AGL, AGSI,  Adviser,  Distributor,  or the Trust,
            upon institution of formal proceedings against a Variable Account,
            AGL, the Adviser,  the Distributor,  or the Trust by the NASD, SEC
            or another  regulatory body if, in each case,  there is a material
            likelihood  that the  proceeding  could have a  material  negative
            impact upon the Party  electing to  terminate;  provided  that the
            Party  electing to terminate  will give the other  Parties  hereto
            thirty (30) days advance  written notice of its  determination  to
            terminate.

      (d)   upon a decision by AGL, in accordance with regulations of the SEC,
            to substitute  Trust shares with the shares of another  investment
            company  for  Contracts  for  which  the  Trust  shares  have been
            selected to serve as the underlying  investment  medium.  AGL will
            give 60 days'  written  notice to the Trust and the Adviser of any
            proposed vote to replace Trust shares;

      (e)   in the event Trust  shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in
            conformance  with  federal  or  applicable  state  law or such law
            precludes  the use of Trust  shares  as an  underlying  investment
            medium of Contracts issued or to be issued by AGL. The terminating
            Party  shall  give  prompt  notice  to the  other  Parties  of its
            decision to terminate;


                                    - 15 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      (f)   at the option of Trust or AGL if the terminating  Party determines
            in its sole judgement  reasonably exercised in good faith that the
            other Party has suffered a material adverse change in its business
            or  financial  condition  or is the  subject of  material  adverse
            publicity and such  material  adverse  change or material  adverse
            publicity  is  likely  to  have a  material  adverse  impact  upon
            business and operation of the terminating  Party or its affiliated
            entities;  provided that the terminating Party will give the other
            Party 60 days' advance  written notice of such  determination  and
            its intent to terminate this Agreement,  and provided further that
            after  consideration  of the actions  taken by the other Party and
            any  other  changes  in  circumstances  since  the  giving of such
            notice,  the determination of the terminating Party shall continue
            to apply on the 60th day since  giving of such  notice,  then such
            60th day shall be the effective date of termination; or

      (g)   at the option of AGL or the Trust upon the other Party's breach of
            any  representation in Section 4 or any material provision of this
            Agreement,  which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of
            the terminating Party within ten (10) days after written notice of
            such breach is delivered to the Trust or AGL, as the case may be.


                                   SECTION 8

              WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATIONS SURVIVE TERMINATION

8.1   Warranties and Indemnifications Survive Termination.  The warranties and
      indemnifications   set  out  in  this   Agreement   shall   survive  its
      termination.

                                    - 16 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                   SECTION 9

                                  ASSIGNMENT

9.1   Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall  not be  assigned,  except  with the
      written consent of each other Party.


                                  SECTION 10

                 AVAILABILITY OF SHARES FOLLOWING TERMINATION

10.1  AVAILABILITY OF SHARES FOLLOWING TERMINATION.  Termination as the result
      of any cause  listed in Section 7 shall not affect the  Trust's  and the
      Distributor's  obligation  to  furnish  Trust  shares for  Contracts  or
      certificates  then in force for which the  shares of the Trust  serve or
      may serve as an  underlying  medium,  unless such  further sale of Trust
      shares is  proscribed  by law or the SEC or other  regulatory  body,  or
      unless the Trust  determines  that  liquidation  of the Trust  following
      termination  of this Agreement is in the best interests of the Trust and
      its beneficial owners.


                                  SECTION 11

                             PARTIES TO COOPERATE

11.1  PARTIES TO COOPERATE.  Each Party hereto shall cooperate with each other
      Party and all appropriate  governmental  authorities having jurisdiction
      (including,  without limitation,  the SEC, the NASD, and state insurance
      regulators) and shall permit each other and such authorities  reasonable
      access to its books and records in connection with any  investigation or
      inquiry  relating to this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
      hereby.


                                  SECTION 12

                             RECIPIENTS OF NOTICE

12.1  RECIPIENTS  OF  NOTICE.  Each  notice  or  other  written  communication
      required  by this  Agreement  shall be given  by wire and  confirmed  in
      writing to:

                  American General Life Insurance Company
                  2727 Allen Parkway
                  Houston, Texas  77019
                  Attn:  Steven A. Glover

                                    - 17 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                  American General Securities Incorporated
                  2727 Allen Parkway
                  Houston, Texas  77019
                  Attn: F. Paul Kovach, Jr.

                  Van Kampen American Capital Life Investment Trust
                  2800 Post Oak Boulevard
                  Houston, Texas  77056
                  Attn:  Nori L. Gabert

                  Van Kampen American Capital Asset Management, Inc.
                  2800 Post Oak Boulevard
                  Houston, Texas  77056
                  Attn:  Nori L. Gabert

                  Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
                  One Parkview Plaza
                  Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 60181
                  Attn: General Counsel


                                  SECTION 13

                                PROXY MATERIAL

13.1  PROXY  MATERIAL.  AGL will  distribute all proxy  material  furnished by
      Trust to  Participants  to whom  voting  privileges  are  required to be
      extended  and  will  vote  Trust  shares  in   accordance   with  timely
      instructions  received  from the  contract  owners or  Participants,  as
      appropriate.  AGL shall vote the Trust shares for which no  instructions
      have been received in the same proportion as Trust shares for which said
      instructions  have been received from contract  owners or  Participants.
      AGL will assure that each Variable Account  calculates voting privileges
      in a manner  consistent  with the  procedures  described  in Schedule B.
      Trust will provide AGL with a formal  report of the results of the vote,
      including  minutes  of  the  shareholder  meeting,   within  sixty  days
      following the meeting date.


                                  SECTION 14

                        INDEMNIFICATION OF AGL AND AGSI

14.1  SEPARATE ACCOUNT REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROSPECTUS.
      Except as limited by and in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections
      14.2 and 14.3 hereof,  AGL and AGSI agree to indemnify and hold harmless
      Trust, Adviser and Distributor and each trustee of the Board of Trustees
      of  Trust,  and  each of the  directors  and  officers  of  Adviser  and
      Distributor and each person, if any, who controls Adviser or Distributor
      within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act

                                    - 18 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      (collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties" for purposes of this Section
      14) against any and all losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including
      amounts paid in settlement  with the written  consent of AGL or AGSI) or
      litigation   (including  legal  and  other   expenses),   to  which  the
      Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at
      common  law or  otherwise,  insofar  as such  losses,  claims,  damages,
      liabilities  or expenses (or actions in respect  thereof) or settlements
      are  related  to the  sale  or  acquisition  of  Trust's  shares  or the
      Contracts and:

      (a)   arise out of or are based  upon any untrue  statements  or alleged
            untrue   statements  of  any  material   fact   contained  in  the
            registration  statement or Contract Prospectus or contained in the
            Contracts  or  any  sales  literature  relating  thereto  (or  any
            amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing),  or arise out of
            or are based upon the  omission or the  alleged  omission to state
            therein  or   necessary  to  make  the   statements   therein  not
            misleading,  provided that this  agreement to indemnify  shall not
            apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or
            such alleged  statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and
            in conformity with  information  furnished to AGL or AGSI by or on
            behalf of Trust for use in the  registration  statement,  Contract
            Prospectus,  Contracts,  or sales  literature (or any amendment or
            supplement)  or otherwise for use in  connection  with the sale of
            the Contracts or Trust shares; or

      (b)   arise  out of or as a  result  of  statements  or  representations
            (other  than  statements  or  representations   contained  in  the
            registration  statement,  Trust  Prospectus or sales literature of
            Trust not supplied by AGL or AGSI,  or persons under its contract)
            or wrongful conduct of AGL or AGSI or persons under their control,
            with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Trust
            shares; or 

      (c)   arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
            material  fact  contained  in  a  registration  statement,   Trust
            Prospectus,  or sales literature of Trust or any amendment thereof
            or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state
            therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
            to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or
            omission  or  such  alleged  statement  or  omission  was  made in
            reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  information  furnished to
            Trust by or on behalf of AGL or AGSI; or

      (d)   arise as a result of any  failure by AGL or AGSI to  substantially
            provide the services and furnish the materials  under the terms of
            this Agreement; or

                                    - 19 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>

      (e)   arise  out  of  or  result  from  any   material   breach  of  any
            representation  and/or  warranty  made  by AGL  or  AGSI  in  this
            Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach
            of this Agreement by AGL or AGSI.

14.2  INDEMNIFIED  PARTIES'  WILLFUL  ACTS.  AGL and AGSI  shall not be liable
      under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims,
      damages,  liabilities  or  litigation  incurred or  assessed  against an
      Indemnified  Party as such  may  arise  from  such  Indemnified  Party's
      willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance
      of such  Indemnified  Party's  duties or by  reason of such  Indemnified
      Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement
      or to Trust, whichever is applicable.

14.3  NOTICE   REQUIRED.   AGL  and  AGSI  shall  not  be  liable  under  this
      indemnification  provision  with  respect to any claim  made  against an
      Indemnified  Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified AGL
      and AGSI in writing within a reasonable  time after the summons or other
      first legal process giving  information of the nature of the claim shall
      have been served upon such Indemnified  Party (or after such Indemnified
      Party  shall have  received  notice of such  service  on any  designated
      agent),  but  failure to notify AGL and AGSI of any such claim shall not
      relieve  AGL and  AGSI  from  any  liability  which  it may  have to the
      Indemnified  Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on
      account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is
      brought against an Indemnified  Party, AGL and AGSI shall be entitled to
      assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Party named
      in the action. After notice from AGL and AGSI to such Party of AGL's and
      AGSI's election to assume the defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party
      shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel  retained by
      it,  and AGL and AGSI  will  not be  liable  to such  Party  under  this
      Agreement for any legal or other expenses  subsequently incurred by such
      Party  independently  in connection  with the defense thereof other than
      reasonable costs of investigation.


                                  SECTION 15

                INDEMNIFICATION OF THE ADVISER AND DISTRIBUTOR

15.1  TRUST REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND TRUST PROSPECTUS.  Except as limited by
      and in accordance  with the provisions of Sections 15.2 and 15.3 hereof,
      Adviser and  Distributor  agree to jointly and  severally  indemnify and
      hold  harmless AGL,  AGSI,  and each of their  respective  directors and
      officers  and each  person,  if any, who controls AGL or AGSI within the
      meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the  "Indemnified
      Parties" for purposes of this Section 17) against any and all losses,

                                    - 20 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
      the written consent of Adviser or Distributor) or litigation  (including
      legal and other  expenses) to which the  Indemnified  Parties may become
      subject under any statute,  or  regulation,  at common law or otherwise,
      insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or
      actions in respect  thereof) or  settlements  are related to the sale or
      acquisition of Trust's shares or the Contracts and:

      (a)   arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged
            untrue   statement   of  any  material   fact   contained  in  the
            registration  statement or Trust Prospectus or sales literature of
            Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or
            arise  out  of or are  based  upon  the  omission  or the  alleged
            omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated
            therein  or   necessary  to  make  the   statements   therein  not
            misleading,  provided that this  agreement to indemnify  shall not
            apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or
            such alleged  statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and
            in conformity with information furnished to Adviser,  Distributor,
            or  Trust  by or on  behalf  of AGL  for  use in the  registration
            statement  or  Trust  Prospectus  or in sales  literature  (or any
            amendment or supplement)  or otherwise for use in connection  with
            the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

      (b)   arise  out of or as a  result  of  statements  or  representations
            (other  than  statements  or  representations   contained  in  the
            registration  statement,  Contract  Prospectus or sales literature
            for the Contracts not supplied by Trust,  Adviser,  Distributor or
            persons under their control) or wrongful  conduct of  Distributor,
            Trust, its advisers, including the Adviser, or persons under their
            respective  control,  with respect to the sale or  distribution of
            the Contracts or Trust shares; or

      (c)   arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
            material  fact  contained in a  registration  statement,  Contract
            Prospectus,  or sales  literature  covering the Contracts,  or any
            amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged
            omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated
            therein  or   necessary  to  make  the   statements   therein  not
            misleading,   if  such  statement  or  omission  or  such  alleged
            statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and in conformity
            with  information  furnished  to AGL or  AGSI by or on  behalf  of
            Trust, Adviser or Distributor; or

      (d)   arise as a result of any failure by Trust, Adviser, or Distributor
            to  substantially  provide the services and furnish the  materials
            under the terms of this Agreement;

                                    - 21 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      (e)   arise  out  of  or  result  from  any   material   breach  of  any
            representation   and/or   warranty  made  by  Trust,   Adviser  or
            Distributor  in this  Agreement or arise out of or result from any
            other  material  breach of this  Agreement by Trust,  Adviser,  or
            Distributor.

            For purposes of subparagraph  (e)  immediately  above, a "material
      breach of any representation"  shall include,  without  limitation,  the
      failure  of any Fund to  operate as a  regulated  investment  company in
      compliance with (i) Subchapter M of the Code and regulations  thereunder
      or  (ii)  Section  817(h)  of  the  Code  and   regulations   thereunder
      (collectively,  "failures").  AGL and AGSI shall be indemnified and held
      harmless for any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or
      actions in respect  thereof) or settlements  arising out of or resulting
      from these failures, including, without limitation, any income taxes and
      related penalties,  rescission  charges,  liability  charges,  liability
      under state law to Participants  asserting liability against AGL or AGSI
      pursuant to the Contracts, the costs of any ruling and closing agreement
      or other settlement with the Internal  Revenue Service,  and the cost of
      any  substitution  by AGL of shares of  another  investment  company  or
      portfolio for those of any adversely  affected Fund as a funding  medium
      for  each  Variable  Account  that AGL  reasonably  deems  necessary  or
      appropriate as a result of the noncompliance.

15.2  INDEMNIFIED PARTIES' WILLFUL ACTS. Neither Adviser nor Distributor shall
      be liable  under  this  indemnification  provision  with  respect to any
      losses,  claims,   damages,   liabilities  or  litigation  to  which  an
      Indemnified   Party  would  otherwise  be  subject  by  reason  of  such
      Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence
      in the  performance of such  Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of
      such Indemnified  Party's  reckless  disregard of obligations and duties
      under this Agreement or to AGL or AGSI, whichever is applicable.

15.3  NOTICE REQUIRED.  Neither Adviser nor Distributor  shall be liable under
      this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an
      Indemnified  Party  unless such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified
      Adviser or  Distributor  in writing  within a reasonable  time after the
      summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of
      the claim shall have been served upon such  Indemnified  Party (or after
      such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any
      designated  agent),  but failure to notify Adviser or Distributor of any
      such claim shall not relieve  Adviser or Distributor  from any liability
      which each may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is
      brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification  provision. In
      case any such action is brought against the Indemnified

                                    - 22 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      Parties,  Adviser or Distributor shall be entitled to participate at its
      own expense in the defense thereof. Adviser or Distributor also shall be
      entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the
      Party named in the action.  After notice from Adviser or  Distributor to
      such Party of Adviser or  Distributor's  election  to assume the defense
      thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any
      additional  counsel  retained by it, and Adviser or Distributor,  as the
      case may be, will not be liable to such Party under this  Agreement  for
      any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by  such  Party
      independently   in  connection  with  the  defense  thereof  other  than
      reasonable costs of investigation.


                                  SECTION 16

                    AGREEMENT AUTHORIZED; SURVIVAL OF TERMS

16.1  TRUST  APPROVAL.  The execution of this Agreement has been authorized by
      the Trust's Trustees.  This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Trust
      or the  Trustees  of the Trust as  Trustees  and not  individually;  the
      obligations  of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees,
      officers or shareholders of the Trust  individually but are binding only
      upon the assets and  property  of the Trust.  The Trust is  composed  of
      multiple Funds.  All obligations of the Trust under this Agreement shall
      apply  only on a Fund by Fund basis and the assets of one Fund shall not
      be liable for the  obligations of any other Fund. A Certificate of Trust
      in  respect of the Trust is on file with the  Secretary  of the State of
      Delaware.

16.2  COOPERATION OF THE PARTIES. In the event an Indemnifying Party elects to
      assume the defense of any claim,  the Indemnified  Party shall cooperate
      fully with the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying  Party's expense,
      in the defense of such claim.  No Party shall confess any claim nor make
      any compromise in any action or proceeding which may result in a finding
      of  wrongdoing  by any other  Party  without the other  Party's  written
      consent.  Any notice given by the  Indemnifying  Party to an Indemnified
      Party or participation in or control of the litigation of any such claim
      by the Indemnifying Party shall in no event be deemed to be an admission
      by the Indemnifying  Party of culpability,  and the  Indemnifying  Party
      shall be free to contest  liability  with respect to the claim among the
      Parties.

16.3  PARTIES'  SUCCESSORS  BOUND.  A  successor  by law of any Party shall be
      entitled to the benefits of indemnification contained in this Agreement.

                                    - 23 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                  SECTION 17

                                APPLICABLE LAW

17.1  APPLICABLE  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be construed and the  provisions
      hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of
      Texas,  without regard for that state's  principles of conflict of laws;
      provided,  however,  that if such laws or any of the  provisions of this
      Agreement  conflict  with  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act,  the
      latter shall control.


                                  SECTION 18

                                CONFIDENTIALITY

18.1  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Subject  to the  requirements  of  legal  process  and
      regulatory  authority,  each Party hereto will treat as confidential the
      names and  addresses  of the  contract  owners or  Participants  and all
      information  reasonably  identified  as  confidential  in writing by any
      other Party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement,  will not
      disclose,  disseminate  or utilize  such names and  addresses  and other
      confidential  information unless and until such time as it may otherwise
      come into the public domain,  without the express written consent of the
      affected Party.


                                  SECTION 19

                         MULTIPLE ORIGINAL AGREEMENTS

19.1  MULTIPLE   ORIGINAL   AGREEMENTS.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed
      simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together
      shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                    - 24 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>

                                  SECTION 20

                     INVALIDITY OF ONE OR MORE PROVISIONS

20.1  INVALIDITY OF ONE OR MORE PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement
      shall be held or made  invalid  by a court  decision,  statute,  rule or
      otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement will not be affected thereby.


                                  SECTION 21

                             RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES

21.1  RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in
      this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights,
      remedies, and obligations,  at law or in equity, that the Parties hereto
      are entitled to under state and federal laws.


                                  SECTION 22

                   OTHER INSURANCE COMPANIES' PARTICIPATION

22.1  OTHER INSURANCE COMPANIES' PARTICIPATION.  Without AGL's express written
      consent, neither the Trust, the Adviser nor the Distributor,  nor any of
      them, shall enter into any arrangement for participation in the Trust by
      any other  insurance  company  under  which the  terms  granted  to that
      insurance company or its related persons and entities are more favorable
      than  those  granted  to  AGL  and  its  related  persons  and  entities
      hereunder.


                                  SECTION 23

                              FOREIGN TAX CREDITS

23.1  FOREIGN TAX CREDITS.  The Trust and Adviser  agree to consult in advance
      with AGL  concerning  any decision to elect or not to elect  pursuant to
      Section  853 of the Code to pass  through the benefit of any foreign tax
      credits to its shareholders.


                      -----------------------------------

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties have cause this Agreement to be executed
in their  names  and on their  behalf by and  through  their  duly  authorized
officers signing below.

                                    - 25 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                             AMERICAN  GENERAL LIFE  INSURANCE
                                             COMPANY  on behalf of itself  and
                                             each  of  its  Variable  accounts
                                             named in  Schedule  A hereto,  as
                                             amended from time to time



____________________________          By_______________________________
Date
                                      Title____________________________



                                      AMERICAN GENERAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED


____________________________          By_______________________________
Date
                                      Title____________________________



                                      VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL LIFE
                                         INVESTMENT TRUST


____________________________          By_______________________________
Date
                                      Title____________________________



                                      VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL ASSET
                                         MANAGEMENT, INC.


____________________________          By_______________________________
Date
                                      Title____________________________

                                    - 26 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                      VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTORS,
                                         INC.


____________________________          By_______________________________
Date
                                      Title____________________________



(Signature page to Fund Participation Agreement dated __________, 1996)

                                    - 27 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE A

                   Other Insurance Companies' Participation



NAME OF AGL VARIABLE ACCOUNTS

American General Life Insurance Company Separate Account D



NAME OF TRUST FUNDS

[Identify Funds here]



NAME OF CONTRACTS

Contract Form Nos.: 95020 Rev 896
                    95021 Rev 896

                                    - 28 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE B

                     Proxy Procedures and Responsibilities

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding  responsibilities  for
the handling of proxies  relating to the Trust. The defined terms herein shall
have the meanings assigned in the Participation Agreement except that the term
"AGL" shall also  include  the  department  or third party  assigned by AGL to
perform the steps delineated below.

1.    The  number of proxy  proposals  is given to AGL by the  Distributor  as
      early as possible  before the date set by the Trust for the  shareholder
      meeting to facilitate the  establishment  of tabulation  procedures.  At
      this time the  Distributor  will inform AGL of the  Record,  Mailing and
      Meeting  dates.  This will be done  verbally  approximately  two  months
      before meeting.

2.    Promptly  after the Record Date, AGL will perform a "tape run", or other
      activity,  which  will  generate  the  names,  addresses  and  number of
      equivalent      shares     which     are      attributed     to     each
      contractowner/policyholder  (the  "Customer")  as of  the  Record  Date.
      Allowance  should be made for account  adjustments  made after this date
      that could affect the status of the Customers' accounts as of the Record
      Date.

      Note:  The number of proxy  statements is  determined by the  activities
      described  in Step #2.  AGL will  use its  best  efforts  to call in the
      number of Customers to  Distributor,  as soon as possible,  but no later
      than two weeks after the Record Date.

3.    The Trust's  Annual  Report must be sent to each  Customer by AGL either
      before or together  with the  Customers'  receipt of a proxy  statement.
      Distributor  will provide at least one copy of the last Annual Report to
      AGL.

4.    The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card")
      is provided to AGL by the Trust. AGL, at its expense,  shall produce and
      personalize the Voting  Instruction  Cards.  The Legal Department of the
      Adviser or its  affiliate  ("Legal")  must approve the Card before it is
      printed.  Allow approximately 2-4 business days for printing information
      on the Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

      a.    name (legal name as found on account registration)
      b.    address
      c.    Trust or account number
      d.    coding to state number of equivalent shares
      e.    individual  Card number for use in tracking  and  verification  of
            votes (already on Cards as printed by the Trust)

                                    - 29 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


      (This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due
      to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

5.    During this time,  Legal will develop,  produce,  and the Trust will pay
      for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document).  Printed
      and folded notices and statements will be sent to AGL for insertion into
      envelopes  (envelopes and return  envelopes are provided and paid for by
      AGL). Contents of envelope sent to Customers by AGL will include:

      a.    voting instruction card(s)
      b.    one proxy notice and statement (one document)
      c.    return envelope  (postage pre-paid by AGL) addressed to AGL or its
            tabulation agent
      d.    "urge  buckslip" - optional,  but  recommended.  (This is a small,
            single sheet of paper that  requests  Customers to vote as quickly
            as  possible  and that their vote is  important.  One copy will be
            supplied by the Trust.)
      e.    cover letter - optional, supplied by AGL and reviewed and approved
            in advance by Legal.

6.    The above contents should be received by AGL  approximately 3-5 business
      days before mail date.  Individual in charge at AGL reviews and approves
      the  contents  of  the  mailing   package  to  ensure   correctness  and
      completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Legal.

7.    Package mailed by AGL.
      The Trust must allow at least a 15-day  solicitation  time to AGL as the
      shareowner.  (A 5-week  period  is  recommended.)  Solicitation  time is
      calculated  as  calendar  days from  (but not  including)  the  meeting,
      counting backwards.

8.    Collection  and  tabulation  of Cards begins.  Tabulation  usually takes
      place in another department or another vendor depending on process used.
      An often used  procedure  is to sort Cards on arrival by  proposal  into
      vote  categories  of all yes,  no, or mixed  replies,  and to begin data
      entry.

      Note:   Postmarks  are  not  generally   needed.  A  need  for  postmark
      information would be due to an insurance company's internal procedure.

9.    Signatures  on  Card  checked  by AGL  against  legal  name  on  account
      registration which was printed on the Card.

      Note: For example, if the account  registration is under "John C. Smith,
      Trustee,"  then that is the exact  legal  name to be printed on the Card
      and is the signature needed on the Card.

                                    - 30 -
21130302.5

<PAGE>


10.   If Cards are  mutilated,  or for any  reason  are  illegible  or are not
      signed  properly,  they are sent back to  Customer  with an  explanatory
      letter, a new Card and return envelope.  The mutilated or illegible Card
      is  disregarded  and  considered to be NOT RECEIVED for purposes of vote
      tabulation.   Any  Cards  that  have  "kicked  out"  (e.g.,   mutilated,
      illegible) of the procedure are "hand  verified,"  i.e.,  examined as to
      why they did not complete the system.  Any  questions on those Cards are
      usually remedied individually.

11.   There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of
      votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the
      Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an
      estimate of how the vote is progressing  may then be calculated.  If the
      initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide,  then an internal
      audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

12.   The actual tabulation of votes is done in equivalent shares. (It is very
      important that the Trust receives the  tabulations  stated in terms of a
      percentage  and the number of  shares.)  Legal must  review and  approve
      tabulation format.

13.   Final  tabulation  in  shares is  verbally  given by AGL to Legal on the
      morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Houston time. Legal may
      request an earlier  deadline if required to  calculate  the vote in time
      for the meeting.

14.   A  Certification  of Mailing  and  Authorization  to Vote Shares will be
      required from AGL as well as an original  copy of the final vote.  Legal
      will provide a standard form for each Certification.

15.   AGL will be  required to box and  archive  the Cards  received  from the
      Customers.  In the event  that any vote is  challenged  or if  otherwise
      necessary for legal,  regulatory,  or accounting purposes, Legal will be
      permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

16.   All approvals and "signing-off"  may be done orally,  but must always be
      followed up in writing.

                                    - 31 -
21130302.5



                                                               EXHIBIT 4(g)(i)

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.


CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020 Rev 896

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                    INDEX

<CAPTION>
                                                                      Page
<S>                                                                    <C>
Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Automatic Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Change of Investment Advisor or
Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Contingent Annuitant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Contract Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Division Accumulation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

General Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Guaranteed Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Ownership Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

Separate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Full Surrender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

Surrender Charge Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Tax Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
</TABLE>

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>

                   AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

<TABLE>
                                SCHEDULE PAGE
<S>                                                           <C>
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                             $10,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS 
 (Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                    $ 100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                     NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only)
 ANNUAL RATE:                                                           1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                             $ 30

TRANSFER CHARGE (After first 12 in a Contract Year):                     $ 25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                 35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                    JANUARY 1, 2026

[INITIAL ALLOCATION:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Net Dollar
                                                                  Amount of
                                                  Percentage     Allocations
                                                  ----------     -----------

<S>                                                  <C>           <C>    
Emerging Growth Fund                                 100%          $10,000
Enterprise Fund                                       xx%            $ xxx
Global Equity Fund                                    xx%            $ xxx
Real Estate Securities Fund                           xx%            $ xxx
Growth and Income Fund                                xx%            $ xxx
Asset Allocation Fund                                 xx%            $ xxx
Domestic Income Fund                                  xx%            $ xxx
Government Fund                                       xx%            $ xxx
Money Market Fund                                     xx%            $ xxx
Fixed Account
        1 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        3 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        5 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        7 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
       10 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
                                                  ----------     -----------
 TOTAL ALLOCATIONS                                   100%          $10,000]
</TABLE>

ANNUITANT:         JOHN DOE         CONTRACT NUMBER:   123456

CONTRACT OWNER:    JOHN DOE         DATE OF ISSUE:     JANUARY 1, 1996

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:    (STATE NAME)

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>

                                 DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY". American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU,  YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner" is the person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCOUNT  VALUE.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value after  deduction of any fees.  The Fixed Account Value is the sum of Net
Purchase  Payments and  transfers  into the Fixed  Account,  plus  accumulated
interest, less any partial withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account.
The Separate  Account  Value is the sum of the values of the Separate  Account
Divisions.  The  value  of a  Separate  Account  Division  is the  value  of a
Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in
that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

AGE. Age last birthday unless otherwise stated.

ANNUITANT.  The person upon whose date of birth income payments are based. The
Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become  the  Annuitant  if:  (1) the  Annuitant  dies  before  the  Annuity
Commencement Date; and (2) the Contingent Annuitant is then living.

A Contingent  Annuitant  may not be named  except at the time of  application.
Once  named,  the  choice  may not be revoked  or  replaced.  If a  Contingent
Annuitant  dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After Annuity
Payments start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Owner's Account is allocated among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 4
<PAGE>

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE  AGE.  Age last  birthday  on the Date of  Issue.  (If the Date of Issue
occurs on the  Annuitant's  birthday,  "last  birthday" will mean the birthday
occurring on the Date of Issue).

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

UNIT  VALUE.  The value  of:  (1) an  Accumulation  Unit as  described  in the
"Division  Accumulation Units" provision;  or (2) an Annuity Unit as described
in the "Annuity Units" provision.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless otherwise required by law or regulation, investment
INVESTMENT          advisor  or any  investment  policy  may  not  be  changed
ADVISOR OR          without our consent. If required, approval of or change of
INVESTMENT          any investment  objective will be filed with the Insurance
POLICY              Department  of the state where this Contract is delivered.
                    You will be notified  of any  material  investment  policy
                    change  which  has  been  approved.   Notification  of  an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.

                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Code or by any other  applicable  law,  regulation or
                         interpretation in order to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    If the  Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We may
                    cancel this  Contract  upon 60 days'  notice to the Owner.
                    Such cancellation  would be considered a full surrender of
                    this Contract.

                    If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division  (except the
                    Money Market  Division)  falls below $500,  we reserve the
                    right to transfer the remaining  balance,  without charge,
                    to the Money Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the  right to  modify  these
                    minimums or to refuse a Purchase Payment for any reason.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for anyother reason,  including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                    If premium tax is paid,  the Company may reimburse  itself
                    for such tax when deduction is being made under paragraphs
                    2, 3,  or 4 above  calculated  by  multiplying  the sum of
                    Purchase   Payments  being  withdrawn  by  the  applicable
                    premium tax percentage.

                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

EXERCISE OF         This  Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is  entitled to
CONTRACT RIGHTS     exercise all rights and privileges in connection with this
                    Contract.  Where a Contract is jointly owned,  both Owners
                    must  join  in any  request  to  exercise  the  rights  or
                    privileges of an Owner.

                    In any case,  such rights and  privileges can be exercised
                    without  the  consent of the  Beneficiary  (other  than an
                    irrevocably - designated Beneficiary) or any other person.
                    Such rights and  privileges  may be exercised  only during
                    the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant  and prior to the Annuity
                    Commencement  Date,  except as otherwise  provided in this
                    Contract.

                    Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant will
                    become the Payee on the Annuity  Commencement Date. If the
                    Owner  or  the   Annuitant   dies  prior  to  the  Annuity
                    Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary will become the Payee.
                    Such  Payees  may  thereafter  exercise  such  rights  and
                    privileges of ownership which continue.

BENEFICIARY         The  Owner  named  the   Beneficiary  and  any  Contingent
                    Beneficiary  when applying for this  Contract.  By Written
                    notice to us, a non-irrevocable  Beneficiary or Contingent
                    Beneficiary  may be  changed  by the  Owner  prior  to the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date or by the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated  Payee after the Annuity  Commencement
                    Date.

CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP Ownership of a Qualified  Contract may not be  transferred
                    except to: (1) the  Annuitant;  (2) a trustee or successor
                    trustee  of a pension  or profit  sharing  trust  which is
                    qualified under Section 401 of the Internal  Revenue Code;
                    (3) the  employer  of the  Annuitant,  provided  that  the
                    Qualified  Contract after transfer is maintained under the
                    terms of a retirement  plan qualified under Section 403(a)
                    of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  for  the  benefit  of the
                    Annuitant;  (4) the  trustee of an  individual  retirement
                    account plan  qualified  under Section 408 of the Internal
                    Revenue Code; or (5) as otherwise  permitted  from time to
                    time by laws and  regulations  governing the retirement or
                    deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract
                    may be issued.  In no other case may a Qualified  Contract
                    be sold, assigned,  transferred,  discounted or pledged as
                    collateral.

                    During  the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant  and prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the  Owner  may  change  the
                    ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                    A change of ownership will not be binding upon us until we
                    receive Written notification at our Home Office. When such
                    notification is so received,  the change will be effective
                    as of the date of the signed  request for change,  but the
                    change will be without  prejudice  to us on account of any
                    payment made, or any action taken by us prior to receiving
                    the change, or on account of any tax consequence.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 8
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION OF     If an  Owner  (including  the  first to die in the case of
DEATH PROCEEDS      joint Contract owners) under a Non-Qualified Contract dies
UNDER NON-          prior to the Annuitant and before the Annuity Commencement
QUALIFIED           Date,  the  death  proceeds  must  be  distributed  to the
CONTRACTS           Beneficiary either (1) within five years after the date of
                    death  of the  Owner,  or (2) over the life of or a period
                    not  greater  than  the  life  or  expected  life  of  the
                    Beneficiary,  with annuity  payments  beginning within one
                    year after the date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary
                    shall be considered  the  designated  beneficiary  for the
                    purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. In
                    all cases,  any such  designated  beneficiary  will not be
                    entitled to exercise any rights  prohibited  by applicable
                    federal income tax law.

                    These mandatory  distribution  requirements will not apply
                    when  the  designated  Beneficiary  is the  spouse  of the
                    deceased  Owner,  if the spouse  elects to  continue  this
                    Contract  in the  spouse's  own name,  as Owner.  When the
                    deceased  Owner  was also  the  Annuitant,  the  surviving
                    spouse  (if  the  surviving   spouse  is  the   designated
                    Beneficiary)  may  elect  to be named  as both  Owner  and
                    Annuitant and continue this Contract.

                    If the Payee under a Non-Qualified Contract dies after the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date and before all of the payments
                    under  the  Annuity  Option  have  been  distributed,  the
                    remaining  amount payable,  if any, must be distributed at
                    least as rapidly as under the method of distribution  then
                    in effect.

                    If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  or
                    the Payee  thereafter,  is not a natural person,  then the
                    foregoing  distribution  requirements shall apply upon the
                    death of the primary  Annuitant  within the meaning of the
                    Internal Revenue Code.

PERIODIC REPORTS    We will send to each  Owner,  at least  once  during  each
                    Contract  Year,  a statement  showing the Owner's  Account
                    Value as of a date not more than two  months  prior to the
                    date of mailing.  We will also send such statements as may
                    be required by applicable  state and federal  laws,  rules
                    and regulations.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT     We will  establish an Owner's  Account for the Owner under
                    this Contract and will  maintain  such account  during the
                    Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's  Account  Value for any
                    Valuation  Period  will be equal to the  Owner's  Separate
                    Account  Value,  if any,  plus the Owner's  Fixed  Account
                    Value, if any, for that Valuation Period.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE That portion of a Net Purchase  Payment which is allocated
                    to the  Fixed  Account  will be  credited  to the  Owner's
                    Account and allocated to the Guarantee Period(s) selected.
                    The Fixed  Account  Value of an  Owner's  Account  for any
                    Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the values in each
                    of the Guarantee  Periods  credited to the Owner's account
                    for such Valuation Period.

                    The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation Date
                    is the  accumulated  value of the Net  Purchase  Payments,
                    renewals or transfers allocated to the Guarantee Period at
                    the Guaranteed  Interest Rate, minus the accumulated value
                    of surrenders and transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period
                    and Contract Fee allocated to that  Guarantee  Period,  at
                    the Guaranteed Interest Rate.

95020 Rev 896

                                    Page 9
<PAGE>

GUARANTEE PERIODS   The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).  The
                    Guarantee Period(s) selected will determine the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rates(s). The Net Purchase Payment or the portion
                    thereof  (or amount  transferred  in  accordance  with the
                    transfer privilege provision described below) allocated to
                    a particular  Guarantee  Period will earn  interest at the
                    Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  during the  Guarantee  Period.
                    Guarantee  Periods begin on the date as of which we credit
                    the Owner's Account Value to that Guarantee  Period or, in
                    the  case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                    transfer.  The Guarantee  Period is the number of years we
                    credit the Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration  date
                    of any  Guarantee  Period is the last day of the Guarantee
                    Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods begin on the first
                    day  following  the  expiration   date.  As  a  result  of
                    Guarantee Period renewals,  additional  Purchase  Payments
                    and  transfers of portions of the Owner's  Account  Value,
                    Guarantee  Periods of the same duration may have different
                    expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                    We will  notify  the Owner in  writing  at least 30 and no
                    more  than 60 days  prior  to the  expiration  date of any
                    Guarantee  Period.  A new  Guarantee  Period  of the  same
                    duration  as the  previous  Guarantee  Period  will  begin
                    automatically  unless  we  receive  Written  notice to the
                    contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation  Dates prior
                    to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The Owner may elect
                    to change to another Guarantee Period or Division which we
                    offer at such time.

                    If the amount of an Owner's  Account  Value in a Guarantee
                    Period  is less  than  $500  at the end of such  Guarantee
                    Period,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  such  amount,
                    without  charge,  to  the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                    Separate Account. However, we will transfer such amount to
                    another available Division at the Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST We will  periodically  establish an applicable  Guaranteed
RATES               Interest Rate for each  Guarantee  Period we offer.  These
                    rates  will  be   guaranteed   for  the  duration  of  the
                    respective  Guarantee Periods.  The Guarantee Periods that
                    we make  available at any time will be  determined  in our
                    discretion.

                    No  Guaranteed   Interest  Rate  shall  be  less  than  an
                    effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS           The Separate Account has several Divisions, each investing
                    in a  corresponding  Variable Fund. Net Purchase  Payments
                    will be allocated to the  Divisions  and the Fixed Account
                    as  shown  on  Page  3,  unless  the  Owner   changes  the
                    allocation.

                    We will use the Net Purchase  Payments and any transferred
                    amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares applicable to the
                    Divisions at their net asset  value.  We will be the owner
                    of  all  Variable  Fund  shares  purchased  with  the  Net
                    Purchase Payments or transferred amounts.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 10
<PAGE>

DIVISION            Net Purchase Payments and transferred amounts allocated to
ACCUMULATION        the  Separate  Account  will be  credited  to the  Owner's
UNITS               Account in the form of Division  Accumulation  Units.  The
                    number of Division  Accumulation  Units will be determined
                    by  dividing  the amount  allocated  to a Division  by the
                    Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  as of the  end of the
                    Valuation  Period as of which the transaction is credited.
                    The  value  of  each   Division   Accumulation   Unit  was
                    arbitrarily   set  as  of  the  date  the  Division  first
                    purchased  Variable Fund shares.  Subsequent values on any
                    Valuation   Date  are  equal  to  the  previous   Division
                    Accumulation  Unit value times the Net  Investment  Factor
                    for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT      The Net  Investment  Factor is an index applied to measure
FACTOR              the   investment   performance  of  a  Division  from  one
                    Valuation  Period to the next. The Net  Investment  Factor
                    may be  greater  or less than or equal to one;  therefore,
                    the value of an Accumulation  Unit may increase,  decrease
                    or remain the same.

                    The Net Investment  Factor for a Division is determined by
                    dividing  (1) by (2),  and then  subtracting  (3) from the
                    result, where:

                    (1)  Is the sum of:
 
                         (a)  The Net Asset  Value  Per Share of the  Variable
                              Fund shares held in the Division,  determined at
                              the end of the current Valuation Period; plus
 
                         (b)  The per share  amount of any dividend or capital
                              gain  distributions  made  on the  Variable Fund
                              shares held in the  Division  during the current
                              Valuation Period;

                    (2)  Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the Variable Fund
                         shares  held  in  the  Division,  determined  at  the
                         beginning of the current Valuation Period; and

                    (3)  Is a factor  representing the mortality risk, expense
                         risk, and   administrative  expense charge.  We  will
                         determine the daily asset charge factor annually, but
                         in no event may it exceed the  Maximum  Asset  Charge
                         Factor as specified on Page 3.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT    The Separate Account Value for any Valuation Period is the
VALUE               total  of the  values  in each  Division  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account for such Valuation  Period.  The value for
                    each Division will be equal to:

                    (1)  The number of Division Accumulation Units; multiplied
                         by

                    (2)  The   Division   Accumulation   Unit  value  for  the
                         Valuation Period.

                    The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation Date
                    to  Valuation  Date  reflecting  the  total  value  in the
                    Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS           Transfers may be made at any time during the  Accumulation
                    Period  after  the  first  30 days  following  the Date of
                    Issue. A transfer will be

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 11
<PAGE>

                    effective at the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we
                    receive  the  Owner's  Written  request  for  a  transfer.
                    Transfers will be subject to the following restrictions:

                    (1)  Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner may
                         make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year without
                         charge.

                    (2)  There will be a charge of $25.00 for each transfer in
                         excess of 12 in a Contract Year.

                    (3)  Transfers  under the  Automatic  Rebalancing  program
                         will not count  towards  the 12 free  transfers  each
                         Contract  Year.  The $25.00  charge will not apply to
                         transfers   made   through   Automatic   Rebalancing.
                         Transfers   under   any   other   asset    management
                         arrangement approved by the Company may be subject to
                         the $25.00  charge and may count  towards the 12 free
                         transfers.

                    (4)  Not  more  than  25% of  the  Owner's  Account  Value
                         allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception may
                         be  transferred  to the Variable  Account  during any
                         Contract Year.  Transfers from a Guarantee Period are
                         made on a first in,  first out  basis.  The 25% limit
                         does not apply to:
 
                         (a)  Funds  transferred  from the One-Year  Guarantee
                              period; or
 
                         (b)  Transfers within 15 days before or after the end
                              of the applicable Guarantee Period; or
 
                         (c)  A renewal  at the end of a  Guarantee  Period to
                              the same Guarantee Period.

                    (5)  If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in any
                         Division or Guarantee  Period to fall below $500,  we
                         reserve  the  right to also  transfer  the  remaining
                         balance in that  Division or Guarantee  Period in the
                         same proportions as the transfer request.

                    (6)  We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from the
                         Fixed  Account to the Variable  Divisions for up to 6
                         months.

                    We reserve the right to restrict or terminate transfers.

                    After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may make
                    one transfer  during any 180 day period;  such transfer is
                    without charge.  The Owner may not make transfers from the
                    fixed annuity account.

AUTOMATIC           "Automatic  Rebalancing" occurs when funds are transferred
REBALANCING         by the Company between the Separate  Account  Divisions so
                    that the  values in each  Division  match  the  percentage
                    allocation  then in effect.  Automatic  Rebalancing of the
                    Separate Account Divisions will occur periodically:

                    (1)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is equal to or greater
                         than $25,000; and

                    (2)  If selected by the Owner.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 12
<PAGE>

                    The Owner may select  Automatic  Rebalancing when applying
                    for this Contract,  or it may be selected at a later date.
                    The  Company  reserves  the right to increase or lower the
                    Minimum Account Value required for Automatic Rebalancing.

                                  SURRENDERS

GENERAL SURRENDER   The amount  surrendered will normally be paid to the Owner
PROVISIONS          within 5 Valuation Dates following our receipt of:

                    (1)  The Owner's  Written  request on a form acceptable to
                         us; and

                    (2)  This Contract, if required.

                    We reserve the right to defer payment of  surrenders  from
                    the  Fixed  Account  for up to 6  months  from the date we
                    receive the request.

FULL SURRENDER      At any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date and
                    during  the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant,  the  Owner  may
                    surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written  request.
                    The amount payable on surrender is:

                    (1)  The Owner's Account Value at the end of the Valuation
                         Period in which we receive the  Owner's  request on a
                         form acceptable to us;

                    (2)  Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                    (3)  Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and

                    (4)  Minus any applicable premium tax.

                    The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less than
                    the amount required by state law.

                    Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract will
                    be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have  no  further
                    obligation to the Owner.

                    All collateral  assignees must consent to any surrender or
                    partial  withdrawal.  We may require that this Contract be
                    returned to our Home Office prior to making payment.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS A portion of the Owner's Account Value may be withdrawn at
                    any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The Owner
                    must send us a Written request specifying the Divisions or
                    Guarantee Periods from which the Partial  Withdrawal is to
                    be made.  However,  in cases  where the Owner  does not so
                    specify,  or the  withdrawal  cannot be made in accordance
                    with the  Owner's  specification,  we reserve the right to
                    implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from each Division and
                    Guarantee  Period  based on the Owner's  Account  Value in
                    each.  Partial  Withdrawals  will be made effective at the
                    end of the  Valuation  Period  in  which  we  receive  the
                    Written  request.  Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to
                    the following guidelines:

                    (1)  The Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least $100
                         or, if less, the Owner's entire Account Value;

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 13
<PAGE>

                    (2)  We will surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units from
                         the  Separate  Account or  interests  in a  Guarantee
                         Period so that the total amount withdrawn will be the
                         sum of:
 
                         (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;
 
                         (b)  Plus any  Surrender  Charge  and any  applicable
                              premium tax;

                    (3)  If a  Partial  Withdrawal  would  cause  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value in any  Division or  Guarantee  Period
                         (except  the Money  Market  Division)  to fall  below
                         $500,  we reserve the right to transfer the remaining
                         balance without charge to the Money Market Division.

                    (4)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE    Except as noted under  "Surrender  Charge  Exceptions",  a
FOR PARTIAL         Surrender  Charge  will be  applied  to the  amount of any
WITHDRAWALS AND     Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
FULL SURRENDERS     it was first credited, as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Surrender Charge
                          Year of                as a Percentage
                     Purchase Payment             of Purchase
                        Withdrawal             Payment Withdrawn
                     ----------------          -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>
                           1st                         6%
                           2nd                         6%
                           3rd                         5%
                           4th                         5%
                           5th                         4%
                           6th                         3%
                           7th                         2%
                         Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>

                    For purposes of computing the Surrender Charge, the oldest
                    Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn  first,  and
                    before any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments  are
                    withdrawn   from  an  Owner's   Account.   The   following
                    transactions   will  be  considered  as  withdrawals   for
                    purposes  of  computing   the  Surrender   Charge:   total
                    surrender, partial withdrawal,  commencement of an annuity
                    payment option and termination  due to insufficient  Owner
                    Account Value.

SURRENDER CHARGE    The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS

                    (1)  To any  amounts in excess of Purchase  Payments  that
                         are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                    (2)  To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted  by
                         the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege if such amounts are
                         required  to  be   withdrawn   to  obtain  or  retain
                         favorable  federal tax  treatment;  (The  granting of
                         this exception is subject to our approval);

                    (3)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Payout Period;

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 14
<PAGE>

                    (4)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Accumulation   Period  if  no  Contingent   Annuitant
                         survives;

                    (5)  Upon  the  death  of  the  Owner  of a  Non-Qualified
                         Contract,  unless  the  Contract  is being  continued
                         under  the  special  rule for a  surviving  spouse as
                         defined under Internal Revenue Code Section (72)(s);

                    (6)  Upon  selection of an annuity  payment  option over a
                         period of at least 10 years;

                    (7)  Upon selection of an annuity  payment option based on
                         life  contingencies if life expectancy is at least 10
                         years.

10% FREE            The  Surrender  Charge  does not apply to that  portion of
WITHDRAWAL          each  withdrawal or a total surrender in any Contract Year
PRIVILEGE           that does not exceed:

                    (1)  Ten Percent (10%) of the amount of Purchase  Payments
                         not  previously  withdrawn that have been credited to
                         this  Contract  for at least one  year,  but not more
                         than 7 years; less

                    (2)  The amount of any  previous  withdrawals  made during
                         such Contract Year.

                    For  withdrawals  under  a  systematic   withdrawal  plan,
                    Purchase  Payments  credited  for  30  days  or  more  are
                    eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                    If multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract Year,
                    the  amount  eligible  for  the  free  withdrawal  will be
                    recalculated at the time of each Partial Withdrawal. After
                    the  first  Contract  Year,  non-automatic  and  automatic
                    withdrawals  may be made in the same Contract Year subject
                    to the 10% limitation.

                    A  free  withdrawal  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing
                    Surrender Charge  Exceptions is not deemed a withdrawal of
                    Purchase Payments except for purposes of computing the 10%
                    free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF           An  annual  Contract  Fee  not to  exceed  $30.00  will be
DEDUCTING           deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year  prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,  the fee
                    will  be  allocated   among  the  Guarantee   Periods  and
                    Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account Value in
                    each.  The entire fee for the year will be  deducted  from
                    the proceeds of any full surrender of this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO            We  reserve  the right to  impose  additional  charges  or
IMPOSE              establish reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
                    or that may be  incurred  by us,  and  that may be  deemed
                    attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF    If the  Owner  has made a full  surrender  of the  Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE       Account Value, the Owner may reinstate the Contract, if we
                    receive the Written reinstatement request, together with a
                    return of the net surrender

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 15
<PAGE>

                    proceeds, not more than 30 days after the date as of which
                    the  surrender  was  made.  In  such a case,  the  Owner's
                    Account  Value will be restored to what it was at the time
                    of the  surrender  (less any annual  Contract  maintenance
                    charge that has since become payable),  and any subsequent
                    Surrender  Charge will be computed as if the  Contract had
                    been issued at the date of  reinstatement in consideration
                    of a Purchase  Payment in the amount of such net surrender
                    proceeds.   This  one-time   reinstatement   privilege  is
                    available only if the Owner's  Account Value following the
                    reinstatement  would be at least  $500.  Unless  the Owner
                    requests otherwise in Writing, the Account Value following
                    the  reinstatement  will be allocated  among the Divisions
                    and  Guarantee  Periods in the same  proportions  as those
                    prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS      If the  Annuitant  dies  before the  Annuity  Commencement
BEFORE THE ANNUITY  Date,  and is  survived  by a  Contingent  Annuitant,  the
COMMENCEMENT DATE   Contract will be continued with the  Contingent  Annuitant
                    being  named  the  Annuitant.  If this is a  Non-Qualified
                    Contract, this Contract may qualify for continuation under
                    the  "Distribution  of Death Proceeds under  Non-Qualified
                    Contracts"  provision.  Otherwise,  we will pay the  death
                    proceeds to the  Beneficiary  if one of the following dies
                    prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:

                    (1)  The Annuitant (provided that no Contingent  Annuitant
                         survives); or

                    (2)  The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including the
                         first to die in the case of Joint Owners).

                    If the  Annuitant  or such Owner  dies,  the amount of the
                    death  proceeds  will  be the  greatest  of the  following
                    amounts, less any applicable Premium Tax:

                    (1)  The sum of all Net Purchase  Payments  less any prior
                         Partial Withdrawals;

                    (2)  The  Owner's  Account  Value  as of  the  end  of the
                         Valuation  Period  in which we  receive  proof of the
                         Annuitant's  or  such  Owner's  death  and a  Written
                         request  from  the  Beneficiary  as to  the  form  of
                         payment; or

                    (3)  The  Highest  Anniversary  Value prior to the date of
                         death, determined as follows:
  
                         (a)  We will  calculate the Account Values at the end
                              of each of the past Contract  Anniversaries that
                              occurred prior to the deceased's 81st birthday;
  
                         (b)  Each of the Account  Values will be increased by
                              the amount of Net Purchase  Payments  made since
                              the end of such Contract Years;

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 16
<PAGE>

                         (c)  The result  will be reduced by the amount of any
                              withdrawals  made since the end of such Contract
                              Years;

                    The Highest  Anniversary  Value will be an amount equal to
                    the highest of such values.

                    The  death  proceeds  will  not be less  than  the  amount
                    payable on a full  surrender at the date used to value the
                    death benefit. The death proceeds will become payable when
                    we receive:

                    (1)  Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and

                    (2)  A Written  request from the  Beneficiary for either a
                         single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                    If the  Annuitant  dies,  and a Contingent  Annuitant  was
                    named but predeceased the Annuitant, we will require proof
                    of the Contingent  Annuitant's  death in addition to proof
                    of the death of the Annuitant.

                    We will  pay a single  sum to the  Beneficiary  unless  an
                    Annuity Option is chosen.

DEATH PROCEEDS ON   If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement
OR AFTER THE        Date, the Beneficiary will receive the death proceeds,  if
ANNUITY             any, as provided by the annuity form in effect.
COMMENCEMENT DATE

PROOF OF DEATH      We accept any of the following as proof of the Annuitant's
                    or Owner's death:

                    (1)  A copy of a certified death certificate;

                    (2)  A copy of a certified  decree of a court of competent
                         jurisdiction as to the finding of death;

                    (3)  A written  statement by a medical doctor who attended
                         the deceased at the time of death; or

                    (4)  Any other proof satisfactory to us.


                             PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

APPLICATION OF      Unless directed otherwise, we will apply the Fixed Account
ACCOUNT VALUE       Value to provide a Fixed Annuity, and the Separate Account
                    Value to provide a Variable  Annuity.  The Owner must tell
                    us in  writing  at  least  30 days  prior  to the  Annuity
                    Commencement Date if Fixed and Separate Account values are
                    to be  applied in  different  proportions.  Transfers  and
                    partial  withdrawals  will be permitted  within the 30-day
                    period.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 17
<PAGE>

ANNUITY             The Annuity  Commencement  Date (Annuity Date) is shown on
COMMENCEMENT DATE   page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract may be required
                    to  receive   distributions  after  the  Annuitant's  70th
                    birthday to comply with certain federal tax  requirements.
                    The Annuity Date may be changed by Written notice from the
                    Owner, subject to our approval.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE   The  Owner  may  elect  to  have  annuity   payments  made
TO A CONTRACT       beginning on the Annuity  Commencement  Date under any one
OWNER               of the Annuity Options described in this Contract. We will
                    notify  the  Owner 60 to 90 days  prior  to the  scheduled
                    Annuity Date that the Contract is scheduled to mature, and
                    request that an Annuity  Option be selected.  If the Owner
                    has not  selected an Annuity  Option ten days prior to the
                    Annuity Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                    If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any date
                    prior to the Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  we will extend
                    the Annuity  Commencement  Date to the  Annuitant's  100th
                    birthday.

                    If  the  scheduled   Annuity   Commencement  Date  is  the
                    Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  the Account  Value less any
                    applicable  charges and premium  taxes will be paid in one
                    sum to the Owner.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE   The Owner may elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,  that
TO BENEFICIARY      any  amount or part  thereof  due under this  Contract  be
                    applied under any of the options  described below.  Within
                    60 days  after the death of the  Annuitant  or Owner,  the
                    Beneficiary  may make such  election  if the Owner has not
                    done so. In such case, the  Beneficiary  thereafter  shall
                    have all the rights and options of the Owner.

                    The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be made
                    on the first day of the second month after approval of the
                    claim for  settlement.  Subsequent  payments shall be made
                    periodically  in  accordance  with the  manner of  payment
                    elected.

PAYMENT CONTRACT    At such time as one of these  options  becomes  effective,
                    this  Contract  shall be  surrendered  to the  Company  in
                    exchange for a payment  contract  providing for the option
                    elected.

FIXED ANNUITY       Fixed Annuity  Payments start on the Annuity  Commencement
PAYMENTS            Date.  The  amount of the first  monthly  payment  for the
                    annuity  selected  will be at least as  favorable  as that
                    produced by the applicable annuity tables of this Contract
                    for each  $1,000  applied  as of the end of the  Valuation
                    Period  that  contains  the tenth day prior to the Annuity
                    Commencement Date.

                    The dollar amount of any payments  after the first payment
                    is specified during the entire period of annuity payments,
                    according  to  the   provisions  of  the  Annuity   Option
                    selected.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 18
<PAGE>

                          VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

ANNUITY UNITS       We convert the Division  Accumulation  Units into Division
                    Annuity  Units at the values  determined at the end of the
                    Valuation Period which contains the tenth day prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. The number of Division Annuity
                    Units is obtained by dividing the first monthly payment by
                    the Division  Annuity Unit Value  determined at the end of
                    the above Valuation Period (see following paragraph).  The
                    first monthly payment is determined by applying the dollar
                    value of the Division Accumulation Units to the applicable
                    Annuity  Table.  The  number  of  Division  Annuity  Units
                    remains  constant  as long as an annuity  remains in force
                    and allocation among the Divisions has not changed.

                    Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set when
                    the Division first converted  Division  Accumulation Units
                    into  Division  Annuity  Units.  Subsequent  values on any
                    Valuation Date are equal to the previous  Division Annuity
                    Unit  Value  times  the Net  Investment  Factor  for  that
                    Division for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation
                    Date, with an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest rate
                    used in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                    Variable   Annuity   Payments   start   on   the   Annuity
                    Commencement  Date.  Payments  will vary in amount and are
                    determined  at  the  end  of  the  Valuation  Period  that
                    contains  the  tenth  day  prior to each  payment.  If the
                    monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected is based
                    on a single  Division,  the  monthly  payment  is found by
                    multiplying  the Division  Annuity Unit Value on said date
                    by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                    If the monthly  payment under the annuity form selected is
                    based upon more than one Division,  the above procedure is
                    repeated for each  applicable  Division.  The sum of these
                    payments is the Variable Annuity Payment.

                    We  guarantee  that the amount of each payment will not be
                    affected by variations in expense or mortality experience.

                               ANNUITY OPTIONS

                    FIRST OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity  payable  monthly
                    during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                    SECOND  OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120, 180 OR 240 MONTHLY
                    PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED - An annuity  payable  monthly during
                    the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  including  the  guarantee
                    that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been
                    made for less than 120  months,  180  months or 240 months
                    (as  selected),  payments  shall be  continued  during the
                    remainder of the selected period.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 19

<PAGE>

                    THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST  SURVIVOR  LIFE ANNUITY - An
                    annuity  payable  monthly during the joint lifetime of the
                    Annuitant,  and  a  secondary  Annuitant,  and  thereafter
                    during the  remaining  lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing
                    with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                    FOURTH  OPTION -  PAYMENTS  FOR A  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - An
                    amount  payable  monthly for the number of years  selected
                    which  may be  from  5 to 40  years.  If  this  option  is
                    selected on a variable basis,  the number of years may not
                    exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated Payee.

                    FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR AMOUNT - The
                    amount due may be paid in equal monthly  installments of a
                    designated dollar amount (not less than $125 nor more than
                    $200 per annum  per  $1,000 of the  original  amount  due)
                    until the remaining balance is less than the amount of one
                    installment. Payments under this option are available on a
                    fixed basis only. To determine  the  remaining  balance at
                    the  end of any  month,  such  balance  at the  end of the
                    previous   month  is   decreased  by  the  amount  of  any
                    installment  paid  during the month and the result will be
                    accumulated  at  an  interest  rate  not  less  than  3.5%
                    compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
                    is less than the amount of one  installment,  such balance
                    will be paid  and  will be the  final  payment  under  the
                    option.

                    In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected on a
                    quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which cases the
                    amount of each  annuity  payment will be  determined  on a
                    basis  consistent with that described in this Contract for
                    monthly payments.

                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,  unless a
                    minimum  initial annuity payment of $100 will be provided.
                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a combination  of a Fixed and a Variable  Annuity is
                    elected,  unless a minimum  initial annuity payment of $50
                    on each basis will be  provided.  If the  initial  annuity
                    payment does not meet the minimum amount  required for the
                    Annuity  Option  elected,  the Company will provide a less
                    frequent  payment  schedule.  If the  minimum is still not
                    met,  the  Company  will make a  lump-sum  payment  of the
                    Account  Value  (less any  Surrender  Charge,  uncollected
                    annual  Maintenance  Charge and applicable premium tax) as
                    of the  date of this  determination  to the  Annuitant  or
                    other properly-designated Payee.

                    If the age of the Annuitant has been  misstated to us, any
                    amount  payable will be that which would have been payable
                    had the  misstatement  not  occurred.  We will  deduct any
                    overpayment  from the next payment or payments due and add
                    any  underpayments to the next payment due. Interest at an
                    effective  annual  rate of 3.5%  will be added to any such
                    adjustment.

ANNUITY TABLES      The tables that follow show the dollar amount of the first
                    monthly payment for each $1,000 applied under the options.
                    The tables  are based on the 1983a Male or Female  Tables,
                    adjusted by  projection  scale G for 9 years,  with unisex
                    rates based on 60% female and 40%

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 20
<PAGE>

                    male,  and interest at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.  Under
                    the First or Second  Options,  the amount of each  payment
                    will depend upon the Annuitant's  adjusted age at the time
                    the first  payment  is due.  Under the Third  Option,  the
                    amount of each payment  will depend upon both  Annuitant's
                    adjusted ages at the time the first payment is due.

                    In using the table of annuity  payment rates,  the ages of
                    the  Annuitants  must be reduced  by one year for  Annuity
                    Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2000-2009,
                    reduced two years for Annuity Commencement Dates occurring
                    during the decade  2010-2019,  and  reduced an  additional
                    year for each decade that follows. The age 70 rate is also
                    used for ages above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT    If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner (or,
OF INSTALLMENTS     if the  Owner  has  not  elected  a  payment  option,  the
UNDER FIXED LIFE    Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal to those
INCOME OPTIONS      provided by those fixed single premium  immediate  annuity
                    option rates in use by the Company  when annuity  payments
                    begin.

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 21
<PAGE>

                                ANNUITY TABLES

                          AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE
<TABLE>

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities

Adjusted Unisex        ----------------Monthly Payments Guaranteed----------------

<CAPTION>
         Age            Option 1        Option 2        Option 2          Option 2
                         None             120             180                240

<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C> 
         50               4.18            4.15            4.12            4.07
         51               4.24            4.21            4.18            4.12
         52               4.31            4.28            4.24            4.17
         53               4.38            4.34            4.30            4.23
         54               4.45            4.41            4.36            4.28
         55               4.53            4.48            4.43            4.34
         56               4.61            4.56            4.50            4.40
         57               4.70            4.64            4.57            4.46
         58               4.79            4.73            4.65            4.52
         59               4.89            4.82            4.72            4.59
         60               5.00            4.91            4.81            4.65
         61               5.11            5.02            4.89            4.71
         62               5.23            5.12            4.98            4.78
         63               5.36            5.23            5.07            4.85
         64               5.49            5.35            5.17            4.91
         65               5.64            5.48            5.26            4.98
         66               5.80            5.61            5.36            5.04
         67               5.96            5.74            5.46            5.10
         68               6.14            5.88            5.57            5.16
         69               6.34            6.03            5.67            5.21
         70 and above     6.54            6.19            5.77            5.27
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity

<CAPTION>
    Adjusted Age             Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
    of Annuitant

       Unisex        50        55        60         65         70

<S>                 <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C> 
         55         3.85      4.00      4.13       4.24       4.33
         60         3.94      4.13      4.32       4.49       4.65
         65         4.01      4.24      4.49       4.75       5.00
         70         4.07      4.33      4.65       5.00       5.36
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period

<CAPTION>
       Years of    Amount of Monthly    Years of    Amount of Monthly
       Payment          Payment          Payment        Payment

<S>                    <C>                 <C>          <C>  
          5            $18.12              23           $5.24
          6             15.35              24            5.09
          7             13.38              25            4.96
          8             11.90              26            4.84
          9             10.75              27            4.73
         10              9.83              28            4.63
         11              9.09              29            4.53
         12              8.46              30            4.45
         13              7.94              31            4.37
         14              7.49              32            4.29
         15              7.10              33            4.22
         16              6.76              34            4.15
         17              6.47              35            4.09
         18              6.20              36            4.03
         19              5.97              37            3.98
         20              5.75              38            3.92
         21              5.56              39            3.88
         22              5.39              40            3.83
</TABLE>

95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 22


                                                               EXHIBIT 4(g)(ii)

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505

95021 Rev 896
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                     INDEX
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Annuity Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Annuity Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Annuity Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Automatic Rebalancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Change of Investment Advisor or
Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Contingent Annuitant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Contract Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Death Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Division Accumulation Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Divisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

General Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Guaranteed Interest Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Guarantee Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Net Investment Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Ownership Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Payment of Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Surrenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Full Surrender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Partial Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Surrender Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Surrender Charge Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Tax Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . 19
</TABLE>

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>


                   AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

<TABLE>
                                SCHEDULE PAGE
<S>                                                           <C>
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                             $10,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS
(Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                     $ 100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                     NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) 
 ANNUAL RATE:                                                            1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                             $ 30

TRANSFER CHARGE (After first 12 in a Contract Year):                     $ 25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                 35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                    JANUARY 1, 2026

[INITIAL ALLOCATION:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Net Dollar
                                                                  Amount of
                                                  Percentage     Allocations
                                                  ----------     -----------

<S>                                                  <C>           <C>
Emerging Growth Fund                                 100%          $10,000
Enterprise Fund                                       xx%            $ xxx
Global Equity Fund                                    xx%            $ xxx
Real Estate Securities Fund                           xx%            $ xxx
Growth and Income Fund                                xx%            $ xxx
Asset Allocation Fund                                 xx%            $ xxx
Domestic Income Fund                                  xx%            $ xxx
Government Fund                                       xx%            $ xxx
Money Market Fund                                     xx%            $ xxx
Fixed Account
        1 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        3 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        5 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
        7 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
       10 Year Guarantee Period                       xx%            $ xxx
                                                  ----------     -----------
 TOTAL ALLOCATIONS                                   100%          $10,000]
</TABLE>

ANNUITANT:         JOHN DOE         CONTRACT NUMBER:   123456

CONTRACT OWNER:    JOHN DOE         DATE OF ISSUE:     JANUARY 1, 1996

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:    (STATE NAME)

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>

                                 DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY". American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU,  YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner" is the person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCOUNT  VALUE.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value after  deduction of any fees.  The Fixed Account Value is the sum of Net
Purchase  Payments and  transfers  into the Fixed  Account,  plus  accumulated
interest, less any partial withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account.
The Separate  Account  Value is the sum of the values of the Separate  Account
Divisions.  The  value  of a  Separate  Account  Division  is the  value  of a
Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in
that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

AGE. Age last birthday unless otherwise stated.

ANNUITANT.  The person  upon whose date of birth and sex income  payments  are
based. The Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become  the  Annuitant  if:  (1) the  Annuitant  dies  before  the  Annuity
Commencement Date; and (2) the Contingent Annuitant is then living.

A Contingent  Annuitant  may not be named  except at the time of  application.
Once  named,  the  choice  may not be revoked  or  replaced.  If a  Contingent
Annuitant  dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After Annuity
Payments start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Owner's Account is allocated among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 4
<PAGE>

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME OFFICE.  Our  office at  2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE  AGE.  Age last  birthday  on the Date of  Issue.  (If the Date of Issue
occurs on the  Annuitant's  birthday,  "last  birthday" will mean the birthday
occurring on the Date of Issue).

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

UNIT  VALUE.  The value  of:  (1) an  Accumulation  Unit as  described  in the
"Division  Accumulation Units" provision;  or (2) an Annuity Unit as described
in the "Annuity Units" provision.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless  otherwise  required  by  law  or  regulation,  the
INVESTMENT          investment  advisor  or any  investment  policy may not be
ADVISOR OR          changed without our consent.  If required,  approval of or
INVESTMENT          change of any investment  objective will be filed with the
POLICY              Insurance  Department  of the state where this Contract is
                    delivered. You will be notified of any material investment
                    policy change which has been approved.  Notification of an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.

                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Code or by any other  applicable  law,  regulation or
                         interpretation in order to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    If the  Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We may
                    cancel this  Contract  upon 60 days'  notice to the Owner.
                    Such cancellation  would be considered a full surrender of
                    this Contract.

                    If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division  (except the
                    Money Market  Division)  falls below $500,  we reserve the
                    right to transfer the remaining  balance,  without charge,
                    to the Money Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the  right to  modify  these
                    minimums or to refuse a Purchase Payment for any reason.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for any other reason, including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                    If premium tax is paid,  the Company may reimburse  itself
                    for such tax when deduction is being made under paragraphs
                    2, 3,  or 4 above  calculated  by  multiplying  the sum of
                    Purchase   Payments  being  withdrawn  by  the  applicable
                    premium tax percentage.

                              OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

EXERCISE OF         This  Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is  entitled to
CONTRACT RIGHTS     exercise all rights and privileges in connection with this
                    Contract.  Where a Contract is jointly owned,  both Owners
                    must  join  in any  request  to  exercise  the  rights  or
                    privileges of an Owner.

                    In any case,  such rights and  privileges can be exercised
                    without  the  consent of the  Beneficiary  (other  than an
                    irrevocably - designated Beneficiary) or any other person.
                    Such rights and  privileges  may be exercised  only during
                    the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant  and prior to the Annuity
                    Commencement  Date,  except as otherwise  provided in this
                    Contract.

                    Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant will
                    become the Payee on the Annuity  Commencement Date. If the
                    Owner  or  the   Annuitant   dies  prior  to  the  Annuity
                    Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary will become the Payee.
                    Such  Payees  may  thereafter  exercise  such  rights  and
                    privileges of ownership which continue.

BENEFICIARY         The  Owner  named  the   Beneficiary  and  any  Contingent
                    Beneficiary  when applying for this  Contract.  By Written
                    notice to us, a non-irrevocable  Beneficiary or Contingent
                    Beneficiary  may be  changed  by the  Owner  prior  to the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date or by the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated  Payee after the Annuity  Commencement
                    Date.

CHANGE OF           Ownership of a Qualified  Contract may not be  transferred
OWNERSHIP           except to: (1) the  Annuitant;  (2) a trustee or successor
                    trustee  of a pension  or profit  sharing  trust  which is
                    qualified under Section 401 of the Internal  Revenue Code;
                    (3) the  employer  of the  Annuitant,  provided  that  the
                    Qualified  Contract after transfer is maintained under the
                    terms of a retirement  plan qualified under Section 403(a)
                    of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  for  the  benefit  of the
                    Annuitant;  (4) the  trustee of an  individual  retirement
                    account plan  qualified  under Section 408 of the Internal
                    Revenue Code; or (5) as otherwise  permitted  from time to
                    time by laws and  regulations  governing the retirement or
                    deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract
                    may be issued.  In no other case may a Qualified  Contract
                    be sold, assigned,  transferred,  discounted or pledged as
                    collateral.

                    During  the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant  and prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the  Owner  may  change  the
                    ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                    A change of ownership will not be binding upon us until we
                    receive Written notification at our Home Office. When such
                    notification is so received,  the change will be effective
                    as of the date of the signed  request for change,  but the
                    change will be without  prejudice  to us on account of any
                    payment made, or any action taken by us prior to receiving
                    the change, or on account of any tax consequence.

95021 Rev 896

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION OF     If an  Owner  (including  the  first to die in the case of
DEATH PROCEEDS      joint Contract owners) under a Non-Qualified Contract dies
UNDER NON-QUALIFIED prior to the Annuitant and before the Annuity Commencement
CONTRACTS           Date,  the  death  proceeds  must  be  distributed  to the
                    Beneficiary either (1) within five years after the date of
                    death  of the  Owner,  or (2) over the life of or a period
                    not  greater  than  the  life  or  expected  life  of  the
                    Beneficiary,  with annuity  payments  beginning within one
                    year after the date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary
                    shall be considered  the  designated  beneficiary  for the
                    purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. In
                    all cases,  any such  designated  beneficiary  will not be
                    entitled to exercise any rights  prohibited  by applicable
                    federal income tax law.

                    These mandatory  distribution  requirements will not apply
                    when  the  designated  Beneficiary  is the  spouse  of the
                    deceased  Owner,  if the spouse  elects to  continue  this
                    Contract  in the  spouse's  own name,  as Owner.  When the
                    deceased  Owner  was also  the  Annuitant,  the  surviving
                    spouse  (if  the  surviving   spouse  is  the   designated
                    Beneficiary)  may  elect  to be named  as both  Owner  and
                    Annuitant and continue this Contract.

                    If the Payee under a Non-Qualified Contract dies after the
                    Annuity  Commencement  Date and before all of the payments
                    under  the  Annuity  Option  have  been  distributed,  the
                    remaining  amount payable,  if any, must be distributed at
                    least as rapidly as under the method of distribution  then
                    in effect.

                    If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  or
                    the Payee  thereafter,  is not a natural person,  then the
                    foregoing  distribution  requirements shall apply upon the
                    death of the primary  Annuitant  within the meaning of the
                    Internal Revenue Code.

PERIODIC REPORTS    We will send to each  Owner,  at least  once  during  each
                    Contract  Year,  a statement  showing the Owner's  Account
                    Value as of a date not more than two  months  prior to the
                    date of mailing.  We will also send such statements as may
                    be required by applicable  state and federal  laws,  rules
                    and regulations.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT     We will  establish an Owner's  Account for the Owner under
                    this Contract and will  maintain  such account  during the
                    Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's  Account  Value for any
                    Valuation  Period  will be equal to the  Owner's  Separate
                    Account  Value,  if any,  plus the Owner's  Fixed  Account
                    Value, if any, for that Valuation Period.

                                 FIXED ACCOUNT

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE That portion of a Net Purchase  Payment which is allocated
                    to the  Fixed  Account  will be  credited  to the  Owner's
                    Account and allocated to the Guarantee Period(s) selected.
                    The Fixed  Account  Value of an  Owner's  Account  for any
                    Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the values in each
                    of the Guarantee  Periods  credited to the Owner's account
                    for such Valuation Period.

                    The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation Date
                    is the  accumulated  value of the Net  Purchase  Payments,
                    renewals or transfers allocated to the Guarantee Period at
                    the Guaranteed  Interest Rate, minus the accumulated value
                    of surrenders and transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period
                    and Contract Fee allocated to that  Guarantee  Period,  at
                    the Guaranteed Interest Rate.
 
95021 Rev 896
 
                                    Page 9
<PAGE>

GUARANTEE PERIODS   The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).  The
                    Guarantee Period(s) selected will determine the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rates(s). The Net Purchase Payment or the portion
                    thereof  (or amount  transferred  in  accordance  with the
                    transfer privilege provision described below) allocated to
                    a particular  Guarantee  Period will earn  interest at the
                    Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  during the  Guarantee  Period.
                    Guarantee  Periods begin on the date as of which we credit
                    the Owner's Account Value to that Guarantee  Period or, in
                    the  case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                    transfer.  The Guarantee  Period is the number of years we
                    credit the Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration  date
                    of any  Guarantee  Period is the last day of the Guarantee
                    Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods begin on the first
                    day  following  the  expiration   date.  As  a  result  of
                    Guarantee Period renewals,  additional  Purchase  Payments
                    and  transfers of portions of the Owner's  Account  Value,
                    Guarantee  Periods of the same duration may have different
                    expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                    We will  notify  the Owner in  writing  at least 30 and no
                    more  than 60 days  prior  to the  expiration  date of any
                    Guarantee  Period.  A new  Guarantee  Period  of the  same
                    duration  as the  previous  Guarantee  Period  will  begin
                    automatically  unless  we  receive  Written  notice to the
                    contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation  Dates prior
                    to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The Owner may elect
                    to change to another Guarantee Period or Division which we
                    offer at such time.

                    If the amount of an Owner's  Account  Value in a Guarantee
                    Period  is less  than  $500  at the end of such  Guarantee
                    Period,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  such  amount,
                    without  charge,  to  the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                    Separate Account. However, we will transfer such amount to
                    another available Division at the Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST We will  periodically  establish an applicable  Guaranteed
RATES               Interest Rate for each  Guarantee  Period we offer.  These
                    rates  will  be   guaranteed   for  the  duration  of  the
                    respective  Guarantee Periods.  The Guarantee Periods that
                    we make  available at any time will be  determined  in our
                    discretion.

                    No  Guaranteed   Interest  Rate  shall  be  less  than  an
                    effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS           The Separate Account has several Divisions, each investing
                    in a  corresponding  Variable Fund. Net Purchase  Payments
                    will be allocated to the  Divisions  and the Fixed Account
                    as  shown  on  Page  3,  unless  the  Owner   changes  the
                    allocation.

                    We will use the Net Purchase  Payments and any transferred
                    amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares applicable to the
                    Divisions at their net asset  value.  We will be the owner
                    of  all  Variable  Fund  shares  purchased  with  the  Net
                    Purchase Payments or transferred amounts.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>

DIVISION            Net Purchase Payments and transferred amounts allocated to
ACCUMULATION        the   Separate  Account  will be  credited  to the Owner's
UNIT                Account in the form of Division  Accumulation  Units.  The
                    number of Division  Accumulation  Units will be determined
                    by  dividing  the amount  allocated  to a Division  by the
                    Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  as of the  end of the
                    Valuation  Period as of which the transaction is credited.
                    The  value  of  each   Division   Accumulation   Unit  was
                    arbitrarily   set  as  of  the  date  the  Division  first
                    purchased  Variable Fund shares.  Subsequent values on any
                    Valuation   Date  are  equal  to  the  previous   Division
                    Accumulation  Unit value times the Net  Investment  Factor
                    for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT      The Net  Investment  Factor is an index applied to measure
FACTOR              the   investment   performance  of  a  Division  from  one
                    Valuation  Period to the next.

                    The Net  Investment  Factor may be greater or less than or
                    equal to one; therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    may   increase,   decrease  or  remain  the  same.The  Net
                    Investment Factor for a Division is determined by dividing
                    (1) by (2),  and then  subtracting  (3)  from the  result,
                    where:

                    (1)  Is the sum of:

                         (a)  The Net Asset  Value  Per Share of the  Variable
                              Fund shares held in the Division,  determined at
                              the end of the current Valuation Period; plus

                         (b)  The per share  amount of any dividend or capital
                              gain  distributions  made on the  Variable  Fund
                              shares held in the  Division  during the current
                              Valuation Period;

                    (2)  Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the Variable Fund
                         shares  held  in  the  Division,  determined  at  the
                         beginning of the current Valuation Period; and

                    (3)  Is a factor  representing the mortality risk, expense
                         risk,  and  administrative  expense  charge.  We will
                         determine the daily asset charge factor annually, but
                         in no event may it exceed the  Maximum  Asset  Charge
                         Factor as specified on Page 3.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT    The Separate Account Value for any Valuation Period is the
VALUE               total  of the  values  in each  Division  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account for such Valuation  Period.  The value for
                    each Division will be equal to:

                    (1)  The number of Division Accumulation Units; multiplied
                         by

                    (2)  The   Division   Accumulation   Unit  value  for  the
                         Valuation Period.

                    The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation Date
                    to  Valuation  Date  reflecting  the  total  value  in the
                    Divisions.

                                   TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS           Transfers may be made at any time during the  Accumulation
                    Period  after  the  first  30 days  following  the Date of
                    Issue. A transfer will be

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

                    effective at the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we
                    receive  the  Owner's  Written  request  for  a  transfer.
                    Transfers will be subject to the following restrictions:

                    (1)  Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner may
                         make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year without
                         charge.

                    (2)  There will be a charge of $25.00 for each transfer in
                         excess of 12in a Contract Year.

                    (3)  Transfers  under the  Automatic  Rebalancing  program
                         will  not  counttowards  the 12 free  transfers  each
                         Contract  Year.  The  $25.00charge  will not apply to
                         transfers    made    through    AutomaticRebalancing.
                         Transfers under any other asset managementarrangement
                         approved by the  Company may be subject to  the$25.00
                         charge and may count towards the 12 free transfers.

                    (4)  Not  more  than  25% of  the  Owner's  Account  Value
                         allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception may
                         be  transferred  to  the Variable  Account during any
                         Contract Year.  Transfers from a Guarantee Period are
                         made on a first in,  first out  basis.  The  25%limit
                         does not apply to:

                         (a)  Funds  transferred  from the One-Year  Guarantee
                              period; or

                         (b)  Transfers within 15 days before or after the end
                              of the applicable Guarantee Period; or

                         (c)  A renewal  at the end of a  Guarantee  Period to
                              the same Guarantee Period.

                    (5)  If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in any
                         Division  orGuarantee  Period to fall below $500,  we
                         reserve  the  right  to  alsotransfer  the  remaining
                         balance in that  Division or  Guarantee  Periodin the
                         same proportions as the transfer request.

                    (6)  We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from the
                         Fixed  Accountto  the Variable  Divisions for up to 6
                         months.

                    We reserve the right to restrict or terminate transfers.

                    After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may make
                    one transfer  during any 180 day period;  such transfer is
                    without charge.  The Owner may not make transfers from the
                    fixed annuity account.

AUTOMATIC           "Automatic  Rebalancing" occurs when funds are transferred
REBALANCING         by the Company between the Separate  Account  Divisions so
                    that the  values in each  Division  match  the  percentage
                    allocation  then in effect.  Automatic  Rebalancing of the
                    Separate Account Divisions will occur periodically:

                    (1)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is equal to or greater
                         than $25,000;and

                    (2)  If selected by the Owner.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>

                    The Owner may select  Automatic  Rebalancing when applying
                    for this Contract,  or it may be selected at a later date.
                    The  Company  reserves  the right to increase or lower the
                    Minimum Account Value required for Automatic Rebalancing.

                                  SURRENDERS

GENERAL SURRENDER   The amount  surrendered will normally be paid to the Owner
PROVISIONS          within 5 Valuation Dates following our receipt of:

                    (1)  The Owner's  Written  request on a form acceptable to
                         us; and

                    (2)  This Contract, if required.

                    We reserve the right to defer payment of  surrenders  from
                    the  Fixed  Account  for up to 6  months  from the date we
                    receive the request.

FULL SURRENDER      At any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date and
                    during  the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant,  the  Owner  may
                    surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written  request.
                    The amount payable on surrender is:

                    (1)  The Owner's Account Value at the end of the Valuation
                         Period in which we receive the  Owner's  request on a
                         form acceptable to us;

                    (2)  Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                    (3)  Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and

                    (4)  Minus any applicable premium tax.

                    The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less than
                    the amount required by state law.

                    Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract will
                    be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have  no  further
                    obligation to the Owner.

                    All collateral  assignees must consent to any surrender or
                    partial  withdrawal.  We may require that this Contract be
                    returned to our Home Office prior to making payment.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS A portion of the Owner's Account Value may be withdrawn at
                    any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The Owner
                    must send us a Written request specifying the Divisions or
                    Guarantee Periods from which the Partial  Withdrawal is to
                    be made.  However,  in cases  where the Owner  does not so
                    specify,  or the  withdrawal  cannot be made in accordance
                    with the  Owner's  specification,  we reserve the right to
                    implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from each Division and
                    Guarantee  Period  based on the Owner's  Account  Value in
                    each.  Partial  Withdrawals  will be made effective at the
                    end of the  Valuation  Period  in  which  we  receive  the
                    Written  request.  Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to
                    the following guidelines:
 
                    (1)  The Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least $100
                         or, if less, the Owner's entire Account Value;
 
95021 Rev 896
 
                                    Page 13
<PAGE>

                    (2)  We will surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units from
                         the  Separate  Account or  interests  in a  Guarantee
                         Period so that the total amount withdrawn will be the
                         sum of:

                         (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                         (b) Plus  any  Surrender  Charge  and  any  applicable
                              premium tax;

                    (3)  If a  Partial  Withdrawal  would  cause  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value in any  Division or  Guarantee  Period
                         (except  the Money  Market  Division)  to fall  below
                         $500,  we reserve the right to transfer the remaining
                         balance without charge to the Money Market Division.

                    (4)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE    Except as noted under  "Surrender  Charge  Exceptions",  a
FOR PARTIAL         Surrender  Charge  will be  applied  to the  amount of any
WITHDRAWALS AND     Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
FULL SURRENDERS     it was first credited, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SURRENDER CHARGE
                         YEAR OF                              AS A PERCENTAGE
                    PURCHASE PAYMENT                            OF PURCHASE
                       WITHDRAWAL                            PAYMENT WITHDRAWN
<S>                                                                  <C>
                          1st                                        6%
                          2nd                                        6%
                          3rd                                        5%
                          4th                                        5%
                          5th                                        4%
                          6th                                        3%
                          7th                                        2%
                      Thereafter                                     0%
</TABLE>

                    For purposes of computing the Surrender Charge, the oldest
                    Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn  first,  and
                    before any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments  are
                    withdrawn   from  an  Owner's   Account.   The   following
                    transactions   will  be  considered  as  withdrawals   for
                    purposes  of  computing   the  Surrender   Charge:   total
                    surrender, partial withdrawal,  commencement of an annuity
                    payment option and termination  due to insufficient  Owner
                    Account Value.

SURRENDER CHARGE    The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS
                    (1)  To any  amounts in excess of Purchase  Payments  that
                         are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                    (2)  To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted  by
                         the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege if such amounts are
                         required  to  be   withdrawn   to  obtain  or  retain
                         favorable  federal tax  treatment;  (The  granting of
                         this exception is subject to our approval);

                    (3)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Payout Period;

95021 Rev 896

                                     Page 14
<PAGE>

                    (4)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Accumulation   Period  if  no  Contingent   Annuitant
                         survives;

                    (5)  Upon  the  death  of  the  Owner  of a  Non-Qualified
                         Contract,  unless  the  Contract  is being  continued
                         under  the  special  rule for a  surviving  spouse as
                         defined under Internal Revenue Code Section (72)(s);

                    (6)  Upon  selection of an annuity  payment  option over a
                         period of at least 10 years;

                    (7)  Upon selection of an annuity  payment option based on
                         life  contingencies if life expectancy is at least 10
                         years.

10% FREE WITHDRAWAL The  Surrender  Charge  does not apply to that  portion of
PRIVILEGE           each  withdrawal or a total surrender in any Contract Year
                    that does not exceed:

                    (1)  Ten Percent (10%) of the amount of Purchase  Payments
                         not  previously  withdrawn that have been credited to
                         this  Contract  for at least one  year,  but not more
                         than 7 years; less

                    (2)  The amount of any  previous  withdrawals  made during
                         such Contract Year.

                    For  withdrawals  under  a  systematic   withdrawal  plan,
                    Purchase  Payments  credited  for  30  days  or  more  are
                    eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                    If multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract Year,
                    the  amount  eligible  for  the  free  withdrawal  will be
                    recalculated at the time of each Partial Withdrawal. After
                    the  first  Contract  Year,  non-automatic  and  automatic
                    withdrawals  may be made in the same Contract Year subject
                    to the 10% limitation.

                    A  free  withdrawal  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing
                    Surrender Charge  Exceptions is not deemed a withdrawal of
                    Purchase Payments except for purposes of computing the 10%
                    free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF           An  annual  Contract  Fee  not to  exceed  $30.00  will be
DEDUCTING           deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year  prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,  the fee
                    will  be  allocated   among  the  Guarantee   Periods  and
                    Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account Value in
                    each.  The entire fee for the year will be  deducted  from
                    the proceeds of any full surrender of this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO            We  reserve  the right to  impose  additional  charges  or
IMPOSE              establish reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
                    or that may be  incurred  by us,  and  that may be  deemed
                    attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF    If the  Owner  has made a full  surrender  of the  Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE       Account Value, the Owner may reinstate the Contract, if we
                    receive the Written reinstatement request, together with a
                    return of the net surrender

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>

                    proceeds, not more than 30 days after the date as of which
                    the  surrender  was  made.  In  such a case,  the  Owner's
                    Account  Value will be restored to what it was at the time
                    of the  surrender  (less any annual  Contract  maintenance
                    charge that has since become payable),  and any subsequent
                    Surrender  Charge will be computed as if the  Contract had
                    been issued at the date of  reinstatement in consideration
                    of a Purchase  Payment in the amount of such net surrender
                    proceeds.   This  one-time   reinstatement   privilege  is
                    available only if the Owner's  Account Value following the
                    reinstatement  would be at least  $500.  Unless  the Owner
                    requests otherwise in Writing, the Account Value following
                    the  reinstatement  will be allocated  among the Divisions
                    and  Guarantee  Periods in the same  proportions  as those
                    prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS      If the  Annuitant  dies  before the  Annuity  Commencement
BEFORE THE ANNUITY  Date,and  is  survived  by  a  Contingent  Annuitant,  the
COMMENCEMENT DATE   Contract will be continued with the  Contingent  Annuitant
                    being  named  the  Annuitant.  If this is a  Non-Qualified
                    Contract, this Contract may qualify for continuation under
                    the  "Distribution  of Death Proceeds under  Non-Qualified
                    Contracts"  provision.  Otherwise,  we will pay the  death
                    proceeds to the  Beneficiary  if one of the following dies
                    prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:

                    (1)  The Annuitant (provided that no Contingent  Annuitant
                         survives); or

                    (2)  The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including the
                         first to die in the case of Joint Owners).

                    If the  Annuitant  or such Owner  dies,  the amount of the
                    death  proceeds  will  be the  greatest  of the  following
                    amounts, less any applicable Premium Tax:

                    (1)  The sum of all Net Purchase  Payments  less any prior
                         Partial Withdrawals;

                    (2)  The  Owner's  Account  Value  as of  the  end  of the
                         Valuation  Period  in which we  receive  proof of the
                         Annuitant's  or  such  Owner's  death  and a  Written
                         request  from  the  Beneficiary  as to  the  form  of
                         payment; or

                    (3)  The  Highest  Anniversary  Value prior to the date of
                         death, determined as follows:

                         (a)  We will  calculate the Account Values at the end
                              of each of the past Contract  Anniversaries that
                              occurred prior to the deceased's 81st birthday;

                         (b)  Each of the Account  Values will be increased by
                              the amount of Net Purchase  Payments  made since
                              the end of such Contract Years;

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>

                         (c)  The result  will be reduced by the amount of any
                              withdrawals  made since the end of such Contract
                              Years;

                    The Highest  Anniversary  Value will be an amount equal to
                    the highest of such values.

                    The  death  proceeds  will  not be less  than  the  amount
                    payable on a full  surrender at the date used to value the
                    death benefit. The death proceeds will become payable when
                    we receive:

                    (1)  Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and
 
                    (2)  A Written  request from the  Beneficiary for either a
                         single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.
 
                    If the  Annuitant  dies,  and a Contingent  Annuitant  was
                    named but predeceased the Annuitant, we will require proof
                    of the Contingent  Annuitant's  death in addition to proof
                    of the death of the Annuitant.

                    We will  pay a single  sum to the  Beneficiary  unless  an
                    Annuity Option is chosen.

DEATH PROCEEDS ON   If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement
OR AFTER THE        Date, the Beneficiary will receive the death proceeds,  if
ANNUITY             any, as provided by the annuity form in effect.
COMMENCEMENT DATE

PROOF OF DEATH      We accept any of the following as proof of the Annuitant's
                    or Owner's death:

                    (1)  A copy of a certified death certificate;

                    (2)  A copy of a certified  decree of a court of competent
                         jurisdiction as to the finding of death;

                    (3)  A written  statement by a medical doctor who attended
                         the deceased at the time of death; or

                    (4)  Any other proof satisfactory to us.

                              PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

APPLICATION OF      Unless directed otherwise, we will apply the Fixed Account
ACCOUNT VALUE       Value to provide a Fixed Annuity, and the Separate Account
                    Value to provide a Variable  Annuity.  The Owner must tell
                    us in  writing  at  least  30 days  prior  to the  Annuity
                    Commencement Date if Fixed and Separate Account values are
                    to be  applied in  different  proportions.  Transfers  and
                    partial  withdrawals  will be permitted  within the 30-day
                    period.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>

ANNUITY             The Annuity  Commencement  Date (Annuity Date) is shown on
COMMENCEMENT DATE   page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract may be required
                    to  receive   distributions  after  the  Annuitant's  70th
                    birthday to comply with certain federal tax  requirements.
                    The Annuity Date may be changed by Written notice from the
                    Owner, subject to our approval.


OPTIONS AVAILABLE   The  Owner  may  elect  to  have  annuity   payments  made
TO A CONTRACT       beginning on the Annuity  Commencement  Date under any one
OWNER               of the Annuity Options described in this Contract. We will
                    notify  the  Owner 60 to 90 days  prior  to the  scheduled
                    Annuity Date that the Contract is scheduled to mature, and
                    request that an Annuity  Option be selected.  If the Owner
                    has not  selected an Annuity  Option ten days prior to the
                    Annuity Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                    If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any date
                    prior to the Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  we will extend
                    the Annuity  Commencement  Date to the  Annuitant's  100th
                    birthday.

                    If  the  scheduled   Annuity   Commencement  Date  is  the
                    Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  the Account  Value less any
                    applicable  charges and premium  taxes will be paid in one
                    sum to the Owner.


OPTIONS AVAILABLE   The Owner may elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,  that
TO BENEFICIARY      any  amount or part  thereof  due under this  Contract  be
                    applied under any of the options  described below.  Within
                    60 days  after the death of the  Annuitant  or Owner,  the
                    Beneficiary  may make such  election  if the Owner has not
                    done so. In such case, the  Beneficiary  thereafter  shall
                    have all the rights and options of the Owner.

                    The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be made
                    on the first day of the second month after approval of the
                    claim for  settlement.  Subsequent  payments shall be made
                    periodically  in  accordance  with the  manner of  payment
                    elected.

PAYMENT CONTRACT    At such time as one of these  options  becomes  effective,
                    this  Contract  shall be  surrendered  to the  Company  in
                    exchange for a payment  contract  providing for the option
                    elected.

FIXED ANNUITY       Fixed Annuity  Payments start on the Annuity  Commencement
PAYMENTS            Date.  The  amount of the first  monthly  payment  for the
                    annuity  selected  will be at least as  favorable  as that
                    produced by the applicable annuity tables of this Contract
                    for each  $1,000  applied  as of the end of the  Valuation
                    Period  that  contains  the tenth day prior to the Annuity
                    Commencement Date.

                    The dollar amount of any payments  after the first payment
                    is specified during the entire period of annuity payments,
                    according  to  the   provisions  of  the  Annuity   Option
                    selected.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>

                           VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

ANNUITY UNITS       We convert the Division  Accumulation  Units into Division
                    Annuity  Units at the values  determined at the end of the
                    Valuation Period which contains the tenth day prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. The number of Division Annuity
                    Units is obtained by dividing the first monthly payment by
                    the Division  Annuity Unit Value  determined at the end of
                    the above Valuation Period (see following paragraph).  The
                    first monthly payment is determined by applying the dollar
                    value of the Division Accumulation Units to the applicable
                    Annuity  Table.  The  number  of  Division  Annuity  Units
                    remains  constant  as long as an annuity  remains in force
                    and allocation among the Divisions has not changed.

                    Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set when
                    the Division first converted  Division  Accumulation Units
                    into  Division  Annuity  Units.  Subsequent  values on any
                    Valuation Date are equal to the previous  Division Annuity
                    Unit  Value  times  the Net  Investment  Factor  for  that
                    Division for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation
                    Date, with an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest rate
                    used in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                    Variable   Annuity   Payments   start   on   the   Annuity
                    Commencement  Date.  Payments  will vary in amount and are
                    determined  at  the  end  of  the  Valuation  Period  that
                    contains  the  tenth  day  prior to each  payment.  If the
                    monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected is based
                    on a single  Division,  the  monthly  payment  is found by
                    multiplying  the Division  Annuity Unit Value on said date
                    by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                    If the monthly  payment under the annuity form selected is
                    based upon more than one Division,  the above procedure is
                    repeated for each  applicable  Division.  The sum of these
                    payments is the Variable Annuity Payment.

                    We  guarantee  that the amount of each payment will not be
                    affected by variations in expense or mortality experience.

                                ANNUITY OPTIONS

                    FIRST OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity  payable  monthly
                    during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                    SECOND  OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120, 180 OR 240 MONTHLY
                    PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED - An annuity  payable  monthly during
                    the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  including  the  guarantee
                    that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been
                    made for less than 120  months,  180  months or 240 months
                    (as  selected),  payments  shall be  continued  during the
                    remainder of the selected period.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 19
<PAGE>

                    THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST  SURVIVOR  LIFE ANNUITY - An
                    annuity  payable  monthly during the joint lifetime of the
                    Annuitant,  and  a  secondary  Annuitant,  and  thereafter
                    during the  remaining  lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing
                    with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                    FOURTH  OPTION -  PAYMENTS  FOR A  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - An
                    amount  payable  monthly for the number of years  selected
                    which  may be  from  5 to 40  years.  If  this  option  is
                    selected on a variable basis,  the number of years may not
                    exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated Payee.

                    FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR AMOUNT - The
                    amount due may be paid in equal monthly  installments of a
                    designated dollar amount (not less than $125 nor more than
                    $200 per annum  per  $1,000 of the  original  amount  due)
                    until the remaining balance is less than the amount of one
                    installment. Payments under this option are available on a
                    fixed basis only. To determine  the  remaining  balance at
                    the  end of any  month,  such  balance  at the  end of the
                    previous   month  is   decreased  by  the  amount  of  any
                    installment  paid  during the month and the result will be
                    accumulated  at  an  interest  rate  not  less  than  3.5%
                    compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
                    is less than the amount of one  installment,  such balance
                    will be paid  and  will be the  final  payment  under  the
                    option.

                    In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected on a
                    quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which cases the
                    amount of each  annuity  payment will be  determined  on a
                    basis  consistent with that described in this Contract for
                    monthly payments.

                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,  unless a
                    minimum  initial annuity payment of $100 will be provided.
                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a combination  of a Fixed and a Variable  Annuity is
                    elected,  unless a minimum  initial annuity payment of $50
                    on each basis will be  provided.  If the  initial  annuity
                    payment does not meet the minimum amount  required for the
                    Annuity  Option  elected,  the Company will provide a less
                    frequent  payment  schedule.  If the  minimum is still not
                    met,  the  Company  will make a  lump-sum  payment  of the
                    Account  Value  (less any  Surrender  Charge,  uncollected
                    annual  Maintenance  Charge and applicable premium tax) as
                    of the  date of this  determination  to the  Annuitant  or
                    other properly-designated Payee.

                    If the age or sex of the Annuitant  has been  misstated to
                    us, any amount  payable will be that which would have been
                    payable had the misstatement not occurred.  We will deduct
                    any overpayment  from the next payment or payments due and
                    add any underpayments to the next payment due. Interest at
                    an effective annual rate of 3.5% will be added to any such
                    adjustment.

ANNUITY TABLES      The tables that follow show the dollar amount of the first
                    monthly payment for each $1,000 applied under the options.
                    The tables  are based on the 1983a  Male or Female  Tables
                    adjusted by projection scale G for 9 years,  with interest
                    at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.

95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 20
<PAGE>

                    Under  the  First or Second  Options,  the  amount of each
                    payment will depend upon the sex of the  Annuitant and the
                    Annuitant's  adjusted age at the time the first payment is
                    due.  Under the Third  Option,  the amount of each payment
                    will  depend  upon the sex of both  Annuitants  and  their
                    adjusted ages at the time the first payment is due.

                    In using the table of annuity  payment rates,  the ages of
                    the  Annuitants  must be reduced  by one year for  Annuity
                    Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2000-2009,
                    reduced two years for Annuity Commencement Dates occurring
                    during the decade  2010-2019,  and  reduced an  additional
                    year for each decade that follows. The age 70 rate is also
                    used for ages above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT    If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner (or,
OF INSTALLMENTS     if the  Owner  has  not  elected  a  payment  option,  the
UNDER FIXED LIFE    Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal to those
INCOME OPTIONS      provided by those fixed single premium  immediate  annuity
                    option rates in use by the Company  when annuity  payments
                    begin.


95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 21
<PAGE>

                           AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age        --------------Monthly Payments Guaranteed--------------
of Male         Option 1          Option 2          Option 2          Option 2
                  None               120               180               240
<S>               <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>

   50             4.37              4.33              4.28               4.21
   51             4.44              4.40              4.34               4.26
   52             4.52              4.47              4.40               4.32
   53             4.59              4.54              4.47               4.37
   54             4.68              4.62              4.54               4.43
   55             4.77              4.70              4.61               4.49
   56             4.86              4.78              4.69               4.55
   57             4.96              4.87              4.76               4.61
   58             5.06              4.97              4.84               4.67
   59             5.18              5.07              4.93               4.73
   60             5.30              5.17              5.01               4.79
   61             5.42              5.28              5.10               4.86
   62             5.56              5.40              5.20               4.92
   63             5.71              5.52              5.29               4.98
   64             5.87              5.65              5.38               5.04
   65             6.04              5.79              5.48               5.10
   66             6.22              5.92              5.58               5.15
   67             6.41              6.07              5.68               5.21
   68             6.62              6.22              5.77               5.26
   69             6.84              6.37              5.87               5.30
   70 and above   7.07              6.53              5.96               5.35
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age        --------------Monthly Payments Guaranteed--------------
of Female       Option 1          Option 2          Option 2          Option 2
                  None               120               180               240
<S>               <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>
   50             4.05              4.03              4.01               3.97
   51             4.10              4.09              4.06               4.02
   52             4.17              4.14              4.12               4.07
   53             4.23              4.21              4.17               4.12
   54             4.30              4.27              4.23               4.18
   55             4.37              4.34              4.30               4.23
   56             4.44              4.41              4.36               4.29
   57             4.52              4.48              4.43               4.35
   58             4.61              4.56              4.50               4.41
   59             4.70              4.65              4.58               4.48
   60             4.79              4.74              4.66               4.54
   61             4.89              4.83              4.74               4.61
   62             5.00              4.93              4.83               4.67
   63             5.12              5.03              4.92               4.74
   64             5.24              5.14              5.01               4.81
   65             5.38              5.26              5.11               4.88
   66             5.52              5.38              5.20               4.95
   67             5.67              5.51              5.31               5.01
   68             5.83              5.65              5.41               5.08
   69             6.01              5.79              5.52               5.14
   70 and above   6.20              5.94              5.62               5.20
</TABLE>

95021 Rev 896 

                                    Page 22
<PAGE>

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age                  Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
of Annuitant
<S>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
    Male          F50           F55           F60           F65           F70

     50           3.76          3.89          4.01          4.11          4.19
     55           3.84          4.01          4.18          4.33          4.46
     60           3.90          4.11          4.33          4.56          4.77
     65           3.95          4.19          4.47          4.78          5.09
     70           3.99          4.25          4.58          4.96          5.39
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age                  Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
of Annuitant
<S>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

   Female         M50           M55           M60           M65           M70

     50           3.76          3.84          3.90          3.95          3.99
     55           3.89          4.01          4.11          4.19          4.25
     60           4.01          4.18          4.33          4.47          4.58
     65           4.11          4.33          4.56          4.78          4.96
     70           4.19          4.46          4.77          5.09          5.39
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<CAPTION>
      Years of       Amount of Monthly       Years of       Amount of Monthly
       Payment            Payment            Payment             Payment
<S>                       <C>                   <C>               <C>
         5                $18.12                23                $5.24
         6                 15.35                24                 5.09
         7                 13.38                25                 4.96
         8                 11.90                26                 4.84
         9                 10.75                27                 4.73
        10                  9.83                28                 4.63
        11                  9.09                29                 4.53
        12                  8.46                30                 4.45
        13                  7.94                31                 4.37
        14                  7.49                32                 4.29
        15                  7.10                33                 4.22
        16                  6.76                34                 4.15
        17                  6.47                35                 4.09
        18                  6.20                36                 4.03
        19                  5.97                37                 3.98
        20                  5.75                38                 3.92
        21                  5.56                39                 3.88
        22                  5.39                40                 3.83
</TABLE>
95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 23


                                                              EXHIBIT 4(g)(iii)

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    CALIFORNIA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

                                  IMPORTANT

YOU HAVE  PURCHASED  A  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  CONTRACT.  CAREFULLY  REVIEW IT FOR
LIMITATIONS.

THIS  CONTRACT  MAY BE RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS* FROM THE DATE YOU RECEIVED IT
FOR A FULL  REFUND  EITHER  BY  RETURNING  IT TO THE  AGENT  OR THE  INSURANCE
COMPANY. THE AMOUNT OF REFUND WILL BE THE SUM OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE END
OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED,  PLUS ANY PREMIUM
TAXES AND ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.  AFTER 10 DAYS*,
CANCELLATION MAY RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL PENALTY, KNOWN AS A SURRENDER CHARGE.

*30 DAYS IF YOU WERE AGE 60 OR ABOVE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

A  surrender  charge as shown on page 14 may be  applied  to the amount of any
Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first  seven years after it was first
credited.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--5 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    CALIFORNIA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--5 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                       FLORIDA

                    (2)  We will surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units from
                         the  Separate  Account or  interests  in a  Guarantee
                         Period so that the total amount withdrawn will be the
                         sum of:

                         (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                         (b)  Plus any  Surrender  Charge  and any  applicable
                              premium tax;

                    (3)  If a  Partial  Withdrawal  would  cause  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value in any  Division or  Guarantee  Period
                         (except  the Money  Market  Division)  to fall  below
                         $500,  we reserve the right to transfer the remaining
                         balance without charge to the Money Market Division.

                    (4)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE    Except as noted under  "Surrender  Charge  Exceptions",  a
FOR PARTIAL         Surrender  Charge  will be  applied  to the  amount of any
WITHDRAWALS AND     Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
FULL SURRENDERS     it was first credited, as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Surrender Charge
                          Year of                as a Percentage
                     Purchase Payment             of Purchase
                        Withdrawal             Payment Withdrawn
                     ----------------          -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>
                           1st                         6%
                           2nd                         6%
                           3rd                         5%
                           4th                         5%
                           5th                         4%
                           6th                         3%
                           7th                         2%
                         Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>

                    For purposes of computing the Surrender Charge, the oldest
                    Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn  first,  and
                    before any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments  are
                    withdrawn   from  an  Owner's   Account.   This  order  of
                    withdrawal may be different  than the order  considered by
                    the IRS  for  determining  tax  liability.  The  following
                    transactions   will  be  considered  as  withdrawals   for
                    purposes  of  computing   the  Surrender   Charge:   total
                    surrender, partial withdrawal,  commencement of an annuity
                    payment option and termination  due to insufficient  Owner
                    Account Value.

SURRENDER CHARGE    The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS

                    (1)  To any  amounts in excess of Purchase  Payments  that
                         are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                    (2)  To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted  by
                         the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege if such amounts are
                         required  to  be   withdrawn   to  obtain  or  retain
                         favorable  federal tax  treatment;  (The  granting of
                         this exception is subject to our approval);

                    (3)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Payout Period;

95020--10 Rev 896

                                   Page 14

<PAGE>

                                                                        FLORIDA

                    (4)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Accumulation   Period  if  no  Contingent   Annuitant
                         survives;

                    (5)  Upon  the  death  of  the  Owner  of a  Non-Qualified
                         Contract,  unless  the  Contract  is being  continued
                         under  the  special  rule for a  surviving  spouse as
                         defined under Internal Revenue Code Section (72)(s);

                    (6)  Upon  selection of an annuity  payment  option over a
                         period of at least 10 years;

                    (7)  Upon selection of an annuity  payment option based on
                         life  contingencies if life expectancy is at least 10
                         years.

10% FREE            The  Surrender  Charge  does not apply to that  portion of
WITHDRAWAL          each  withdrawal or a total surrender in any Contract Year
PRIVILEGE           that does not exceed:

                    (1)  Ten Percent (10%) of the amount of Purchase  Payments
                         not  previously  withdrawn that have been credited to
                         this  Contract  for at least one  year,  but not more
                         than 7 years; less

                    (2)  The amount of any  previous  withdrawals  made during
                         such Contract Year.

                    For  withdrawals  under  a  systematic   withdrawal  plan,
                    Purchase  Payments  credited  for  30  days  or  more  are
                    eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                    If multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract Year,
                    the  amount  eligible  for  the  free  withdrawal  will be
                    recalculated at the time of each Partial Withdrawal. After
                    the  first  Contract  Year,  non-automatic  and  automatic
                    withdrawals  may be made in the same Contract Year subject
                    to the 10% limitation.

                    A  free  withdrawal  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing
                    Surrender Charge  Exceptions is not deemed a withdrawal of
                    Purchase Payments except for purposes of computing the 10%
                    free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF           An  annual  Contract  Fee  not to  exceed  $30.00  will be
DEDUCTING           deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year  prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,  the fee
                    will  be  allocated   among  the  Guarantee   Periods  and
                    Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account Value in
                    each.  The entire fee for the year will be  deducted  from
                    the proceeds of any full surrender of this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO            We  reserve  the right to  impose  additional  charges  or
IMPOSE              establish reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
                    or that may be  incurred  by us,  and  that may be  deemed
                    attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF    If the  Owner  has made a full  surrender  of the  Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE       Account Value, the Owner may reinstate the Contract, if we
                    receive the Written reinstatement request, together with a
                    return of the net surrender


95020--10 Rev 896

                                   Page 15

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                         IDAHO
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 20 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                         IDAHO
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                        KANSAS
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                        KANSAS
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                       MARYLAND

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS                       

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless  otherwise  required  by  law  or  regulation,  the
INVESTMENT          investment  advisor  or any  investment  policy may not be
ADVISOR OR          changed without our consent.  If required,  approval of or
INVESTMENT POLICY   change of any investment  objective will be filed with the
                    Insurance  Department  of the state where this Contract is
                    delivered. You will be notified of any material investment
                    policy change which has been approved.  Notification of an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.
 
                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Code or by any other  applicable  law,  regulation or
                         interpretation in order to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.


95020--21 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>

                                                                       MARYLAND

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    If the  Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We may
                    cancel this  Contract  upon 60 days'  notice to the Owner.
                    Such cancellation  would be considered a full surrender of
                    this Contract.

                    If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division  (except the
                    Money Market  Division)  falls below $500,  we reserve the
                    right to transfer the remaining  balance,  without charge,
                    to the Money Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for any other reason, including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.


95020--21 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                                                                  MASSACHUSETTS
<TABLE>

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT

<CAPTION>
       END OF     ANNUITY      SURRENDER      SURRENDER
        YEAR       VALUE        CHARGE          VALUE

<S>              <C>           <C>            <C>
         1       $2,030.00     $ 108.00       $1,922.00
         2        2,060.90       108.00        1,952.90
         3        2,092.73        90.00        2,002.73
         4        2,125.51        90.00        2,035.51
         5        2,159.28        72.00        2,087.28

         6        2,194.06        54.00        2,140.06
         7        2,229.88        36.00        2,193.88
         8        2,266.78         0.00        2,266.78
         9        2,304.78         0.00        2,304.78
        10        2,343.92         0.00        2,343.92

        11        2,384.24         0.00        2,384.24
        12        2,425.77         0.00        2,425.77
        13        2,468.54         0.00        2,468.54
        14        2,512.60         0.00        2,512.60
        15        2,557.98         0.00        2,557.98

        16        2,604.72         0.00        2,604.72
        17        2,652.86         0.00        2,652.86
        18        2,702.45         0.00        2,702.45
        19        2,753.52         0.00        2,753.52
        20        2,806.13         0.00        2,806.13

        21        2,860.31         0.00        2,860.31
        22        2,916.12         0.00        2,916.12
        23        2,973.60         0.00        2,973.60
        24        3,032.81         0.00        3,032.81
        25        3,093.79         0.00        3,093.79

        26        3,156.60         0.00        3,156.60
        27        3,221.30         0.00        3,221.30
        28        3,287.94         0.00        3,287.94
        29        3,356.58         0.00        3,356.58
        30        3,427.28         0.00        3,427.28

        31        3,500.10         0.00        3,500.10
        32        3,575.10         0.00        3,575.10
        33        3,652.35         0.00        3,652.35
        34        3,731.92         0.00        3,731.92
        35        3,813.88         0.00        3,813.88

        36        3,898.30         0.00        3,898.30
        37        3,985.25         0.00        3,985.25
        38        4,074.81         0.00        4,074.81
        39        4,167.05         0.00        4,167.05
        40        4,262.06         0.00        4,262.06

        41        4,359.92         0.00        4,359.92
        42        4,460.72         0.00        4,460.72
        43        4,564.54         0.00        4,564.54
        44        4,671.48         0.00        4,671.48
        45        4,781.62         0.00        4,781.62
</TABLE>
 
The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.


95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 23
<PAGE>

                                                                  MASSACHUSETTS

<TABLE>

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT

<CAPTION>
       END OF     ANNUITY      SURRENDER      SURRENDER
        YEAR       VALUE        CHARGE          VALUE

<S>              <C>           <C>            <C>

        46        4,895.07         0.00        4,895.07
        47        5,011.92         0.00        5,011.92
        48        5,132.28         0.00        5,132.28
        49        5,256.25         0.00        5,256.25
        50        5,383.94         0.00        5,383.94

        51        5,515.46         0.00        5,515.46
        52        5,650.92         0.00        5,650.92
        53        5,790.45         0.00        5,790.45
        54        5,934.16         0.00        5,934.16
        55        6,082.18         0.00        6,082.18

        56        6,234.65         0.00        6,234.65
        57        6,391.69         0.00        6,391.69
        58        6,553.44         0.00        6,553.44
        59        6,720.04         0.00        6,720.04
        60        6,891.64         0.00        6,891.64
</TABLE>

The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.


95020 Rev 896

                                   Page 24

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                     MINNESOTA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

RIGHT TO CANCEL -- YOU MAY CANCEL  THIS  CONTRACT BY  DELIVERING  OR MAILING A
WRITTEN  NOTICE OR SENDING A TELEGRAM TO THE COMPANY AT 2727--A ALLEN PARKWAY,
HOUSTON,  TEXAS 77019,  AND BY RETURNING THE CONTRACT  BEFORE  MIDNIGHT OF THE
TENTH DAY AFTER THE DATE YOU RECEIVE THE  CONTRACT.  NOTICE  GIVEN BY MAIL AND
RETURN OF THE  CONTRACT BY MAIL ARE  EFFECTIVE ON BEING  POSTMARKED,  PROPERLY
ADDRESSED AND POSTAGE  PREPAID.  THE INSURER MUST RETURN ALL PAYMENTS MADE FOR
THIS CONTRACT WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER IT RECEIVES NOTICE OF CANCELLATION AND THE
RETURNED CONTRACT.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--24 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                     MINNESOTA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--24 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE PAGE                         MINNESOTA
                                 (CONTINUED)

                    A  Surrender  Charge  will  apply  to  the  amount  of any
                    Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
                    it was first credited. (See provisions entitled "Surrender
                    Charge for Partial  Wthdrawals  and Full  Surrenders"  and
                    "Surrender Charge Exceptions" on page 14.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Number of Years from
                  Date Purchase Payment   
                  was Credited to Date        Surrender Charge as a
                     of Withdrawal            Percentage of Purchase
                       Withdrawn                     Payment
                     ----------------          -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>
                           1st                         6%
                           2nd                         6%
                           3rd                         5%
                           4th                         5%
                           5th                         4%
                           6th                         3%
                           7th                         2%
                         Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>


95020--24 Rev 896

                                   Page 3A
<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                NORTH CAROLINA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                NORTH CAROLINA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                  NORTH DAKOTA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 20 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                  NORTH DAKOTA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                      OKLAHOMA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE  PAYMENTS  RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.  IF REFUND IS NOT MADE
WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE POLICY IS  RETURNED TO US, THE AMOUNT  REFUNDED  WILL
INCLUDE INTEREST.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                -------------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--37 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                      OKLAHOMA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--37 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                   PENNSYLVANIA
<TABLE>
                                    INDEX

<CAPTION>
                                                                      Page
<S>                                                                    <C>
Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Automatic Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Change of Investment Advisor or
Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Contingent Annuitant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Contract Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Division Accumulation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

General Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Guaranteed Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Ownership Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

Separate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Full Surrender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

Surrender Charge Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
</TABLE>


95020--39 Rev 896

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                SOUTH CAROLINA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                SOUTH CAROLINA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless  otherwise  required  by  law  or  regulation,  the
INVESTMENT          investment  advisor  or any  investment  policy may not be
ADVISOR OR          changed without our consent.  If required,  approval of or
INVESTMENT POLICY   change of any investment  objective will be filed with the
                    Insurance  Department  of the state where this Contract is
                    delivered. You will be notified of any material investment
                    policy change which has been approved.  Notification of an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.

                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Codeor by any other  applicable  law,  regulation  or
                         interpretation  inorder to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.


95020--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    Upon 60 days  notice  to the  Owner,  we may  cancel  this
                    contract prior to the time the annuity becomes payable if:

                    (1)  No  considerations   have  been  received  under  the
                         contract for a period of two full years; and

                    (2)  The Owner's Account Value is less than $500.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the  right to  modify  these
                    minimums or to refuse a Purchase Payment for any reason.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for any other reason, including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.


95020--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

GUARANTEE PERIODS   The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).  The
                    Guarantee Period(s) selected will determine the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rates(s). The Net Purchase Payment or the portion
                    thereof  (or amount  transferred  in  accordance  with the
                    transfer privilege provision described below) allocated to
                    a particular  Guarantee  Period will earn  interest at the
                    Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  during the  Guarantee  Period.
                    Guarantee  Periods begin on the date as of which we credit
                    the Owner's Account Value to that Guarantee  Period or, in
                    the  case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                    transfer.  The Guarantee  Period is the number of years we
                    credit the Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration  date
                    of any  Guarantee  Period is the last day of the Guarantee
                    Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods begin on the first
                    day  following  the  expiration   date.  As  a  result  of
                    Guarantee Period renewals,  additional  Purchase  Payments
                    and  transfers of portions of the Owner's  Account  Value,
                    Guarantee  Periods of the same duration may have different
                    expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                    We will  notify  the Owner in  writing  at least 30 and no
                    more  than 60 days  prior  to the  expiration  date of any
                    Guarantee  Period.  A new  Guarantee  Period  of the  same
                    duration  as the  previous  Guarantee  Period  will  begin
                    automatically  unless  we  receive  Written  notice to the
                    contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation  Dates prior
                    to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The Owner may elect
                    to change to another Guarantee Period or Division which we
                    offer at such time.

                    If the amount of an Owner's  Account  Value in a Guarantee
                    Period  is less  than  $500  at the end of such  Guarantee
                    Period,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  such  amount,
                    without  charge,  to  the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                    Separate Account. However, we will transfer such amount to
                    another available Division at the Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST We will  periodically  establish an applicable  Guaranteed
RATES               Interest Rate for each  Guarantee  Period we offer.  These
                    rates  will  be   guaranteed   for  the  duration  of  the
                    respective  Guarantee Periods.  The Guarantee Periods that
                    we make  available at any time will be  determined  in our
                    discretion.

                    No  Guaranteed   Interest  Rate  shall  be  less  than  an
                    effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

STATUTORY           The paid up annuity benefits, surrender benefits and death
REQUIREMENTS        benefits guaranteed in this contract are not less than the
                    minimum  benefits  required by any statute of the state in
                    which this contract is delivered.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS           The Separate Account has several Divisions, each investing
                    in a  corresponding  Variable Fund. Net Purchase  Payments
                    will be allocated to the  Divisions  and the Fixed Account
                    as  shown  on  Page  3,  unless  the  Owner   changes  the
                    allocation.

                    We will use the Net Purchase  Payments and any transferred
                    amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares applicable to the
                    Divisions at their net asset  value.  We will be the owner
                    of  all  Variable  Fund  shares  purchased  with  the  Net
                    Purchase Payments or transferred amounts.


95020--44 Rev 896

                                   Page 10
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

DIVISION            Net Purchase Payments and transferred amounts allocated to
ACCUMULATION        the  Separate  Account  will be  credited  to the  Owner's
UNITS               Account in the form of Division  Accumulation  Units.  The
                    number of Division  Accumulation  Units will be determined
                    by  dividing  the amount  allocated  to a Division  by the
                    Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  as of the  end of the
                    Valuation  Period as of which the transaction is credited.
                    The  value  of  each   Division   Accumulation   Unit  was
                    arbitrarily   set  as  of  the  date  the  Division  first
                    purchased  Variable Fund shares.  Subsequent values on any
                    Valuation   Date  are  equal  to  the  previous   Division
                    Accumulation  Unit value times the Net  Investment  Factor
                    for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT      The Net  Investment  Factor is an index applied to measure
FACTOR              the   investment   performance  of  a  Division  from  one
                    Valuation  Period to the next. The Net  Investment  Factor
                    may be  greater  or less than or equal to one;  therefore,
                    the value of an Accumulation  Unit may increase,  decrease
                    or remain the same.

                    The Net Investment  Factor for a Division is determined by
                    dividing  (1) by (2),  and then  subtracting  (3) from the
                    result, where:

                    (1)  Is the sum of:
 
                         (a)  The Net Asset  Value  Per Share of the  Variable
                              Fund shares held in the Division,  determined at
                              the end of the current Valuation Period; plus
 
                         (b)  The per share  amount of any dividend or capital
                              gain  distributions  made on the  Variable  Fund
                              shares held in the  Division  during the current
                              Valuation Period;

                    (2)  Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the Variable Fund
                         shares  held  in  the  Division,  determined  at  the
                         beginning of the current Valuation Period; and

                    (3)  Is a factor  representing the mortality risk, expense
                         risk,  and  administrative  expense  charge.  We will
                         determine the daily asset charge factor annually, but
                         in no event may it exceed the  Maximum  Asset  Charge
                         Factor as specified on Page 3.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT    The Separate Account Value for any Valuation Period is the
VALUE               total  of the  values  in each  Division  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account for such Valuation  Period.  The value for
                    each Division will be equal to:

                    (1)  The number of Division Accumulation Units; multiplied
                         by

                    (2)  The   Division   Accumulation   Unit  value  for  the
                         Valuation Period.

                    The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation Date
                    to  Valuation  Date  reflecting  the  total  value  in the
                    Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS           Transfers may be made at any time during the  Accumulation
                    Period  after  the  first  30 days  following  the Date of
                    Issue. A transfer will be


95020--44 Rev 896

                                   Page 11
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST  SURVIVOR  LIFE ANNUITY - An
                    annuity  payable  monthly during the joint lifetime of the
                    Annuitant,  and  a  secondary  Annuitant,  and  thereafter
                    during the  remaining  lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing
                    with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                    FOURTH  OPTION -  PAYMENTS  FOR A  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - An
                    amount  payable  monthly for the number of years  selected
                    which  may be  from  5 to 40  years.  If  this  option  is
                    selected on a variable basis,  the number of years may not
                    exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated Payee.

                    FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR AMOUNT - The
                    amount due may be paid in equal monthly  installments of a
                    designated dollar amount (not less than $125 nor more than
                    $200 per annum  per  $1,000 of the  original  amount  due)
                    until the remaining balance is less than the amount of one
                    installment. Payments under this option are available on a
                    fixed basis only. To determine  the  remaining  balance at
                    the  end of any  month,  such  balance  at the  end of the
                    previous   month  is   decreased  by  the  amount  of  any
                    installment  paid  during the month and the result will be
                    accumulated  at  an  interest  rate  not  less  than  3.5%
                    compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
                    is less than the amount of one  installment,  such balance
                    will be paid  and  will be the  final  payment  under  the
                    option.

                    In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected on a
                    quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which cases the
                    amount of each  annuity  payment will be  determined  on a
                    basis  consistent with that described in this Contract for
                    monthly payments.

                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,  unless a
                    minimum  initial annuity payment of $100 will be provided.
                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a combination  of a Fixed and a Variable  Annuity is
                    elected,  unless a minimum  initial annuity payment of $50
                    on each basis will be  provided.  If the  initial  annuity
                    payment does not meet the minimum amount  required for the
                    Annuity  Option  elected,  the Company will provide a less
                    frequent  payment  schedule.  If the Annuity Value is less
                    than $2,000 or  payments on a monthly  basis would be less
                    than $20.00,  the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                    the Account Value (less any Surrender Charge,  uncollected
                    annual  Maintenance  Charge and applicable premium tax) as
                    of the  date of this  determination  to the  Annuitant  or
                    other properly-designated Payee.

                    If the age of the Annuitant has been  misstated to us, any
                    amount  payable will be that which would have been payable
                    had the  misstatement  not  occurred.  We will  deduct any
                    overpayment  from the next payment or payments due and add
                    any  underpayments to the next payment due. Interest at an
                    effective  annual  rate of 3.5%  will be added to any such
                    adjustment.

Annuity Tables      The tables that follow show the dollar amount of the first
                    monthly payment for each $1,000 applied under the options.
                    The tables  are based on the 1983a Male or Female  Tables,
                    adjusted by  projection  scale G for 9 years,  with unisex
                    rates based on 60% female and 40%


95020--44 Rev 896

                                   Page 20
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    male,  and interest at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.  Under
                    the First or Second  Options,  the amount of each  payment
                    will depend upon the Annuitant's  adjusted age at the time
                    the first  payment  is due.  Under the Third  Option,  the
                    amount of each payment  will depend upon both  Annuitant's
                    adjusted ages at the time the first payment is due.

                    In using the table of annuity  payment rates,  the ages of
                    the  Annuitants  must be reduced  by one year for  Annuity
                    Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2000-2009,
                    reduced two years for Annuity Commencement Dates occurring
                    during the decade  2010-2019,  and  reduced an  additional
                    year for each decade that follows. The age 70 rate is also
                    used for ages above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT    If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner (or,
OF INSTALLMENTS     if the  Owner  has  not  elected  a  payment  option,  the
UNDER FIXED LIFE    Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal to those
INCOME OPTIONS      provided by those fixed single premium  immediate  annuity
                    option rates in use by the Company  when annuity  payments
                    begin.

95020--44 Rev 896

                                   Page 21
<PAGE>


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                          UTAH
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                          UTAH
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                 WEST VIRGINIA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                 WEST VIRGINIA
                              INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95020--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                   CALIFORNIA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. ^NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

                                   IMPORTANT

YOU HAVE  PURCHASED  A  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  CONTRACT.  CAREFULLY  REVIEW IT FOR
LIMITATIONS.

THIS  CONTRACT  MAY BE RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS* FROM THE DATE YOU RECEIVED IT
FOR A FULL  REFUND  EITHER  BY  RETURNING  IT TO THE  AGENT  OR THE  INSURANCE
COMPANY. THE AMOUNT OF REFUND WILL BE THE SUM OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE END
OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED,  PLUS ANY PREMIUM
TAXES AND ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED. ^AFTER 10 DAYS*,
CANCELLATION MAY RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL PENALTY, KNOWN AS A SURRENDER CHARGE.

*30 DAYS IF YOU WERE AGE 60 OR ABOVE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

A  surrender  charge as shown on page 14 may be  applied  to the amount of any
Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first  seven years after it was first
credited.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

/s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                        /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505

95021--5 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                   CALIFORNIA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--5 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                        FLORIDA

                    (2)  We will surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units from
                         the  Separate  Account or  interests  in a  Guarantee
                         Period so that the total amount withdrawn will be the
                         sum of:

                         (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                         (b)  Plus any  Surrender  Charge  and any  applicable
                              premium tax;

                    (3)  If a  Partial  Withdrawal  would  cause  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value in any  Division or  Guarantee  Period
                         (except  the Money  Market  Division)  to fall  below
                         $500,  we reserve the right to transfer the remaining
                         balance without charge to the Money Market Division.

                    (4)  If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such cancellation would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE    Except as noted under  "Surrender  Charge  Exceptions",  a
FOR PARTIAL         Surrender  Charge  will be  applied  to the  amount of any
WITHDRAWALS AND     Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
FULL SURRENDERS     it was first credited, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Surrender Charge
                        Year of                        as a Percentage 
                    Purchase Payment                    of Purchase
                       Withdrawal                     Payment Withdrawn
                    ----------------                  -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>
                          1st                                 6%
                          2nd                                 6%
                          3rd                                 5%
                          4th                                 5%
                          5th                                 4%
                          6th                                 3%
                          7th                                 2%
                       Thereafter                             0%
</TABLE>
                    For purposes of computing the Surrender Charge, the oldest
                    Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn  first,  and
                    before any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments  are
                    withdrawn   from  an  Owner's   Account.   This  order  of
                    withdrawal may be different  than the order  considered by
                    the IRS  for  determining  tax  liability.  The  following
                    transactions   will  be  considered  as  withdrawals   for
                    purposes  of  computing   the  Surrender   Charge:   total
                    surrender, partial withdrawal,  commencement of an annuity
                    payment option and termination  due to insufficient  Owner
                    Account Value.

SURRENDER CHARGE    The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS

                    (1)  To any  amounts in excess of Purchase  Payments  that
                         are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                    (2)  To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted  by
                         the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege if such amounts are
                         required  to  be   withdrawn   to  obtain  or  retain
                         favorable  federal tax  treatment;  (The  granting of
                         this exception is subject to our approval);

                    (3)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Payout Period;


95021--10 Rev 896

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>

                                                                        FLORIDA

                    (4)  Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during the
                         Accumulation   Period  if  no  Contingent   Annuitant
                         survives;

                    (5)  Upon  the  death  of  the  Owner  of a  Non-Qualified
                         Contract,  unless  the  Contract  is being  continued
                         under  the  special  rule for a  surviving  spouse as
                         defined under Internal Revenue Code Section (72)(s);

                    (6)  Upon  selection of an annuity  payment  option over a
                         period of at least 10 years;

                    (7)  Upon selection of an annuity  payment option based on
                         life  contingencies if life expectancy is at least 10
                         years.

10% FREE            The  Surrender  Charge  does not apply to that  portion of
WITHDRAWAL          each  withdrawal or a total surrender in any Contract Year
PRIVILEGE           that does not exceed:

                    (1)  Ten Percent (10%) of the amount of Purchase  Payments
                         not  previously  withdrawn that have been credited to
                         this  Contract  for at least one  year,  but not more
                         than 7 years; less

                    (2)  The amount of any  previous  withdrawals  made during
                         such Contract Year.

                    For  withdrawals  under  a  systematic   withdrawal  plan,
                    Purchase  Payments  credited  for  30  days  or  more  are
                    eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                    If multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract Year,
                    the  amount  eligible  for  the  free  withdrawal  will be
                    recalculated at the time of each Partial Withdrawal. After
                    the  first  Contract  Year,  non-automatic  and  automatic
                    withdrawals  may be made in the same Contract Year subject
                    to the 10% limitation.

                    A  free  withdrawal  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing
                    Surrender Charge  Exceptions is not deemed a withdrawal of
                    Purchase Payments except for purposes of computing the 10%
                    free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF           An  annual  Contract  Fee  not to  exceed  $30.00  will be
DEDUCTING           deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year  prior to the
                    Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,  the fee
                    will  be  allocated   among  the  Guarantee   Periods  and
                    Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account Value in
                    each.  The entire fee for the year will be  deducted  from
                    the proceeds of any full surrender of this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO            We  reserve  the right to  impose  additional  charges  or
IMPOSE              establish reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
                    or that may be  incurred  by us,  and  that may be  deemed
                    attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF    If the  Owner  has made a full  surrender  of the  Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE       Account Value, the Owner may reinstate the Contract, if we
                    receive the Written reinstatement request, together with a
                    return of the net surrender.


95021--10 Rev 896

                                    Page 15

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                        IDAHO
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
 
Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 20 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT.  NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                        IDAHO
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                       KANSAS
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                       KANSAS
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                       MARYLAND

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless  otherwise  required  by  law  or  regulation,  the
INVESTMENT ADVISOR  investment  advisor  or any  investment  policy may not be
OR INVESTMENT       changed without our consent.  If required,  approval of or
POLICY              change of any investment  objective will be filed with the
                    Insurance  Department  of the state where this Contract is
                    delivered. You will be notified of any material investment
                    policy change which has been approved.  Notification of an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.

                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Codeor by any other  applicable  law,  regulation  or
                         interpretation  inorder to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.


95021--21 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>
                                                                       MARYLAND

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    If the  Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We may
                    cancel this  Contract  upon 60 days'  notice to the Owner.
                    Such cancellation  would be considered a full surrender of
                    this Contract.

                    If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division  (except the
                    Money Market  Division)  falls below $500,  we reserve the
                    right to transfer the remaining  balance,  without charge,
                    to the Money Market Division.

                               PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for any other reason, including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.


95021--21 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                                                                  MASSACHUSETTS

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                             FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
               ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       END OF           ANNUITY           SURRENDER           SURRENDER
        YEAR             VALUE             CHARGE               VALUE
<S>                    <C>                <C>                 <C>
         1             $2,030.00          $  108.00           $1,922.00
         2              2,060.90             108.00            1,952.90
         3              2,092.73              90.00            2,002.73
         4              2,125.51              90.00            2,035.51
         5              2,159.28              72.00            2,087.28

         6              2,194.06              54.00            2,140.06
         7              2,229.88              36.00            2,193.88
         8              2,266.78               0.00            2,266.78
         9              2,304.78               0.00            2,304.78
        10              2,343.92               0.00            2,343.92

        11              2,384.24               0.00            2,384.24
        12              2,425.77               0.00            2,425.77
        13              2,468.54               0.00            2,468.54
        14              2,512.60               0.00            2,512.60
        15              2,557.98               0.00            2,557.98

        16              2,604.72               0.00            2,604.72
        17              2,652.86               0.00            2,652.86
        18              2,702.45               0.00            2,702.45
        19              2,753.52               0.00            2,753.52
        20              2,806.13               0.00            2,806.13

        21              2,860.31               0.00            2,860.31
        22              2,916.12               0.00            2,916.12
        23              2,973.60               0.00            2,973.60
        24              3,032.81               0.00            3,032.81
        25              3,093.79               0.00            3,093.79

        26              3,156.60               0.00            3,156.60
        27              3,221.30               0.00            3,221.30
        28              3,287.94               0.00            3,287.94
        29              3,356.58               0.00            3,356.58
        30              3,427.28               0.00            3,427.28

        31              3,500.10               0.00            3,500.10
        32              3,575.10               0.00            3,575.10
        33              3,652.35               0.00            3,652.35
        34              3,731.92               0.00            3,731.92
        35              3,813.88               0.00            3,813.88

        36              3,898.30               0.00            3,898.30
        37              3,985.25               0.00            3,985.25
        38              4,074.81               0.00            4,074.81
        39              4,167.05               0.00            4,167.05
        40              4,262.06               0.00            4,262.06

        41              4,359.92               0.00            4,359.92
        42              4,460.72               0.00            4,460.72
        43              4,564.54               0.00            4,564.54
        44              4,671.48               0.00            4,671.48
        45              4,781.62               0.00            4,781.62
</TABLE>
The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.


95021 Rev 896

                                    Page 24
<PAGE>

                                                                  MASSACHUSETTS

            TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                              FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
                ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                         ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       END OF           ANNUITY           SURRENDER           SURRENDER
        YEAR             VALUE             CHARGE               VALUE
       <S>             <C>                <C>                 <C>
       46              4,895.07           0.00                4,895.07
       47              5,011.92           0.00                5,011.92
       48              5,132.28           0.00                5,132.28
       49              5,256.25           0.00                5,256.25
       50              5,383.94           0.00                5,383.94

       51              5,515.46           0.00                5,515.46
       52              5,650.92           0.00                5,650.92
       53              5,790.45           0.00                5,790.45
       54              5,934.16           0.00                5,934.16
       55              6,082.18           0.00                6,082.18

       56              6,234.65           0.00                6,234.65
       57              6,391.69           0.00                6,391.69
       58              6,553.44           0.00                6,553.44
       59              6,720.04           0.00                6,720.04
       60              6,891.64           0.00                6,891.64
</TABLE>
The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.


95021 Rev 896

                                     Page 25

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    MINNESOTA
                                INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if lie inns on the Annuity  Commencement Date. The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

RIGHT TO CANCEL -- YOU MAY CANCEL  THIS  CONTRACT BY  DELIVERING  OR MAILING A
WRITTEN  NOTICE OR SENDING A TELEGRAM TO THE COMPANY AT 2727--A ALLEN PARKWAY,
HOUSTON,  TEXAS 77019,  AND BY RETURNING THE CONTRACT  BEFORE  MIDNIGHT OF THE
TENTH DAY AFTER THE DATE YOU RECEIVE THE  CONTRACT.  NOTICE  GIVEN BY MAIL AND
RETURN OF THE  CONTRACT BY MAIL ARE  EFFECTIVE ON BEING  POSTMARKED,  PROPERLY
ADDRESSED AND POSTAGE  PREPAID.  THE INSURER MUST RETURN ALL PAYMENTS MADE FOR
THIS CONTRACT WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER IT RECEIVES NOTICE OF CANCELLATION AND THE
RETURNED CONTRACT.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--24 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    MINNESOTA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--24 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                      MINNESOTA

                                 SCHEDULE PAGE
                                  (CONTINUED)

                    A  Surrender  Charge  will  apply  to  the  amount  of any
                    Purchase Payment  withdrawn during the first 7 years after
                    it was first credited. (See provisions entitled "Surrender
                    Charge for Partial  Withdrawals  and Full  Surrenders"  and
                    "Surrender Charge Exceptions" on page 14.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Number of Years from
            Date Purchase Payment                Surrender Charge as a
            was Credited to Date                 Percentage of Purchase
               of Withdrawal                            Payment
                 Withdrawn
            --------------------                 ----------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
                    1st                                   6%
                    2nd                                   6%
                    3rd                                   5%
                    4th                                   5%
                    5th                                   4%
                    6th                                   3%
                    7th                                   2%
                Thereafter                                0%
</TABLE>


95021--24 Rev 896

                                    Page 3A

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               NORTH CAROLINA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505

95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               NORTH CAROLINA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                 NORTH DAKOTA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
 
Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 20 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND THE SUM OF YOUR  ACCOUNT  VALUE AT THE END OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN
WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED, PLUS ANY PREMIUM TAXES AND ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT.  NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505

95021--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                 NORTH DAKOTA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--35 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                     OKLAHOMA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

                                   IMPORTANT

YOU HAVE  PURCHASED  A  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  CONTRACT.  CAREFULLY  REVIEW IT FOR
LIMITATIONS.

THIS  CONTRACT  MAY BE RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS* FROM THE DATE YOU RECEIVED IT
FOR A FULL  REFUND  EITHER  BY  RETURNING  IT TO THE  AGENT  OR THE  INSURANCE
COMPANY. THE AMOUNT OF REFUND WILL BE THE SUM OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE END
OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED,  PLUS ANY PREMIUM
TAXES AND ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.  AFTER 10 DAYS*,
CANCELLATION MAY RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL PENALTY, KNOWN AS A SURRENDER CHARGE.

*30 DAYS IF YOU WERE AGE 60 OR ABOVE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

A  surrender  charge as shown on page 14 may be  applied  to the amount of any
Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first  seven years after it was first
credited.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--37 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                     OKLAHOMA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--37 Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                   PENNSYLVANIA
<TABLE>
INDEX
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
<S>                                                                        <C>
Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Annuity Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Annuity Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Automatic Rebalancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Change of Investment Advisor or
Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Contingent Annuitant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Contract Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Death Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Division Accumulation Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Divisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

General Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Guaranteed Interest Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Net Investment Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Ownership Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Payment of Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Surrenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Full Surrender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Partial Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Surrender Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Surrender Charge Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Variable Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
</TABLE>


95021--39 Rev 896

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               SOUTH CAROLINA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               SOUTH CAROLINA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT     This  Contract,  endorsements  if  any,  and a copy of the
                    Application,  if  attached,  is the entire  Contract.  All
                    statements made by the Contract Owner or Annuitant will be
                    deemed  representations  and not warranties.  No statement
                    will be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                    it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE     This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES          Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of this
                    Contract,  we guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable
                    Annuity  Payments made during the lifetime of the Payee(s)
                    will not be  adversely  affected  by our actual  mortality
                    experience  or by the actual  expenses  incurred  by us in
                    excess  of the  expense  deductions  provided  for in this
                    Contract.

SETTLEMENT          All benefits under this Contract are payable from our Home
                    Office.

NONPARTICIPATING    This  Contract is  nonparticipating  and does not share in
                    our surplus or earnings.

CHANGE OF           Unless  otherwise  required  by  law  or  regulation,  the
INVESTMENT ADVISOR  investment  advisor  or any  investment  policy may not be
OR INVESTMENT       changed without our consent.  If required,  approval of or
POLICY              change of any investment  objective will be filed with the
                    Insurance  Department  of the state where this Contract is
                    delivered. You will be notified of any material investment
                    policy change which has been approved.  Notification of an
                    investment policy change will be given in advance to those
                    Owners  who have the right to  comment  on or vote on such
                    change.

                    Any  substitution  of the  underlying  investments  of any
                    Division will comply with all applicable  requirements  of
                    the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED     Upon notice to you,  this  Contract may be modified by us,
BY US               but only if such modification is necessary to:

                    (1)  Operate the  Separate  Account in any form  permitted
                         under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or in any
                         other form permitted by law;

                    (2)  Transfer  any  assets  in  any  Division  to  another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                    (3)  Add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in the  Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                    (4)  Add,  restrict  or remove  Guarantee  Periods  of the
                         Fixed Account;

                    (5)  Make any new Division  available to you on a basis to
                         be determined by us;

                    (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,  the
                         shares  of  another  Variable  Fund or the  shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                    (7)  Make any changes as required by the Internal  Revenue
                         Code or by any other  applicable  law,  regulation or
                         interpretation in order to continue treatment of this
                         Contract as an annuity; or

                    (8)  Make any changes required to comply with rules of any
                         Variable Fund.


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
                    changes  and we will gain  approval  from any  appropriate
                    regulatory authority.

CHANGING THE TERMS  Any change in your Contract must be approved by one of our
OF YOUR CONTRACT    officers.  No agent has the  authority to make any changes
                    or waive any of the terms of your Contract.

TERMINATION         This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered  for
                    its full value, or all annuity payments have been made, or
                    the death proceeds have been paid, except as follows:

                    Upon 60 days  notice  to the  Owner,  we may  cancel  this
                    contract prior to the time the annuity becomes payable if:

                    (1)  No  considerations   have  been  received  under  the
                         contract for a period of two full years; and

                    (2)  The Owner's Account Value is less than $500.

                               PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS    The minimum  amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments are
                    shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the  right to  modify  these
                    minimums or to refuse a Purchase Payment for any reason.

ALLOCATION OF       The initial  allocation for Net Purchase Payments is shown
PURCHASE PAYMENTS   on Page 3 of this Contract and will remain in effect until
                    changed by Written notice.  The percentage  allocation for
                    future Net Purchase Payments may be changed at any time by
                    Written notice.

                    Changes in the allocation will be effective on the date we
                    receive the Owner's notice.  The allocation may be 100% to
                    any  available  Division or  Guarantee  Period,  or may be
                    divided  among these  options in whole  percentage  points
                    totaling 100%.

                    The  initial  Purchase  Payment  will be  credited  to the
                    Owner's Account not more than two Valuation  Periods after
                    we  receive   it,   together   with  all  other   required
                    documentation,  in good order at the office  designated by
                    the  Company  for  the  processing  of  initial   Purchase
                    Payments. Subsequent Purchase Payments will be credited as
                    of the end of the  Valuation  Period in which  they are so
                    received.  We reserve the right to limit the total  number
                    of Fixed Account  Guarantee  Periods and Separate  Account
                    Divisions  that  may be  chosen  during  the  life  of the
                    Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES       When applicable, we will deduct an amount to cover premium
                    taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                    (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                    (2)  From the Account  Value at the time annuity  payments
                         are to commence; or

                    (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                    (4)  From  proceeds   payable  upon   termination  of  the
                         Contract for any other reason, including death of the
                         Annuitant or Owner, or surrender of the Contract.


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

GUARANTEE PERIODS   The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).  The
                    Guarantee Period(s) selected will determine the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rates(s). The Net Purchase Payment or the portion
                    thereof  (or amount  transferred  in  accordance  with the
                    transfer privilege provision described below) allocated to
                    a particular  Guarantee  Period will earn  interest at the
                    Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  during the  Guarantee  Period.
                    Guarantee  Periods begin on the date as of which we credit
                    the Owner's Account Value to that Guarantee  Period or, in
                    the  case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                    transfer.  The Guarantee  Period is the number of years we
                    credit the Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration  date
                    of any  Guarantee  Period is the last day of the Guarantee
                    Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods begin on the first
                    day  following  the  expiration   date.  As  a  result  of
                    Guarantee Period renewals,  additional  Purchase  Payments
                    and  transfers of portions of the Owner's  Account  Value,
                    Guarantee  Periods of the same duration may have different
                    expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                    We will  notify  the Owner in  writing  at least 30 and no
                    more  than 60 days  prior  to the  expiration  date of any
                    Guarantee  Period.  A new  Guarantee  Period  of the  same
                    duration  as the  previous  Guarantee  Period  will  begin
                    automatically  unless  we  receive  Written  notice to the
                    contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation  Dates prior
                    to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The Owner may elect
                    to change to another Guarantee Period or Division which we
                    offer at such time.

                    If the amount of an Owner's  Account  Value in a Guarantee
                    Period  is less  than  $500  at the end of such  Guarantee
                    Period,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  such  amount,
                    without  charge,  to  the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                    Separate Account. However, we will transfer such amount to
                    another available Division at the Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST We will  periodically  establish an applicable  Guaranteed
RATES               Interest Rate for each  Guarantee  Period we offer.  These
                    rates  will  be   guaranteed   for  the  duration  of  the
                    respective  Guarantee Periods.  The Guarantee Periods that
                    we make  available at any time will be  determined  in our
                    discretion.

                    No  Guaranteed   Interest  Rate  shall  be  less  than  an
                    effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

STATUTORY           The paid up annuity benefits, surrender benefits and death
REQUIREMENTS        benefits guaranteed in this contract are not less than the
                    minimum  benefits  required by any statute of the state in
                    which this contract is delivered.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS           The Separate Account has several Divisions, each investing
                    in a  corresponding  Variable Fund. Net Purchase  Payments
                    will be allocated to the  Divisions  and the Fixed Account
                    as  shown  on  Page  3,  unless  the  Owner   changes  the
                    allocation.

                    We will use the Net Purchase  Payments and any transferred
                    amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares applicable to the
                    Divisions at their net asset  value.  We will be the owner
                    of  all  Variable  Fund  shares  purchased  with  the  Net
                    Purchase Payments or transferred amounts.


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

DIVISION            Net Purchase Payments and transferred amounts allocated to
ACCUMULATION        the  Separate  Account  will be  credited  to the  Owner's
UNITS               Account in the form of Division  Accumulation  Units.  The
                    number of Division  Accumulation  Units will be determined
                    by  dividing  the amount  allocated  to a Division  by the
                    Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  as of the  end of the
                    Valuation  Period as of which the transaction is credited.
                    The  value  of  each   Division   Accumulation   Unit  was
                    arbitrarily   set  as  of  the  date  the  Division  first
                    purchased  Variable Fund shares.  Subsequent values on any
                    Valuation   Date  are  equal  to  the  previous   Division
                    Accumulation  Unit value times the Net  Investment  Factor
                    for the Valuation Period ending on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT      The Net  Investment  Factor is an index applied to measure
FACTOR              the   investment   performance  of  a  Division  from  one
                    Valuation  Period to the next. The Net  Investment  Factor
                    may be  greater  or less than or equal to one;  therefore,
                    the value of an Accumulation  Unit may increase,  decrease
                    or remain the same.

                    The Net Investment  Factor for a Division is determined by
                    dividing  (1) by (2),  and then  subtracting  (3) from the
                    result, where:

                    (1)  Is the sum of:
 
                         (a)  The Net Asset  Value  Per Share of the  Variable
                              Fund shares held in the Division,  determined at
                              the end of the current Valuation Period; plus
 
                         (b)  The per share  amount of any dividend or capital
                              gain  distributions  made on the  Variable  Fund
                              shares held in the  Division  during the current
                              Valuation Period;

                    (2)  Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the Variable Fund
                         shares  held  in  the  Division,  determined  at  the
                         beginning of the current Valuation Period; and

                    (3)  Is a factor  representing the mortality risk, expense
                         risk,  and  administrative  expense  charge.  We will
                         determine the daily asset charge factor annually, but
                         in no event may it exceed the  Maximum  Asset  Charge
                         Factor as specified on Page 3.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT    The Separate Account Value for any Valuation Period is the
                    total of the values  Period.  The value for each  Division
                    will be equal to:

                    (1)  The number of Division Accumulation Units; multiplied
                         by

                    (2)  The   Division   Accumulation   Unit  value  for  the
                         Valuation Period.

                    The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation Date
                    to  Valuation  Date  reflecting  the  total  value  in the
                    Divisions.

                                   TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS           Transfers may be made at any time during the  Accumulation
                    Period  after  the  first  30 days  following  the Date of
                    Issue. A transfer will be


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST  SURVIVOR  LIFE ANNUITY - An
                    annuity  payable  monthly during the joint lifetime of the
                    Annuitant,  and  a  secondary  Annuitant,  and  thereafter
                    during the  remaining  lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing
                    with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                    FOURTH  OPTION -  PAYMENTS  FOR A  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - An
                    amount  payable  monthly for the number of years  selected
                    which  may be  from  5 to 40  years.  If  this  option  is
                    selected on a variable basis,  the number of years may not
                    exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the  Annuitant  or other
                    properly-designated Payee.

                    FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR AMOUNT - The
                    amount due may be paid in equal monthly  installments of a
                    designated dollar amount (not less than $125 nor more than
                    $200 per annum  per  $1,000 of the  original  amount  due)
                    until the remaining balance is less than the amount of one
                    installment. Payments under this option are available on a
                    fixed basis only. To determine  the  remaining  balance at
                    the  end of any  month,  such  balance  at the  end of the
                    previous   month  is   decreased  by  the  amount  of  any
                    installment  paid  during the month and the result will be
                    accumulated  at  an  interest  rate  not  less  than  3.5%
                    compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
                    is less than the amount of one  installment,  such balance
                    will be paid  and  will be the  final  payment  under  the
                    option.

                    In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected on a
                    quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which cases the
                    amount of each  annuity  payment will be  determined  on a
                    basis  consistent with that described in this Contract for
                    monthly payments.

                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,  unless a
                    minimum  initial annuity payment of $100 will be provided.
                    No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the case
                    where a combination  of a Fixed and a Variable  Annuity is
                    elected,  unless a minimum  initial annuity payment of $50
                    on each basis will be  provided.  If the  initial  annuity
                    payment does not meet the minimum amount  required for the
                    Annuity  Option  elected,  the Company will provide a less
                    frequent  payment  schedule.  If the Annuity Value is less
                    than $2,000 or  payments on a monthly  basis would be less
                    than $20.00,  the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                    the Account Value (less any Surrender Charge,  uncollected
                    annual  Maintenance  Charge and applicable premium tax) as
                    of the  date of this  determination  to the  Annuitant  or
                    other properly-designated Payee.

                    If the age or sex of the Annuitant  has been  misstated to
                    us, any amount  payable will be that which would have been
                    payable had the misstatement not occurred.  We will deduct
                    any overpayment  from the next payment or payments due and
                    add any underpayments to the next payment due. Interest at
                    an effective annual rate of 3.5% will be added to any such
                    adjustment.

ANNUITY TABLES      The tables that follow show the dollar amount of the first
                    monthly payment for each $1,000 applied under the options.
                    The tables  are based on the 1983a  Male or Female  Tables
                    adjusted by projection scale G for 9 years,  with interest
                    at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 20
<PAGE>

                                                                          TEXAS

                    Under  the  First or Second  Options,  the  amount of each
                    payment will depend upon the sex of the  Annuitant and the
                    Annuitant's  adjusted age at the time the first payment is
                    due.  Under the Third  Option,  the amount of each payment
                    will  depend  upon the sex of both  Annuitants  and  their
                    adjusted ages at the time the first payment is due.

                    In using the table of annuity  payment rates,  the ages of
                    the  Annuitants  must be reduced  by one year for  Annuity
                    Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2000-2009,
                    reduced two years for Annuity Commencement Dates occurring
                    during the decade  2010-2019,  and  reduced an  additional
                    year for each decade that follows. The age 70 rate is also
                    used for ages above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT    If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner (or,
OF INSTALLMENTS     if the  Owner  has  not  elected  a  payment  option,  the
UNDER FIXED LIFE    Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal to those
INCOME OPTIONS      provided by those fixed single premium  immediate  annuity
                    option rates in use by the Company  when annuity  payments
                    begin.


95021--44 Rev 896

                                    Page 21
<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                         UTAH
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                         UTAH
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                WEST VIRGINIA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. YOU MAY RETURN THIS CONTRACT FOR CANCELLATION TO US OR TO
THE SALES REPRESENTATIVE  THROUGH WHOM IT WAS PURCHASED,  WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
DELIVERY.  UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CONTRACT  WITHIN THE 10 DAY PERIOD,  WE WILL
REFUND ALL PURCHASE PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.


- ---------------------                        -------------------------
Secretary                                    President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727-A Allen Parkway P.O. Box 1401 Houston, TX 77251-1401 (713) 831-3505


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                WEST VIRGINIA
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505


                            [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


95021--A Rev 896

<PAGE>


                                                              EXHIBIT 4(g)(iv)

                   AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               RIDER PROVIDING
         WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES DUE TO DISABILITY WITH 12 MONTHS
            OR LESS TO LIVE, OR DUE TO CONFINEMENT IN A HOSPITAL,
             CONVALESCENT NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY

This  rider has been added to and made a part of the  Contract  to which it is
attached.

The following provisions are hereby added to the Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE EXCEPTION DUE TO DISABILITY  (DEFINED AS BEING TERMINALLY ILL
WITH 12 MONTHS OR LESS TO LIVE).

A Surrender Charge will not apply to partial or total surrenders if we receive
satisfactory  evidence that due to disability,  the Annuitant is considered to
be terminally ill with 12 months or less to live.

SURRENDER  CHARGE  EXCEPTION DUE TO  CONFINEMENT  IN A HOSPITAL,  CONVALESCENT
NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY.

A  surrender  charge will not apply to Partial or Total  Surrenders  if we are
given  written  proof that the  Annuitant is (or was)  confined in a Hospital,
Convalescent Nursing Home or Extended Care Facility, provided that:

1.   Such confinement was for a period of 30 consecutive days or more; and

2.   The surrender request is made:
  
     a.   While the Annuitant is confined in such facility; or
  
     b.   Within 30 days after discharge from such facility.

                                 DEFINITIONS

PHYSICIAN. The term "Physician" means an individual who:

1.   Is licensed to practice medicine and treat illness or injury in the state
     in which treatment is received;

2.   Is acting within the scope of his or her license; and

3.   Is not the Annuitant, the Owner, a person who lives with the Annuitant or
     Owner, or a member of the immediate family of the Annuitant or Owner.

IMMEDIATE FAMILY. The term "Immediate Family" means a spouse,  child, brother,
sister, parent or grandparent of:

1.   The Owner or the Annuitant; or

2.   A spouse of the Owner or the Annuitant.

HOSPITAL. The term "Hospital" means a facility that:

1.   Is operated pursuant to law;

2.   Provides services:
  
     a.   On its premises; or
  
     b.   In facilities available to the hospital on a contractual basis;


95049 Rev 896

                                 Page 1 of 3
<PAGE>

3.   Provides or operates  medical,  diagnostic and major surgical  facilities
     for the care and treatment of sick or injured persons:

     a.   On an inpatient basis; and
  
     b.   For which a charge is made;

4.   Is  under  the  supervision  of a  staff  of one or  more  duly  licensed
     physicians;

5.   Provides  24-hour  nursing  service  by or  under  the  supervision  of a
     registered nurse (R.N.);

6.   Has x-ray and laboratory facilities, and

7.   Maintains permanent medical history records.

CONVALESCENT  NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY.  The term  "Convalescent
Nursing Home" (Nursing Home) or "Extended Care Facility"  means a Nursing Home
or Extended Care Facility that:

1.   Is operated pursuant to law;

2.   Is primarily engaged in providing:
  
     a.   Room and board accommodations; and
  
     b.   Skilled  nursing  care  under  the  supervision  of a duly  licensed
          physician; and

3.   Provides  continuous  24-hour  a day  nursing  service  by or  under  the
     supervision of a registered nurse (R.N.); and

4.   Maintains a daily medical record on each patient.

This  definition does not include any home or facility used primarily for rest
or the aged.

WRITTEN PROOF.  Surrender Charges will be waived subject to the
following requirements:

1.   The Owner must submit a request for full or partial surrender,  on a form
     acceptable  to us, while the  Contract  and this rider are in force.  The
     form must state the basis for Surrender Charges to be waived.

2.   If  Surrender  Charges are to be waived due to the  Annuitant's  terminal
     illness  with 12  months  or less to  live,  we must  receive  a  written
     statement signed by a Physician providing:
  
     a.   The diagnosis; and
  
     b.   A  statement   that  the  Annuitant  is  terminally   ill,  and  the
          Annuitant's  medical  condition is expected to result in death in 12
          months or less.
  
A second  medical  opinion  may be  requested  at our  expense.  If the second
opinion differs from the first,  we will submit all medical  information to an
independent third party, and will rely on the third party's decision.

3.   If Surrender Charges are to be waived due to the Annuitant's  confinement
     in a Hospital, Nursing Home or Extended Care Facility, we must receive:
  
     a.   A signed statement from the Hospital,  Nursing home or Extended Care
          Facility  providing  the  name of the  Annuitant  and the  dates  of
          confinement; or
  
     b.   A copy of an invoice  from the  Hospital,  Nursing  home or Extended
          Care Facility providing the name of the Annuitant,  and the dates of
          confinement.


95049 Rev 896

                                 Page 2 of 3

<PAGE>

CONTRACT PROVISIONS APPLICABLE.
  
This rider is subject to all the  conditions and provisions of the Contract to
which it is attached except as otherwise provided in this rider.

CONSIDERATION.
  
The  consideration  for this rider is payment of the initial  Purchase Payment
for the base Contract. There is no charge for this rider.

The effective date of this rider is the Date of Issue of the Contract to which
this rider is attached.  This rider will  terminate  upon  termination  of the
Contract.


95049 Rev 896

                                 Page 3 of 3



                                                                  EXHIBIT 15(h)

                           LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY



     WHEREAS,  American General Life Insurance  Company,  a Texas company (and
its successors, if applicable) ("Company"),  intends from time to time to file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  ("Commission"),  one or more Form
N-4  Registration  Statement(s)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  on behalf of the  Company  and the  Separate
Account(s) maintained or to be maintained by the Company, with such amendments
thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any and all exhibits
and other documents related thereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned individuals, in his capacity as a
director or officer of the Company,  hereby  appoints  Thomas B.  Phillips and
Steven A. Glover, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder
of the  other,  his true and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and with full power of
substitution and resubstitution,  to execute in his name, place, and stead, in
his  capacity  as a director  or  officer or both,  as the case may be, of the
Company,  any  and  all  Form  N-4  Registration  Statements  and  any and all
amendments  thereto  as each said  attorney-in-fact  shall deem  necessary  or
appropriate,   together  with  all  instruments  necessary  or  incidental  in
connection therewith,  and to file the same or cause the same to be filed with
the Commission.  The above-named  attorneys-in-fact shall each have full power
and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned,
in any and all  capacities,  every act  whatsoever  necessary  or desirable in
connection with any and all Form N-4 Registration Statements,  and any and all
amendments  thereto,  as  fully  and  for  all  intents  and  purposes  as the
undersigned might or could do in person,  the undersigned hereby ratifying and
approving the acts of each said attorney-in-fact.

     EXECUTED this 14th day of August, 1996.


 /s/RODNEY O. MARTIN, JR.            /s/ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.
 -----------------------             -----------------------
 Rodney O. Martin, Jr.               Robert F. Herbert, Jr.



                                                                    EXHIBIT 16
                                                               August 16, 1995


              AMENDED STATEMENT OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF RELIED UPON


     American  General Life Insurance  Company ("AG Life"),  American  General
Life  Insurance  Company  Separate  Account D (the  "Account"),  and  American
General  Securities  Incorporated  ("AGSI")  have  received  an  order  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act")  exempting  them from the  provisions  of
Sections  26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) of the 1940 Act "to the extent necessary to
permit the  deduction of mortality and expense risk charges from the assets of
Separate Account D." SEC Rel. No. IC-18453 (Dec. 20, 1991) ("Order"), Rel. No.
IC-18417 (Nov. 22, 1991) (Notice) (File No. 812-7811).

     AG Life,  the  Account and AGSI  intend to rely on the  exemptive  relief
granted in the Order in connection with variable  annuity  contracts that will
be funded  through the Account and that have been enhanced as described  below
("Enhanced  Contracts").  AG Life, the Account and AGSI base their reliance on
the Order on the fact  that the  Enhanced  Contracts  do not  differ  from the
variable annuity  contracts that were the subject of a registration  statement
under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  at the  time  of  the  Order  ("Original
Contracts") in any way that is material to the relief granted by the Order.

     The Enhanced Contracts differ from the Original Contracts  principally in
terms of: sale through an additional  distribution channel,  certain different
underlying  investment options,  and certain lower charge levels and generally
enhanced benefits. (The Enhanced Contracts also differ from two generations of
Contracts   subsequent   to  the  Original   Contracts   and   including   the
currently-offered  generation of Contracts. This Statement of Exemptive Relief
Relied Upon addresses only the Original  Contracts,  because only the Original
Contracts were the subject of the Order.)


                        A. Basis for Reliance on Order

     AGSI has served as principal  underwriter for the Original  Contracts and
will  serve  as  principal  underwriter  for the  Enhanced  Contracts  through
wholesale  and retail  broker-dealers.  AGSI intends to continue to distribute
the  Original  Contracts  during at least a portion of the period that AG Life
seeks approval of the Enhanced Contracts from state insurance departments.

<PAGE>

     AG Life,  the  Account  and AGSI base their  reliance on the Order on the
following:

          1.  The  Commission  staff  has  recently  confirmed  that  multiple
     prospectuses may be combined in a single Form N-4 registration  statement
     when the prospectuses describe contracts that are essentially  identical.
     The Commission  staff stated that multiple  prospectuses may be used in a
     single  registration  statement where: (a) the prospectuses  describe the
     same contract that is sold through different  distribution  channels; (b)
     the  prospectuses  describe  contracts  that differ only with  respect to
     underlying funds or portfolio  investment  options  offered;  and (c) the
     prospectuses  describe both the original and  "enhanced"  versions of the
     same contract during the period that the insurance company seeks approval
     of the "enhanced"  version from state  insurance  departments.  SEC Staff
     Industry Comment Letter (Nov. 3, 1995).

          2.  The  foregoing   Commission  staff  position  is  based  on  the
     Commission's  recognition  that the  provisions of some variable  annuity
     contracts may vary slightly depending upon how the contracts are used and
     that contract variations may not warrant separate  registration under the
     Securities  Act of 1933.  SEC Rel.  No.  33-6588 at n. 20 (June 14, 1985)
     (adopting Form N-4 Registration Statement).

          3. Since AG Life, the Account and AGSI received their Order in 1991,
     the Commission has begun following an administrative practice of granting
     exemptive orders under Sections 26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) of the 1940 Act,
     which orders expressly apply to contracts that "are substantially similar
     in all material respects" to the contracts  described in the applications
     underlying the Orders. See, e.g., Aid Association for Lutherans, Rel. No.
     IC-20773  (Dec.  24, 1994)  (Order),  Rel. No.  IC-20720  (Nov. 18, 1994)
     (Notice) (File No. 812-9130).

          4.  Furthermore,  since AG Life, the Account and AGSI received their
     Order in 1991,  the  Commission  and its staff  have  followed a flexible
     administrative  approach  that  has  permitted  companies  in  situations
     similar to that of AG Life,  the Account and AGSI,  to rely on previously
     granted  exemptive orders under Sections  26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) relief
     with respect to  significant  contract  variations  where the  variations
     benefit  contractowners.  See, e.g., WF Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff
     No-Action Letter (Jan. 19, 1994).


                                       2

<PAGE>

                          B. Variations in Contracts

     The Enhanced  Contracts  reflect  variations from the Original  Contracts
that lower certain charge levels and generally enhance  benefits.  Neither the
Original Contracts,  the Order, nor the exemptive  application  underlying the
Order  prohibit  any such  variation  in  subsequent  versions of the Original
Contracts.

   
     Both the  Enhanced  Contracts  and the  Original  Contract  provide for a
mortality  and  expense  risk  assumption  charge  ("M&E  charge") of 1.25% as
reflected in the Order.  At the same time,  AG Life will assume  mortality and
expense risks under the Enhanced Contracts that will at least equal -- and, in
important respects,  exceed -- those under the Original  Contracts.  Regarding
mortality risks, the Enhanced Contracts, for example, differ from the Original
Contracts in providing for: an enhanced minimum guaranteed death benefit, from
the issue date (rather than after the fifth  anniversary  date),  equal to the
highest value on any contract anniversary prior to the deceased's attained age
81, plus purchase  payments less withdrawals  since such  anniversary  (rather
than the value on the most recent five-year contract anniversary); the minimum
guaranteed  death benefit to be applicable to age 81 (rather than age 75); and
an enhanced minimum  guaranteed death benefit applicable after age 81 equal to
the minimum guaranteed death benefit  immediately prior to the deceased's 81st
birthday. Regarding expense risks, the Enhanced Contracts, for example, differ
from the Original Contracts in providing for: an annual  administrative charge
of $30 per contract (rather than $36); an asset-based administrative charge at
the daily  rate of 0.15%  (rather  than  0.30%);  and a waiver  of the  annual
administrative charge per contract for $100,000 or more of cumulative premium.
    

     Other  principal  differences  between  the  Enhanced  Contracts  and the
Original Contracts are as follows:

          1. The Enhanced  Contracts provide for a sales load that is: lowered
     to a maximum rate of 6% (from 7.5%);  assessed  over seven years  (rather
     than nine);  and lowered in years 3, 5, 6, and 7 by one percentage  point
     and in year 8 by two percentage points.

   
          2. The Account  subaccounts funding the Enhanced Contracts invest in
     one of the two mutual funds that underlie the Account subaccounts funding
     the Original  Contracts.  However,  the Enhanced  Contracts  will offer a
     number of  different  investment  options  than the  Original  Contracts,
     including  series under both Van Kampen American  Capital Life Investment
     Trust and the Morgan Stanley Universal Funds, Inc.

          3.  The  Enhanced  Contracts  provide  for  the  calculation  of the
     annuitant's age at the last birthday (rather than the nearest birthday).
    


                                       3

<PAGE>

   
          4. The  Enhanced  Contracts  will require a higher  minimum  initial
     purchase  payment of  $10,000  (rather  than  $5,000)  than the  Original
     Contract.
    


                           C. Actuarial Memorandums

     Each  representation  made in the exemptive  application  underlying  the
Order ("Application") will remain valid as to the Enhanced Contracts.

     The Application  requested  exemptive relief based on the  representation
that the level of the M&E charge under the Original  Contracts was "within the
range of industry practice for comparable annuity  contracts." As noted above,
under the Enhanced Contracts, the rate of the M&E charge will be unchanged and
the CDSL and the  asset-based  administrative  charges  will be  substantially
reduced.  The  representation  quoted above from the  Application  will remain
valid with respect to the Enhanced Contracts.

     AG Life,  the Account and AGSI, in  concluding  that the level of the M&E
charge under the Enhanced  Contracts is within the range of industry  practice
for comparable annuity contracts, have reviewed publicly available information
regarding   variable  annuity  contracts  of  other  companies,   taking  into
consideration  such factors as guaranteed  minimum death benefits,  guaranteed
annuity  purchase  rates,  minimum initial and subsequent  purchase  payments,
other  contract  charges,  the manner in which  charges  are  imposed,  market
sector, investment options under contracts, the rating of the issuer, the size
of the issuer, and availability to individual qualified and  non-tax-qualified
plans.  AG Life will maintain at its principal  office,  and make available on
request to the Commission or its staff, a memorandum  setting forth in detail,
with respect to the Enhanced Contracts, the variable annuity products analyzed
and the methodology and results of AG Life's comparative review.

     Moreover,  AG Life has  concluded  that there is a reasonable  likelihood
that the  proposed  distribution  financing  arrangements  with respect to the
Enhanced  Contracts will benefit the Account and owners of the  Contracts.  AG
Life will maintain at its principal  office,  and make available on request to
the  Commission  or its staff,  a  memorandum  setting  out the basis for such
conclusion.


                                       4

<PAGE>

                                 D. Conclusion

     Based on the foregoing  analysis,  AG Life,  the Account and AGSI believe
(1) that the Enhanced  Contracts will be offered on a basis that is similar to
that on which the  Original  Contracts  were  intended to be  offered,  in all
respects  material to the exemptive  relief  granted by the Order and (2) that
the Enhanced  Contracts are similar to the Original  Contracts in all respects
material to the exemptive relief previously granted by the Order. Accordingly,
AG Life,  the  Account and AGSI  believe  that they may rely on the Order with
respect to the Enhanced Contracts.


                                       5




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission